Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18430 56742))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36
37 \(fn)" t nil)
38
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41
42 \(fn)" t nil)
43
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46
47 \(fn)" t nil)
48
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
52
53 \(fn)" t nil)
54
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64
65 ;;;***
66 \f
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (18430 56710))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
70
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
73
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
75
76 ;;;***
77 \f
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (18369 53783))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
81
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
88
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
90
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
93
94 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
95 \\{ada-mode-map}
96
97 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
98 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
99
100 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
101 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
102
103 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
104 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
105
106 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
107
108 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
109 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
110
111 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
112 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
113
114 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
115 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
116 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
117 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
118 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
119
120 If you use imenu.el:
121 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
122
123 If you use find-file.el:
124 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
125 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
126 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
127 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
128 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
129
130 If you use ada-xref.el:
131 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
132 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
133 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
134
135 \(fn)" t nil)
136
137 ;;;***
138 \f
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
140 ;;;;;; (18430 56743))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
142
143 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
144 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
145
146 \(fn)" t nil)
147
148 ;;;***
149 \f
150 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
151 ;;;;;; (18326 54222))
152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
153
154 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
155 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
156 Completion is available.
157
158 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
159
160 ;;;***
161 \f
162 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
163 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
164 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
165 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18445
166 ;;;;;; 17965))
167 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
168
169 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
170 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
171 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
172 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
173
174 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
175
176 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
177 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
178 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
179
180 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
181
182 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
183 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
184 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
185 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
186 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
187 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
188
189 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
190
191 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
192 Prompt for a change log name.
193
194 \(fn)" nil nil)
195
196 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
197 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
198
199 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
200 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
201 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
202 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
203
204 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
205 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
206 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
207
208 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
209 current buffer to the complete file name.
210 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
211
212 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
213
214 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
215 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
216 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
217 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
218
219 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
220 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
221
222 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
223
224 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
225 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
226 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
227
228 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
229 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
230 the same person.
231
232 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
233 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
234 notices.
235
236 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
237 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
238
239 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
240
241 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
242 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
243 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
244 the change log file in another window.
245
246 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
247
248 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
249 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
250 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
251 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
252 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
253 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
254 \\{change-log-mode-map}
255
256 \(fn)" t nil)
257
258 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
259 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
260
261 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
262 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
263
264 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
265 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
268 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
269
270 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
271 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
272
273 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
274 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
275 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
276 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
277 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
278
279 Has a preference of looking backwards.
280
281 \(fn)" nil nil)
282
283 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
284 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
285 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
286 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
287 or a buffer.
288
289 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
290 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
291
292 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
293
294 ;;;***
295 \f
296 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
297 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
298 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18425 8302))
299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
300
301 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
302 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
303 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
304 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
305 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
306 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
307 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
308 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
309 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
310 interpreted as `error'.")
311
312 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
313
314 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
315 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
316 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
317 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
318 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
319 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
320 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
321 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
322
323 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
324
325 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
326 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
327
328 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
329
330 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
331 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
332
333 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
334
335 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
336 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
337 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
338 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
339 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
340 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
341 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
342 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
343 will be overwritten with the new one.
344 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
345 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
346 will clear the cache.
347
348 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
349
350 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
351 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
352 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
353 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
354 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
355 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
356 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
357 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
358 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
359 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
360 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
361 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
362 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
363 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
364 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
365 definition will always be cached for later usage.
366
367 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
368
369 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
370 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
371 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
372
373 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
374 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
375 BODY...)
376
377 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
378 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
379 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
380 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
381 see also `ad-add-advice'.
382 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
383 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
384 before/around/after-advices will be used.
385 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
386 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
387 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
388 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
389 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
390 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
391
392 Semantics of the various flags:
393 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
394 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
395 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
396
397 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
398 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
399
400 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
401 advised function should be compiled.
402
403 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
404 during activation until somebody enables it.
405
406 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
407 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
408 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
409 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
410
411 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
412 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
413 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
414 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
415 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
416 during preloading.
417
418 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
419 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
420 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
421 BODY...)
422
423 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
424
425 ;;;***
426 \f
427 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
428 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
429 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18430 56710))
430 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
431
432 (autoload 'align "align" "\
433 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
434 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
435 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
436 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
437 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
438 rule's `separate' attribute).
439
440 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
441 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
442 `separate' attribute set.
443
444 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
445 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
446 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
447 on the format of these lists.
448
449 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
450
451 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
452 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
453 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
454 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
455 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
456 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
457 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
458 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
459 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
460 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
461 options.
462
463 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
464 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
465
466 Fred (123) 456-7890
467 Alice (123) 456-7890
468 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
469 Joe (123) 456-7890
470
471 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
472 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
473 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
474
475 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
476
477 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
478 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
479 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
480 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
481 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
482 align that section.
483
484 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
485
486 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
487 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
488 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
489 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
490 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
491 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
492 been used to align that section.
493
494 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
495
496 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
497 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
498 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
499 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
500 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
501 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
502 to be colored.
503
504 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
505
506 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
507 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
508
509 \(fn)" t nil)
510
511 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
512 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
513
514 \(fn)" t nil)
515
516 ;;;***
517 \f
518 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
519 ;;;;;; (18375 33958))
520 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
521
522 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
523
524 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
525
526 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
527
528 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
529
530 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531
532 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533
534 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535
536 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
537
538 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539
540 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541
542 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
543
544 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545
546 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
547
548 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
549
550 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
551
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553
554 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
555 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
556 \\<allout-mode-map>
557
558 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
559 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
560 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
561
562 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
563 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
564 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
565 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
566 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
567 outline.)
568
569 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
570
571 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
572 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
573 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
574 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
575 - easy topic encryption and decryption
576 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
577 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
578 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
579
580 and many other features.
581
582 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
583 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
584 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
585 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
586 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
587
588 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
589 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
590 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
591 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
592 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
593 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
594 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
595 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
596
597 Exposure Control:
598 ----------------
599 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
600 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
601 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
602 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
603 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
604
605 Navigation:
606 ----------
607 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
608 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
609 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
610 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
611 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
612 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
613 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
614 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
615 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
616 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
617
618
619 Topic Header Production:
620 -----------------------
621 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
622 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
623 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
624
625 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
626 ---------------------------------
627 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
628 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
629 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
630 current topic
631 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
632 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
633 are alternated according to nesting depth.
634 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
635 the offspring are not affected.
636 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
637
638 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
639 ----------------------------------
640 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
641 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
642 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
643 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
644 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
645 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
646 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
647 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
648
649 Topic-oriented Encryption:
650 -------------------------
651 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
652 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
653
654 Misc commands:
655 -------------
656 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
657 and establish a default file-var setting
658 for `allout-layout'.
659 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
660 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
661 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
662 buffer with name derived from derived from that
663 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
664 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
665 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
666 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
667 format.
668 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
669 auto-activation.
670
671 Topic Encryption
672
673 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
674 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
675 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
676 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
677
678 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
679 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
680 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
681 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
682
683 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
684 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
685 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
686 pitfalls.
687
688 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
689 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
690 for details.
691
692 HOT-SPOT Operation
693
694 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
695 navigation and exposure control.
696
697 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
698 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
699 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
700 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
701 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
702
703 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
704 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
705 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
706 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
707 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
708
709 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
710 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
711 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
712 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
713 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
714 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
715 at the beginning of the current entry.
716
717 Extending Allout
718
719 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
720 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
721 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
722
723 `allout-mode-hook'
724 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
725 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
726 `allout-structure-added-hook'
727 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
728 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
729
730 Terminology
731
732 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
733
734 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
735 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
736 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
737 CURRENT ITEM:
738 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
739 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
740 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
741 called the:
742 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
743
744 ANCESTORS:
745 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
746 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
747 of the ITEM.
748 OFFSPRING:
749 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
750 SUBTOPIC:
751 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
752 CHILD:
753 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
754 SIBLINGS:
755 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
756
757 Topic text constituents:
758
759 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
760 text.
761 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
762 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
763 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
764 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
765 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
766 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
767 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
768 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
769 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
770 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
771 the PREFIX.
772
773 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
774 of the ITEM.
775 PREFIX-LEAD:
776 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
777 It can be customized by changing the setting of
778 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
779
780 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
781 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
782 program code without interfering with processing of the text
783 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
784 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
785 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
786 docstring for more detail.
787 PREFIX-PADDING:
788 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
789 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
790 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
791 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
792 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
793 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
794 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
795 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
796 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
797 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
798 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
799 more details.
800 EXPOSURE:
801 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
802 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
803 CONCEALED:
804 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
805 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
806
807 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
808 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
809 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
810
811 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
812
813 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
814
815 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
816 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
817
818 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
819 setup for auto-startup.
820
821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
822
823 ;;;***
824 \f
825 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
826 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18369 53783))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
828
829 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
830
831 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
832 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
833 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
834 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
835 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
836 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
837
838 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
839
840 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
841 Not documented
842
843 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
844
845 ;;;***
846 \f
847 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
848 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18430 56742))
849 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
850
851 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
852 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
853 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
854 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
855 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
856 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
857 in the current window.
858
859 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
860
861 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
862 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
863 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
864
865 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
866
867 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
868 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
869 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
870
871 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
872
873 ;;;***
874 \f
875 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
876 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18430 56710))
877 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
878
879 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
880 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
881
882 \(fn)" t nil)
883
884 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
885 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
886
887 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
888 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
889 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
890 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
891
892 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
893 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
894
895 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
896
897 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
898
899 ;;;***
900 \f
901 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
902 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18430 56743))
903 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
904
905 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
906 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
907 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
908 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
909 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
910 \\[yank].
911
912 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
913 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
914 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
915 the rules.
916
917 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
918 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
919 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
920 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
921
922 \(fn)" t nil)
923
924 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
925 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
926 \\{antlr-mode-map}
927
928 \(fn)" t nil)
929
930 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
931 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
932 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
933
934 \(fn)" nil nil)
935
936 ;;;***
937 \f
938 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
939 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18446 43257))
940 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
941
942 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
943 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
944 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
945
946 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
947
948 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
949 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
950 If optional prefix argument PENDING is non-nil, only ask about pending
951 appointments, otherwise ask about every element of `appt-time-msg-list'.
952
953 \(fn &optional PENDING)" t nil)
954
955 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
956 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
957 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
958 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
959 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
960 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
961 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
962
963 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
964
965 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
966 appointment package (if it is not already active).
967
968 \(fn)" nil nil)
969
970 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
971 Toggle checking of appointments.
972 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
973 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
974
975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
976
977 ;;;***
978 \f
979 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
980 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
981 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18430 56710))
982 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
983
984 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
985 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
986 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
987 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
988
989 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
990 kind of objects to search.
991
992 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
993
994 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
995 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
996 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
997 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
998 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
999 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1000
1001 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1002 normal variables.
1003
1004 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1005
1006 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1007
1008 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1009 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1010 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1011 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1012 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1013 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1014
1015 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1016 noninteractive functions.
1017
1018 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1019 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1020
1021 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1022 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1023
1024 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1025
1026 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1027 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1028
1029 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1032 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1033 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1034 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1035
1036 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1037 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1038 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1039 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1040
1041 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1042 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1043
1044 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1045
1046 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1047
1048 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1049 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1050 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1051 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1052 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1053 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1054
1055 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1056 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1057 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1058
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1060
1061 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1062 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1063 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1064 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1065 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1066 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1067
1068 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1069 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1070 bindings.
1071 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1072
1073 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1074
1075 ;;;***
1076 \f
1077 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18421
1078 ;;;;;; 44877))
1079 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1080
1081 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1082 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1083 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1084 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1085 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1086 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1087
1088 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1089 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1090 archive.
1091
1092 \\{archive-mode-map}
1093
1094 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1095
1096 ;;;***
1097 \f
1098 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18308 18221))
1099 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1100
1101 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1102 Major mode for editing arrays.
1103
1104 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1105 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1106 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1107
1108 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1109
1110 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1111 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1112 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1113
1114 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1115 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1116 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1117 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1118 The variables are:
1119
1120 Variables you assign:
1121 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1122 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1123 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1124 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1125 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1126 row numbers in the buffer.
1127
1128 Variables which are calculated:
1129 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1130 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1131
1132 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1133 take a numeric prefix argument):
1134
1135 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1136 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1137 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1138 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1139
1140 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1141 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1142 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1143 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1144
1145 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1146 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1147 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1148 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1149
1150 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1151 between that of point and mark.
1152
1153 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1154 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1155
1156 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1157 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1158 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1159 newlines inside rows)
1160
1161 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1162
1163 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1164
1165 \(fn)" t nil)
1166
1167 ;;;***
1168 \f
1169 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18438
1170 ;;;;;; 62505))
1171 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1172
1173 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1174 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1175 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1176 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1177
1178 How to quit artist mode
1179
1180 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1181
1182
1183 How to submit a bug report
1184
1185 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1186
1187
1188 Drawing with the mouse:
1189
1190 mouse-2
1191 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1192 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1193 below).
1194
1195 mouse-1
1196 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1197 or pastes:
1198
1199 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1201 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1202 to new point
1203 --------------------------------------------------------------
1204 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1205 --------------------------------------------------------------
1206 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1207 --------------------------------------------------------------
1208 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1209 --------------------------------------------------------------
1210 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1211 --------------------------------------------------------------
1212 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1213 --------------------------------------------------------------
1214 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1215 --------------------------------------------------------------
1216 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1217 --------------------------------------------------------------
1218 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1219 lines
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1222 --------------------------------------------------------------
1223 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1224 --------------------------------------------------------------
1225 Paste Paste Paste
1226 --------------------------------------------------------------
1227 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1228 --------------------------------------------------------------
1229
1230 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1231 or diagonally.
1232
1233 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1234 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1235 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1236 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1237 poly-lines.
1238
1239 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1240 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1241 overwrite means the opposite.
1242
1243 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1244 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1245 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1246
1247 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1248
1249 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1250 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1251
1252 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1253 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1254 are currently drawing something.
1255
1256 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1257 some time to fill.
1258
1259
1260 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1261 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1262
1263
1264 Settings
1265
1266 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1267
1268 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1269
1270 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1271
1272 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1273
1274 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1275 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1276
1277 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1278
1279
1280 Drawing with keys
1281
1282 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1283 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1284 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1285 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1286 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1287 When pasting: Pastes
1288
1289 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1290
1291 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1292
1293 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1294 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1295 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1296 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1297 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1298 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1299
1300
1301 Arrows
1302
1303 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1304 of the line/poly-line
1305
1306 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1307 of the line/poly-line
1308
1309
1310 Selecting operation
1311
1312 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1313
1314 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1315 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1316 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1317 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1318 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1319 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1320 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1321 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1322 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1323 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1324 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1325 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1326 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1327 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1328 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1329 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1330 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1331 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1332 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1333 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1334
1335
1336 Variables
1337
1338 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1339 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1340
1341 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1342 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1343 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1344 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1345 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1346 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1347 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1348 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1349 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1350 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1351 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1352 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1353 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1354 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1355 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1356 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1357 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1358 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1359 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1360
1361 Hooks
1362
1363 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1364 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1365
1366
1367 Keymap summary
1368
1369 \\{artist-mode-map}
1370
1371 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1372
1373 ;;;***
1374 \f
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18445
1376 ;;;;;; 21165))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1378
1379 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1380 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1381 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1382
1383 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1384 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1385 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1386 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1387
1388 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1389 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1390
1391 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1392 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1393
1394 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1395
1396 Special commands:
1397 \\{asm-mode-map}
1398
1399 \(fn)" t nil)
1400
1401 ;;;***
1402 \f
1403 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1404 ;;;;;; (18430 56710))
1405 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1406
1407 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1410
1411 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1412
1413 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1414 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1415 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1416 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1417 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1418 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1419 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1420 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1421 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1422 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1423
1424 For example:
1425 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1426 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1427 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1428 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1429 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1430
1431 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1432
1433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1434
1435 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1436 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1437 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1438 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1439 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1440 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1441
1442 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1443
1444 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1445 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1446 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1447 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1448 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1449 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1450
1451 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1452
1453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1454
1455 ;;;***
1456 \f
1457 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1458 ;;;;;; (18430 56743))
1459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1460
1461 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1462 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1463
1464 \(fn)" t nil)
1465
1466 ;;;***
1467 \f
1468 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1469 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18374 9239))
1470 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1471
1472 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1473 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1474 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1475
1476 \(fn)" t nil)
1477
1478 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1479 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1480 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1481 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1482
1483 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1484
1485 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1486 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1487 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1490 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1493
1494 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1495 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1496 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1497 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1498
1499 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1500 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1501
1502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1503
1504 ;;;***
1505 \f
1506 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1507 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1508 ;;;;;; (18448 7271))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1510
1511 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1512
1513 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1514 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1515 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1516 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1517 save the buffer too.
1518
1519 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1520
1521 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1522
1523 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1524 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1525 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1526 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1527 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1528 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1529
1530 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1531 directory or directories specified.
1532
1533 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1534
1535 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1536 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1537 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1538
1539 \(fn)" nil nil)
1540
1541 ;;;***
1542 \f
1543 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1544 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1545 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18409 48357))
1546 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1547
1548 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1549 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1550
1551 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1552 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1553 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1554 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1555 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1556
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1558
1559 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1560 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1561
1562 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1563 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1564
1565 \(fn)" nil nil)
1566
1567 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1568 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1569 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1570
1571 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1572 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1573 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1574 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1575 reflected in the current buffer.
1576
1577 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1578 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1579 writing before you save the file!
1580
1581 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1582
1583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1584
1585 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1586 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1587
1588 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1589 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1590
1591 \(fn)" nil nil)
1592
1593 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1594 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1595 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1597 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1598 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1599
1600 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1601
1602 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1603 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1604
1605 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1606 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1607 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1608
1609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1610
1611 ;;;***
1612 \f
1613 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1614 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18308 18221))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1616
1617 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1618 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1619 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1621 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1622
1623 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1624
1625 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1626 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1627 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1628 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1629
1630 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1631 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1632 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1633
1634 Effects of the different modes:
1635 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1636 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1637 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1638 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1639 a random distance & direction.
1640 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1641 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1642 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1643
1644 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1645
1646 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1647 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1648 definition of \"random distance\".)
1649
1650 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1651
1652 ;;;***
1653 \f
1654 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1655 ;;;;;; (18454 38538))
1656 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1657 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1658
1659 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1660 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1661 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1662 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1663
1664 \(fn)" t nil)
1665
1666 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1667 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1668 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1670 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1671 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1672
1673 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1674
1675 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1676 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1677 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1678 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1679 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1680 seconds.
1681
1682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1683
1684 ;;;***
1685 \f
1686 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1687 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18430 56726))
1688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1689
1690 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1691 Time execution of FORMS.
1692 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1693 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1694 FORMS once.
1695 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1696 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1697 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1698
1699 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1700
1701 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1702 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1703 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1704 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1705 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1706
1707 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1708
1709 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1710 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1711 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1712 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1713 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1714
1715 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1716
1717 ;;;***
1718 \f
1719 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1720 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18371 37822))
1721 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1722
1723 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1724 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1725 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1726 of corresponding buffers.
1727 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1728 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1729 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1730 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1731 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1732 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1733
1734 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1735
1736 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1737 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1738
1739 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1740
1741 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1742 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1743 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1744 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1745
1746 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1747 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1748 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1749 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1750 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1751
1752 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1753 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1754
1755
1756 Special information:
1757
1758 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1759
1760 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1761 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1762 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1763 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1764 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1765 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1766 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1767 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1768 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1769 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1770 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1771
1772 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1773 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1774 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1775 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1776 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1777 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1778 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1779 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1780
1781 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1782
1783 ----------------------------------------------------------
1784 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1785 if that value is non-nil.
1786
1787 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1788
1789 \(fn)" t nil)
1790
1791 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1792 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1793 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1794 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1795 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1796 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1797 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1798 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1799 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1800 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1801
1802 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1803
1804 ;;;***
1805 \f
1806 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1807 ;;;;;; (18388 41009))
1808 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1809 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1810
1811 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1812 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1813
1814 \(fn)" t nil)
1815
1816 ;;;***
1817 \f
1818 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1819 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1820 ;;;;;; (18430 56741))
1821 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1822
1823 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1824
1825 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1826 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1827 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1828
1829 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1830
1831 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1832 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1833
1834 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1835
1836 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1837 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1838
1839 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1840
1841 ;;;***
1842 \f
1843 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18308
1844 ;;;;;; 15107))
1845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1846
1847 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1848 Play blackbox.
1849 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1850
1851 What is blackbox?
1852
1853 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1854 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1855 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1856 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1857 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1858 your score.
1859
1860 Overview of play:
1861
1862 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1863 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1864 four.
1865
1866 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1867 movement keys.
1868
1869 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1870 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1871
1872 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1873 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1874
1875 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1876 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1877 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1878 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1879 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1880 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1881
1882 Details:
1883
1884 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1885
1886 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1887 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1888 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1889 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1890
1891 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1892 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1893 denoted by the letter `R'.
1894
1895 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1896 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1897 denoted by the letter `H'.
1898
1899 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1900 example.
1901
1902 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1903 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1904 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1905 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1906 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1907 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1908 ray.
1909
1910 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1911 degree deflection it causes.
1912
1913 1
1914 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1915 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1917 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1922 2 3
1923
1924 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1925 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1926
1927
1928 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1929 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1930 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1936
1937 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1938 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1939 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1940 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1941 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1942 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1943 emerging from the box.
1944
1945 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1946
1947 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1948 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1950 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1952 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1953 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1955
1956 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1957 a reflection.
1958
1959 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1960
1961 ;;;***
1962 \f
1963 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1964 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1965 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1966 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18423
1967 ;;;;;; 50713))
1968 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1969 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1970 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1971 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1972
1973 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1974 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1975 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1976 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1977 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1978 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1979 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1980
1981 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1982 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1983 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1984 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1985 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1986 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1987 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1988 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1989 recent one.
1990
1991 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1992 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1993 yank successive words.
1994
1995 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1996 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1997 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1998 name of the file being visited.
1999
2000 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2001 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2002 the list of bookmarks.)
2003
2004 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2005
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2007 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2008 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2009 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2010 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2011 this.
2012
2013 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2014 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2015 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2016 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2017
2018 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2019
2020 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2021 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2022 See `bookmark-jump'.
2023
2024 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2025
2026 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2027 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2028 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2029 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2030 after a bookmark was set in it.
2031
2032 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2033
2034 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2035 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2036 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2037 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2038
2039 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2040
2041 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2042
2043 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2044 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2045 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2046 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2047
2048 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2049 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2050 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2051
2052 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2053 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2054 name.
2055
2056 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2057
2058 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2059 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2060 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2061 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2062 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2063 this.
2064
2065 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2066
2067 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2068 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2069 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2070 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2071 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2072 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2073 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2074 probably because we were called from there.
2075
2076 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2077
2078 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2079 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2080 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2081
2082 \(fn)" t nil)
2083
2084 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2085 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2086 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2087 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2088 \(second argument).
2089
2090 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2091 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2092 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2093 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2094 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2095
2096 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2097 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2098 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2099 `bookmark-default-file'.
2100
2101 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2102
2103 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2104 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2105 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2106 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2107 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2108 while loading.
2109
2110 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2111 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2112 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2113 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2114 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2115 explicitly.
2116
2117 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2118 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2119 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2120 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2121
2122 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2123
2124 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2125 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2126 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2127 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2128 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2129
2130 \(fn)" t nil)
2131
2132 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2133
2134 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2135
2136 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2137
2138 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2139
2140 ;;;***
2141 \f
2142 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2143 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2144 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2145 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2146 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2147 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2148 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2151 ;;;;;; (18393 58245))
2152 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2153
2154 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2155 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2156 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2157 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2158
2159 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2160 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2161 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2162 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2163 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2164
2165 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2166
2167 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2168 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2169
2170 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2171
2172 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2173 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2174
2175 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2176
2177 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2178 Not documented
2179
2180 \(fn)" nil nil)
2181
2182 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2183 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2184 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2185 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2186 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2187 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2188
2189 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2190
2191 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2192 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2193 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2194 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2195 narrowed.
2196
2197 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2198
2199 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2200 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2201
2202 \(fn)" t nil)
2203
2204 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2205 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2206
2207 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2208
2209 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2210 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2211 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2212 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2213
2214 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2215
2216 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2217 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2218 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2219 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2220
2221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2222
2223 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2224 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2225 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2226 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2227 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2228 to use.
2229
2230 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2231
2232 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2233 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2234 Default to the URL around or before point.
2235
2236 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2237 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2238 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2239 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2240
2241 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2242 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2243
2244 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2245 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2246
2247 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2248
2249 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2251 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2252 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2253
2254 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2255 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2256 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2257 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2258
2259 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2260 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2261 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2262
2263 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2264 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2265
2266 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2267
2268 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2269 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2270 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2271 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2272
2273 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2274 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2275 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2276 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2277
2278 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2279 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2280 new tab in an existing window instead.
2281
2282 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2283 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2284
2285 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2286
2287 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2288 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2289 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2290 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2291 Firefox.
2292
2293 When called interactively, if variable
2294 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2295 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2296 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2297 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2298
2299 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2300 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2301 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2302
2303 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2304 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2305
2306 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2307 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2308 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2309 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2310 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2311 URL in a new window.
2312
2313 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2314
2315 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2316 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2317 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2318 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2319
2320 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2321 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2322 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2323 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324
2325 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2326 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2327 new tab in an existing window instead.
2328
2329 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2330 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2331
2332 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2333
2334 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2335 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2336
2337 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2338
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2341 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2342 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2343
2344 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2345 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2346 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2347 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2348
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2350 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2351
2352 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2356
2357 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2358 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2359 program is invoked according to the variable
2360 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2361
2362 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2363 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2364 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2365 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2366
2367 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2368 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2369
2370 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2371
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2374 Default to the URL around or before point.
2375
2376 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2377 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2378 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2379
2380 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2381 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2382 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2383 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2384
2385 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2386 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387
2388 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2389
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2392 Default to the URL around or before point.
2393
2394 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2395 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2396 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2397
2398 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2399 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2400
2401 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2402
2403 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2404 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2405 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2406 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2407
2408 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2409
2410 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2411 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2412 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2413 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2414 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2415 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2416
2417 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2418
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2421 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2422 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2423 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2424
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2427 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2428 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429
2430 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2431 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432
2433 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2434
2435 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2436 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2437 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2438 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2439 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2440 current one.
2441
2442 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2443 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2444 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2445 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446
2447 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2448 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449
2450 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2454 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2455 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2456 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2457 don't offer a form of remote control.
2458
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point.
2464
2465 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2466
2467 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2468 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2469 Default to the URL around the point.
2470
2471 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2472 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2473
2474 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2475 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2476
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2478
2479 ;;;***
2480 \f
2481 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18430
2482 ;;;;;; 56742))
2483 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2484
2485 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2486 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2487
2488 \(fn)" t nil)
2489
2490 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2491 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2492
2493 \(fn)" nil nil)
2494
2495 ;;;***
2496 \f
2497 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2498 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18302 24383))
2499 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2500
2501 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2502 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2503 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2504 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2505
2506 \(fn)" t nil)
2507
2508 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2509 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2510 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2511 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2512
2513 \(fn)" t nil)
2514
2515 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2516 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2517
2518 \(fn)" t nil)
2519
2520 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2521 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2522 \\<bs-mode-map>
2523 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2524 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2525 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2526 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2527
2528 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2529 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2530 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2531 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2532 name of buffer configuration.
2533
2534 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2535
2536 ;;;***
2537 \f
2538 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18308 12268))
2539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2540
2541 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2542 Play Bubbles game.
2543
2544 \(fn)" t nil)
2545
2546 ;;;***
2547 \f
2548 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2549 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18448 8276))
2550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2551
2552 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2553 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2554 Requires `bug-reference-url-format' to be set in the buffer.
2555
2556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2559 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2560
2561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2562
2563 ;;;***
2564 \f
2565 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2566 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2567 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2568 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2569 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2570 ;;;;;; (18451 55723))
2571 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2572 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2573 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2574 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2575 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2576
2577 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2578 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2579
2580 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2581
2582 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2583 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2584 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2585 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2586 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2587 else the global value will be modified.
2588
2589 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2590
2591 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2592 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2593 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2594 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2595 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2596 else the global value will be modified.
2597
2598 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2599
2600 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2601 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2602 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2603
2604 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2605
2606 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2607 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2608 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2609 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2610
2611 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2612 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2613 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2614 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2615 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2616 before scanning it.
2617
2618 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2619 that already has a `.elc' file.
2620
2621 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2622 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2623
2624 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2625 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2626 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2627 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2628 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2629 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2630
2631 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2632
2633 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2634 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2635 Print the result in the echo area.
2636 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2637
2638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2639
2640 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2641 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2642 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2643
2644 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2645
2646 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2647 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2648 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2649 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2650 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2651 all functions called by those functions.
2652
2653 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2654 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2655 cons, etc.).
2656
2657 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2658 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2659 invoked interactively.
2660
2661 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2662
2663 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2664 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2665 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2666 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2667
2668 \(fn)" nil nil)
2669
2670 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2671 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2672 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2673 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2674 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2675 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2676 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2677 already up-to-date.
2678
2679 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2680
2681 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2682 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2683 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2684 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2685
2686 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2687 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2688 and corresponding effects.
2689
2690 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2691
2692 ;;;***
2693 \f
2694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (18448
2695 ;;;;;; 54021))
2696 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2697
2698 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2699
2700 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2701
2702 ;;;***
2703 \f
2704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18430 57119))
2705 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2706
2707 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2708
2709 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2710
2711 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2712
2713 ;;;***
2714 \f
2715 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2716 ;;;;;; (18432 10700))
2717 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2718
2719 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2720 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2721 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2722 from the cursor position.
2723
2724 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2725
2726 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2727
2728 ;;;***
2729 \f
2730 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2731 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2732 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2733 ;;;;;; (18430 56723))
2734 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2735
2736 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2737 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2738
2739 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2740 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2741
2742 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2743 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2744
2745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2746
2747 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2748 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2749
2750 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2751
2752 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2753 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2754
2755 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2756
2757 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2758 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2759
2760 \(fn)" t nil)
2761
2762 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2763 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2764 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2765 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2766
2767 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2768
2769 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2770 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2771 This is most useful in the X window system.
2772 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2773 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2774
2775 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2778 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2779 See calc-keypad for details.
2780
2781 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2782
2783 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2784 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2785
2786 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2787
2788 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2789 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2790
2791 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2792
2793 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2794 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2795
2796 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2797
2798 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2799 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2800 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2801
2802 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2803
2804 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2805 Not documented
2806
2807 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2808
2809 ;;;***
2810 \f
2811 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18451
2812 ;;;;;; 54974))
2813 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2814
2815 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2816 Run the Emacs calculator.
2817 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2818
2819 \(fn)" t nil)
2820
2821 ;;;***
2822 \f
2823 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (18451
2824 ;;;;;; 38014))
2825 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2826
2827 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2828 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2829 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2830 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2831 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2832 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2833
2834 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2835 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2836 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2837 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2838 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2839 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2840 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2841 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2842 window.
2843
2844 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2845 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2846
2847 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2848 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2849 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2850 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2851 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2852 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2853
2854 Runs the following hooks:
2855
2856 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2857 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2858 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2859 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2860
2861 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2862
2863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2864
2865 ;;;***
2866 \f
2867 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2868 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18430 56734))
2869 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2870
2871 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2872 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2873
2874 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2875
2876 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2877 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2878 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2879 it fails.
2880
2881 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2882
2883 ;;;***
2884 \f
2885 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2886 ;;;;;; (18430 56743))
2887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2888
2889 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2890 Toggle Capitalized- Words mode.
2891
2892 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2893 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2894 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2895 restriction to ASCII.
2896
2897 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2898
2899 capitalizedWorDD
2900 ^ ^ ^^
2901
2902 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2903 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2904 boundaries in found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2905
2906 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2907 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2908 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2909 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2910 the mode hook for programming langauge modes in which you encounter
2911 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2912 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2913
2914 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2915 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2916
2917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2918
2919 ;;;***
2920 \f
2921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18430
2922 ;;;;;; 56743))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2924 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2925
2926 ;;;***
2927 \f
2928 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2929 ;;;;;; (18430 56743))
2930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2931
2932 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2933 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2934
2935 \(fn)" nil nil)
2936
2937 ;;;***
2938 \f
2939 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2940 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2941 ;;;;;; (18448 7272))
2942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2943
2944 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2945 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2946 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2947 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2948 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2949 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2950 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2951
2952 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2953
2954 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2955 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2956 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2957 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2958 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2959 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2960 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2961 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2962
2963 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2964 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2965 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2966 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2967 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2968 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2969
2970 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2971
2972 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2973 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2974
2975 Key bindings:
2976 \\{c-mode-map}
2977
2978 \(fn)" t nil)
2979
2980 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2981 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2982
2983 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
2984 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2985 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2986 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2987 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2988 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2989 message.
2990
2991 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2992
2993 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2994 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
2995
2996 Key bindings:
2997 \\{c++-mode-map}
2998
2999 \(fn)" t nil)
3000
3001 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3002 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3003 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3004
3005 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3006 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3007 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3008 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3009 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3010 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3011 message.
3012
3013 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3014
3015 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3016 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3017
3018 Key bindings:
3019 \\{objc-mode-map}
3020
3021 \(fn)" t nil)
3022
3023 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3024 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3025 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3026
3027 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3028 Major mode for editing Java code.
3029 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3030 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3031 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3032 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3033 message.
3034
3035 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3036
3037 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3038 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3039
3040 Key bindings:
3041 \\{java-mode-map}
3042
3043 \(fn)" t nil)
3044
3045 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3046 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3047 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3048
3049 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3050 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3051 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3052 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3053 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3054 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3055 message.
3056
3057 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3058
3059 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3060 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3061
3062 Key bindings:
3063 \\{idl-mode-map}
3064
3065 \(fn)" t nil)
3066
3067 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3068 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3069 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3070 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3071
3072 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3073 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3074 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3075 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3076 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3077 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3078 message.
3079
3080 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3081
3082 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3083 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3084
3085 Key bindings:
3086 \\{pike-mode-map}
3087
3088 \(fn)" t nil)
3089 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3090 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3091 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3092 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3093 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3094 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3095
3096 ;;;***
3097 \f
3098 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3099 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18430 56743))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3101
3102 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3103 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3104 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3105 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3106
3107 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3108
3109 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3110 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3111 might get set too.
3112
3113 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3114 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3115 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3116 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3117 way.
3118
3119 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3120 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3121 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3122 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3123 a null operation.
3124
3125 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3126
3127 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3128 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3129 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3130 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3131
3132 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3133
3134 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3135 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3136 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3137
3138 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3139
3140 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3141 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3142 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3143 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3144 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3145
3146 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3147
3148 ;;;***
3149 \f
3150 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3151 ;;;;;; (18308 18251))
3152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3153
3154 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3155 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3156 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3157 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3158 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3159 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3160 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3161 Here are some examples:
3162
3163 Nomenclature Subwords
3164 ===========================================================
3165 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3166 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3167 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3168
3169 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3170 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3171 as words.
3172
3173 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3174
3175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3176
3177 ;;;***
3178 \f
3179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18430 56743))
3180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3181 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3182 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3183 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3184
3185 ;;;***
3186 \f
3187 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3188 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3189 ;;;;;; (18450 37828))
3190 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3191
3192 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3193 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3194
3195 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3196
3197 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3198 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3199
3200 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3201
3202 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3203 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3204
3205 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3206 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3207 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3208 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3209 execution.
3210
3211 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3212
3213 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3214
3215 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3216 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3217
3218 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3219 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3220 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3221 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3222
3223 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3224 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3225 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3226 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3227 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3228 `write' commands.
3229
3230 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3231 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3232 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3233 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3234
3235 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3236 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3237 semantics.
3238
3239 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3240
3241 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3242
3243 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3244
3245 STATEMENT :=
3246 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3247 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3248
3249 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3250 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3251 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3252 | integer
3253
3254 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3255
3256 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3257 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3258 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3259
3260 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3261 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3262 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3263
3264 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3265 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3266
3267 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3268 BREAK := (break)
3269
3270 REPEAT :=
3271 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3272 (repeat)
3273 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3274 ;; (repeat))
3275 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3276 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3277 ;; (read REG)
3278 ;; (repeat))
3279 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3280 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3281 ;; (read REG)
3282 ;; (repeat))
3283 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3284
3285 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3286 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3287 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3288 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3289 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3290 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3291 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3292 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3293 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3294 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3295 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3296 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3297 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3298 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3299 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3300 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3301
3302 WRITE :=
3303 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3304 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3305 ;; representation.
3306 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3307 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3308 ;; (write r7))
3309 | (write EXPRESSION)
3310 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3311 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3312 ;; representation.
3313 | (write integer)
3314 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3315 ;; buffer.
3316 | (write string)
3317 ;; Same as: (write string)
3318 | string
3319 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3320 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3321 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3322 ;; representation.
3323 | (write REG ARRAY)
3324 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3325 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3326 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3327 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3328 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3329 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3330
3331 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3332 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3333
3334 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3335 END := (end)
3336
3337 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3338 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3339 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3340
3341 ARG := REG | integer
3342
3343 OPERATOR :=
3344 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3345 + | - | * | / | %
3346
3347 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3348 | & | `|' | ^
3349
3350 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3351 | << | >>
3352
3353 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3354 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3355 | <8
3356
3357 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3358 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3359 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3360 | >8
3361
3362 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3363 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3364 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3365 | //
3366
3367 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3368 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3369
3370 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3371 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3372 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3373 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3374 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3375 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3376 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3377 | de-sjis
3378
3379 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3380 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3381 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3382 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3383 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3384 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3385 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3386 ;; byte of SJIS.
3387 | en-sjis
3388
3389 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3390 ;; Same meaning as C code
3391 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3392
3393 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3394 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3395 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3396 | <8=
3397
3398 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3399 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3400 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3401
3402 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3403 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3404 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3405 | //=
3406
3407 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3408
3409
3410 TRANSLATE :=
3411 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3412 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3413 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3414 LOOKUP :=
3415 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3416 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3417 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3418 MAP :=
3419 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3420 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3421 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3422 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3423 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3424 MAP-ID := integer
3425
3426 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3427
3428 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3429 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3430 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3431 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3432 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3433 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3434
3435 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3436
3437 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3438 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3439 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3440
3441 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3442
3443 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3444
3445 ;;;***
3446 \f
3447 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3448 ;;;;;; (18308 18251))
3449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3450
3451 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3452 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3453 There are no special keybindings by default.
3454
3455 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3456 to the action header.
3457
3458 \(fn)" t nil)
3459
3460 ;;;***
3461 \f
3462 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3463 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18454 28277))
3464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3465
3466 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3467 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3468 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3469
3470 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3471
3472 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3473 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3474 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3475 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3476 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3477
3478 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3479
3480 ;;;***
3481 \f
3482 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3483 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3484 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3485 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3486 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3487 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3488 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3489 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3490 ;;;;;; (18440 60470))
3491 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3492 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3493 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3494
3495 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3496 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3497 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3498 the users will view as each check is completed.
3499
3500 \(fn)" t nil)
3501
3502 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3503 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3504 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3505 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3506 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3507 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3508 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3509 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3510
3511 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3512
3513 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3514 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3515 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3516 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3517 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3518 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3519 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3520 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3521
3522 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3523
3524 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3525 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3526 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3527 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3528 spacing are all verified.
3529
3530 \(fn)" t nil)
3531
3532 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3533 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3534 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3535 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3536 otherwise stop after the first error.
3537
3538 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3539
3540 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3541 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3542 Only documentation strings are checked.
3543 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3544 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3545 a separate buffer.
3546
3547 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3548
3549 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3550 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3551 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3552 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3553 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3554
3555 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3556
3557 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3558 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3559 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3560 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3561 if there is one.
3562
3563 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3564
3565 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3566 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3567 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3568 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3569 if there is one.
3570 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3571
3572 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3573
3574 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3575 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3576 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3577
3578 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3579
3580 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3581 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3582 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3583 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3584 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3585
3586 \(fn)" t nil)
3587
3588 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3589 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3590 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3591 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3592 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3593 space at the end of each line.
3594
3595 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3596
3597 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3598 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3599 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3600 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3601
3602 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3603
3604 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3605 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3606 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3607 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3608
3609 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3610
3611 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3612 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3613 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3614 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3615
3616 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3617
3618 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3619 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3620 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3621 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3622
3623 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3624
3625 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3626 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3627 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3628 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3629
3630 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3631
3632 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3633 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3634 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3635 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3636
3637 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3638
3639 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3640 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3641 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3642 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3643
3644 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3645
3646 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3647 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3648 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3649 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3650
3651 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3652
3653 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3654 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3655 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3656 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3657
3658 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3659
3660 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3661 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3662 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3663 turn it off.
3664
3665 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3666 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3667 checking of documentation strings.
3668
3669 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3670
3671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3672
3673 ;;;***
3674 \f
3675 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3676 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3677 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18430 56741))
3678 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3679
3680 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3681 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3682 Return the length of resulting text.
3683
3684 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3687 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3688
3689 \(fn)" t nil)
3690
3691 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3692 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3693 Return the length of resulting text.
3694
3695 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3696
3697 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3698 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3699
3700 \(fn)" t nil)
3701
3702 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3703 Not documented
3704
3705 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3706
3707 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3708 Not documented
3709
3710 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3711
3712 ;;;***
3713 \f
3714 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3715 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18430 56710))
3716 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3717
3718 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3719 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3720 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3721 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3722 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3723 editing and the result is evaluated.
3724
3725 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3726
3727 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3728 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3729 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3730 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3731 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3732
3733 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3734
3735 \(fn)" t nil)
3736
3737 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3738 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3739 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3740 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3741 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3742
3743 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3744 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3745 \\{command-history-map}
3746
3747 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3748 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3749
3750 \(fn)" t nil)
3751
3752 ;;;***
3753 \f
3754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18308 18235))
3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3756
3757 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3758 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3759 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3760 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3761 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3762 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3763
3764 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3765 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3766
3767 ;;;***
3768 \f
3769 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3770 ;;;;;; (18430 56726))
3771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3772
3773 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3774 Not documented
3775
3776 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3777
3778 ;;;***
3779 \f
3780 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3781 ;;;;;; (18438 62505))
3782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3783
3784 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3785 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3786 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3787 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3788
3789 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3790 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3791 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3792 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3793
3794 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3795 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3796
3797 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3798
3799 ;;;***
3800 \f
3801 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18308
3802 ;;;;;; 18222))
3803 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3804
3805 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3806 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3807 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3808 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3809 of `scheme-program-name').
3810 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3811 it is given as initial input.
3812 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3813 discards input when it starts up.
3814 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3815 is run).
3816 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3817
3818 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3819 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3820
3821 ;;;***
3822 \f
3823 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
3824 ;;;;;; (18440 60470))
3825 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3826
3827 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
3828 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
3829
3830 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3831
3832 ;;;***
3833 \f
3834 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3835 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3836 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3837 ;;;;;; (18408 29548))
3838 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3839
3840 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3841 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3842 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3843 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3844 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3845 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3846 functions have already modified the buffer.
3847
3848 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3849
3850 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3851 either globally or locally.")
3852
3853 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3854
3855 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3856 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3857 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3858 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3859 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3860 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3861 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3862 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3863
3864 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3865
3866 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3867
3868 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3869 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3870 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3871 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3872 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3873 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3874 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3875 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3876
3877 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3878
3879 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3880
3881 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3882 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3883 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3884 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3885 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3886 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3887
3888 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3889
3890 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3891 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3892 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3893 directory tracking functions.")
3894
3895 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3896 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3897 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3898
3899 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3900
3901 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3902
3903 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3904 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3905 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3906
3907 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3908
3909 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3910
3911 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3912 Send COMMAND to current process.
3913 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3914 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3915
3916 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3917
3918 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3919 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3920 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3921 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3922
3923 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3924
3925 ;;;***
3926 \f
3927 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18430
3928 ;;;;;; 56710))
3929 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3930
3931 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3932 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3933 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3934 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3935
3936 This command pushes the mark in each window
3937 at the prior location of point in that window.
3938 If both windows display the same buffer,
3939 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3940 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3941
3942 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3943 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3944 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3945 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3946 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3947 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3948 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3949 ignored.
3950
3951 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3952 this command work in interlaced mode:
3953 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3954 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3955 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3956
3957 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3958
3959 ;;;***
3960 \f
3961 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3962 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3963 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3964 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3965 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18460 45361))
3966 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3967
3968 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3969 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
3970
3971 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
3972
3973 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3974 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3975
3976 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
3977
3978 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3979 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3980 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
3981 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3982 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
3983 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
3984 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
3985
3986 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3987 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3988 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3989 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3990 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3991
3992 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3993 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3994 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3995 describing how the process finished.")
3996
3997 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3998 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3999 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4000 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4001 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4002
4003 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4004 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4005 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4006
4007 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4008
4009 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4010 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4011 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4012 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4013
4014 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4015
4016 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4017 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4018
4019 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4020 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4021
4022 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4023 (lambda ()
4024 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4025 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4026 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4027 (concat \"make -k \"
4028 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4029
4030 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4031 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4032
4033 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4034 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4035 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4036 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4037
4038 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4039
4040 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4041 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4042 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4043 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4044
4045 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4046 and move to the source code that caused it.
4047
4048 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4049 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4050
4051 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4052 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4053 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4054 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4055
4056 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4057 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4058 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4059 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4060
4061 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4062 kills its subprocesses.
4063
4064 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4065 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4066 to a function that generates a unique name.
4067
4068 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4069
4070 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4071 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4072 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4073 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4074
4075 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4076 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4077
4078 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4079 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4080 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4081 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4082
4083 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4084 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4085 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4086
4087 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4088
4089 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4090
4091 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4092 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4093 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4094 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4095 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4096
4097 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4098
4099 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4100
4101 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4102
4103 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4104 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4105 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4106 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4107 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4108 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4109 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4110
4111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4112
4113 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4114 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4115 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4116 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4117 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4118 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4119
4120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4121
4122 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4123 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4124 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4125
4126 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4127
4128 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4129
4130 ;;;***
4131 \f
4132 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4133 ;;;;;; (18448 7268))
4134 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4135
4136 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4137 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4138 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4139 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4140 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4141 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4142
4143 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4144
4145 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4146 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4147 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4148
4149 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4150 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4151 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4152 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4153
4154 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4155 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4156 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4157 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4158
4159 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4160 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4161 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4162 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4163
4164 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4165 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4166 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4167 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4168 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4169
4170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4171
4172 ;;;***
4173 \f
4174 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4175 ;;;;;; (18308 18222))
4176 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4177
4178 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4179 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4180 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4181 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4182 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4183 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4184
4185 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4186
4187 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4188 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4189
4190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4191
4192 ;;;***
4193 \f
4194 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4195 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18365
4196 ;;;;;; 11607))
4197 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4198
4199 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4200 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4201 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4202 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4203
4204 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4205
4206 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4207 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4208 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4209 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4210 Composition on.
4211
4212 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4213 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4214
4215 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4216 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4217
4218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4219
4220 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4221 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4222 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4224 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4225 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4226
4227 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4228
4229 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4230 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4231 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4232 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4233 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4234
4235 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4236
4237 ;;;***
4238 \f
4239 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4240 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4241 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4242 ;;;;;; (18420 20357))
4243 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4244
4245 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4246 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4247 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4248 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4249 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4250 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4251 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4252
4253 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4254 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4255 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4256
4257 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4258 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4259 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4260
4261 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4262 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4263 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4264 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4265
4266 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4267 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4268 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4269 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4270 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4271 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4272 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4273
4274 \\{conf-mode-map}
4275
4276 \(fn)" t nil)
4277
4278 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4279 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4280 Comments start with `#'.
4281 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4282
4283 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4284
4285 \[Desktop Entry]
4286 Encoding=UTF-8
4287 Name=The GIMP
4288 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4289 Name[cs]=GIMP
4290
4291 \(fn)" t nil)
4292
4293 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4294 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4295 Comments start with `;'.
4296 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4297
4298 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4299
4300 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4301 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4302 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4303
4304 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4305 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4306
4307 \(fn)" t nil)
4308
4309 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4310 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4311 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4312 between `/*' and `*/'.
4313 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4314
4315 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4316 // another kind of comment
4317 /* yet another */
4318
4319 name:value
4320 name=value
4321 name value
4322 x.1 =
4323 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4324 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4325
4326 \(fn)" t nil)
4327
4328 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4329 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4330 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4331 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4332 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4333 `conf-space-keywords'.
4334 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4335 in an interactive fashion instead.
4336
4337 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4338
4339 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4340
4341 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4342 image/png png
4343 image/tiff tiff tif
4344
4345 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4346 class desktop
4347 # Standard multimedia devices
4348 add /dev/audio desktop
4349 add /dev/mixer desktop
4350
4351 \(fn)" t nil)
4352
4353 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4354 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4355 See `conf-space-mode'.
4356
4357 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4358
4359 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4360 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4361 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4362 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4363
4364 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4365
4366 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4367 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4368
4369 \(fn)" t nil)
4370
4371 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4372 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4373 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4374 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4375
4376 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4377
4378 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4379 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4380
4381 \(fn)" t nil)
4382
4383 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4384 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4385 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4386 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4387
4388 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4389
4390 *background: gray99
4391 *foreground: black
4392
4393 \(fn)" t nil)
4394
4395 ;;;***
4396 \f
4397 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4398 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18430 56742))
4399 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4400
4401 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4402 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4403 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4404 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4405
4406 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4407
4408 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4409 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4410 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4411 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4412
4413 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4414
4415 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4416 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4417 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4418 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4419
4420 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4421
4422 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4423 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4424
4425 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4426
4427 ;;;***
4428 \f
4429 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
4430 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18445 40794))
4431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4432
4433 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4434 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4435 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4436 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4437 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4438 following the copyright are updated as well.
4439 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4440 interactively.
4441
4442 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4443
4444 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4445 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4446 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4447
4448 \(fn)" t nil)
4449
4450 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4451 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4452
4453 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4454
4455 ;;;***
4456 \f
4457 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4458 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18430 56743))
4459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4460 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4461 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4462 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4463 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4464 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4465 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4466 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4467
4468 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4469 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4470 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4471 Tab indents for Perl code.
4472 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4473 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4474
4475 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4476 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4477 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4478 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4479 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4480 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4481 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4482 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4483 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4484 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4485 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4486 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4487
4488 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4489
4490 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4491 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4492
4493 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4494
4495 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4496 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4497 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4498 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4499 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4500 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4501 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4502 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4503 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4504
4505 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4506
4507 bite if angry;
4508
4509 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4510 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4511 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4512 to nil.)
4513
4514 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4515 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4516 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4517
4518 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4519
4520 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4521 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4522 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4523 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4524 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4525
4526 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4527
4528 if (A) { B }
4529
4530 into
4531
4532 B if A;
4533
4534 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4535
4536 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4537 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4538 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4539 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4540 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4541 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4542 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4543 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4544 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4545 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4546 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4547 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4548 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4549
4550 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4551 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4552 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4553 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4554 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4555 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4556
4557 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4558 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4559 man via menu.
4560
4561 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4562 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4563 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4564 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4565 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4566
4567 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4568 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4569 span the needed amount of lines.
4570
4571 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4572 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4573 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4574 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4575
4576 Variables controlling indentation style:
4577 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4578 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4579 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4580 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4581 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4582 `cperl-auto-newline'
4583 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4584 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4585 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4586 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4587 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4588 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4589 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4590 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4591 `cperl-indent-level'
4592 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4593 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4594 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4595 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4596 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4597 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4598 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4599 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4600 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4601 `cperl-brace-offset'
4602 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4603 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4604 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4605 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4606 `cperl-label-offset'
4607 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4608 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4609 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4610
4611 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4612 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4613 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4614 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4615 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4616 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4617
4618 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4619 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4620 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4621 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4622
4623 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4624 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4625 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4626 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4627 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4628 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4629
4630 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4631 column 0 is indented on
4632 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4633
4634 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4635 with no args.
4636
4637 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4638 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4639 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4640
4641 \(fn)" t nil)
4642
4643 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4644 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4645
4646 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4647
4648 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4649 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4650
4651 \(fn)" t nil)
4652
4653 ;;;***
4654 \f
4655 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4656 ;;;;;; (18430 56743))
4657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4658
4659 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4660 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4661 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4662 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4663 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4664
4665 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4666
4667 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4668 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4669
4670 \(fn)" t nil)
4671
4672 ;;;***
4673 \f
4674 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4675 ;;;;;; (18430 56728))
4676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4677
4678 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4679 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4680 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4681 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4682
4683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4684 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4685
4686 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4687
4688 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4689 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4690 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4691
4692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4693
4694 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4695
4696 ;;;***
4697 \f
4698 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4699 ;;;;;; (18440 60470))
4700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4701
4702 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4703 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4704 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4705 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4706
4707 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4708 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4709 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4710 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4711
4712 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4713 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4714 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4715
4716 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4717 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4718 'bob', and 'eve'.
4719
4720 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4721 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4722 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4723
4724 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4725
4726 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4727 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4728 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4729
4730 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4731
4732 ;;;***
4733 \f
4734 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18388
4735 ;;;;;; 41009))
4736 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4737 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4738
4739 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4740 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4741
4742 \(fn)" t nil)
4743
4744 ;;;***
4745 \f
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4747 ;;;;;; (18430 56728))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4749
4750 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4751 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4752 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4754 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4755 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4756
4757 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4758
4759 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4760 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4761 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4762 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4763 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4764
4765 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4766 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4767 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4768 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4769 function of these prefix keys.
4770
4771 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4772 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4773 options:
4774 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4775 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4776 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4777
4778 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4779 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4780 the prefix fallback behavior.
4781
4782 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4783 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4784 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4785 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4786
4787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4788
4789 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4790 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4791
4792 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4793
4794 ;;;***
4795 \f
4796 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4797 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4798 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4799 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4800 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4801 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4802 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4803 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4804 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4805 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4806 ;;;;;; (18451 38273))
4807 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4808
4809 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4810 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4811
4812 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4813
4814 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4815 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4816
4817 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4818
4819 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4820 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4821
4822 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4823 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4824
4825 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4826 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4827
4828 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4829 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4830
4831 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4832 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4833
4834 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4835
4836 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4837
4838 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4839 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4840 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4841
4842 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4843 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4844
4845 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4846 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4847
4848 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4849 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4850
4851 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4852
4853 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4854
4855 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4856 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4857 Return VALUE.
4858
4859 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4860 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4861
4862 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4863 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4864
4865 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4866 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4867
4868 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4869
4870 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4871
4872 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4873 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4874 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4875 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4876 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4877
4878 \(fn)" t nil)
4879
4880 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4881 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4882 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4883 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4884
4885 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4886
4887 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4888 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4889
4890 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4891
4892 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4893 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4894
4895 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4896
4897 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4898
4899 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4900 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4901
4902 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4903
4904 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4905
4906 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4907 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4908 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4909
4910 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4911
4912 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4913 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4914 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4915 as part of Emacs itself.
4916
4917 Each elements looks like this:
4918
4919 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4920
4921 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4922 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4923 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4924 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4925 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4926 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4927 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4928 and `defface'.
4929
4930 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4931
4932 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4933 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4934 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4935 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4936 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4937
4938 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4939 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4940 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4941 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4942
4943 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4944
4945 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4946 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4947 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4948 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4949 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4950
4951 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4952 that were added or redefined since that version.
4953
4954 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4957 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4958 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4959 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4960
4961 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4962 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4963
4964 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4965
4966 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4967 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4968 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4969
4970 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4971 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4972
4973 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4974
4975 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4976 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4977
4978 \(fn)" t nil)
4979
4980 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4981 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4982
4983 \(fn)" t nil)
4984
4985 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4986 Customize all already saved user options.
4987
4988 \(fn)" t nil)
4989
4990 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
4991 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
4992 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4993 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4994 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4995 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
4996 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
4997 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
4998
4999 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5000
5001 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5002 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5003 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5004 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5005
5006 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5007
5008 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5009 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5010
5011 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5012
5013 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5014 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5015
5016 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5017
5018 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5019 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5020 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5021 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5022 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5023 that option.
5024
5025 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5026
5027 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5028 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5029 The result includes selecting that window.
5030 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5031 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5032 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5033 that option.
5034
5035 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5036
5037 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5038 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5039
5040 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5041
5042 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5043 File used for storing customization information.
5044 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5045 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5046 it should be an absolute file name.
5047
5048 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5049 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5050 something like the following in your init file:
5051
5052 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5053 \(load custom-file)
5054
5055 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5056 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5057
5058 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5059 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5060 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5061 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5062 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5063
5064 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5065 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5066 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5067 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5068 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5069 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5070 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5071 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5072 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5073 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5074
5075 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5076
5077 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5078 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5079
5080 \(fn)" nil nil)
5081
5082 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5083 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5084
5085 \(fn)" t nil)
5086
5087 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5088 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5089 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5090
5091 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5092
5093 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5094 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5095 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5096 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5097 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5098
5099 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5100
5101 ;;;***
5102 \f
5103 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5104 ;;;;;; (18430 56710))
5105 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5106
5107 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5108 Create a custom theme.
5109
5110 \(fn)" t nil)
5111
5112 ;;;***
5113 \f
5114 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5115 ;;;;;; (18308 18222))
5116 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5117
5118 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5119 Mode used for cvs status output.
5120
5121 \(fn)" t nil)
5122
5123 ;;;***
5124 \f
5125 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5126 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18430 56743))
5127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5128
5129 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5130 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5131
5132 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5133 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5134 C++ modes are included.
5135
5136 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5137
5138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5139
5140 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5141 Turn on CWarn mode.
5142
5143 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5144 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5145
5146 \(fn)" nil nil)
5147
5148 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5149 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5150 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5151 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5152 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5153 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5154
5155 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5156
5157 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5158 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5159 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5160 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5161 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5162
5163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5164
5165 ;;;***
5166 \f
5167 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5168 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5169 ;;;;;; (18430 56741))
5170 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5171
5172 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5173 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5174
5175 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5176
5177 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5178 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5179
5180 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5181
5182 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5183 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5184 For readability, the table is slightly
5185 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5186
5187 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5188 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5189 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5190 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5191 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5192
5193 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5194
5195 ;;;***
5196 \f
5197 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5198 ;;;;;; (18430 56710))
5199 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5200 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5201 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5202
5203 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5204 Completion on current word.
5205 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5206 and presents suggestions for completion.
5207
5208 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5209 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5210 completions.
5211
5212 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5213 then it searches *all* buffers.
5214
5215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5216
5217 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5218 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5219
5220 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5221 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5222 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5223 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5224 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5225
5226 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5227 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5228
5229 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5230 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5231 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5232
5233 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5234 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5235
5236 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5237
5238 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5239
5240 ;;;***
5241 \f
5242 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18351
5243 ;;;;;; 33558))
5244 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5245
5246 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5247 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5248 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5249 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5250
5251 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5252
5253 ;;;***
5254 \f
5255 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18430
5256 ;;;;;; 56743))
5257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5258
5259 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5260 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5261
5262 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5263 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5264 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5265
5266 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5267 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5268 Data lines are not indented.
5269
5270 Key bindings:
5271
5272 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5273 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5274
5275 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5276 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5277 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5278 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5279
5280 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5281
5282 dcl-basic-offset
5283 Extra indentation within blocks.
5284
5285 dcl-continuation-offset
5286 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5287
5288 dcl-margin-offset
5289 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5290
5291 dcl-margin-label-offset
5292 Indentation for a label.
5293
5294 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5295 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5296
5297 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5298 dcl-block-end-regexp
5299 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5300 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5301 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5302 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5303 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5304
5305 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5306 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5307 Two such functions are included in the package:
5308 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5309 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5310
5311 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5312 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5313 One such function is included in the package:
5314 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5315
5316 dcl-tab-always-indent
5317 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5318 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5319 margin.
5320
5321 dcl-electric-characters
5322 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5323 typed.
5324
5325 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5326 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5327 which words trigger electric indentation.
5328
5329 dcl-tempo-comma
5330 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5331 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5332 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5333
5334 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5335 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5336 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5337 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5338
5339 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5340 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5341 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5342 dcl-imenu-label-call
5343 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5344
5345 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5346 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5347 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5348 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5349
5350
5351 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5352
5353 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5354 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5355 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5356 $ i = 1
5357 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5358 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5359 $ label:
5360 $ if i.eq.1
5361 $ then
5362 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5363 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5364 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5365 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5366 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5367 \"lined up with the command line\"
5368 $ type sys$input
5369 Data lines are not indented at all.
5370 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5371 $ endif
5372 $
5373
5374
5375 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5376 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5377
5378 \(fn)" t nil)
5379
5380 ;;;***
5381 \f
5382 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5383 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18440 60470))
5384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5385
5386 (setq debugger 'debug)
5387
5388 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5389 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5390 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5391 of the evaluator.
5392
5393 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5394 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5395 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5396
5397 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5398
5399 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5400 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5401
5402 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5403
5404 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5405 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5406 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5407 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5408 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5409 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5410
5411 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5412 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5413
5414 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5415
5416 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5417 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5418 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5419 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5420 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5421
5422 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5423
5424 ;;;***
5425 \f
5426 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5427 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
5428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5429
5430 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5431 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5432
5433 \(fn)" t nil)
5434
5435 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5436 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5437 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5438 Upper-case letters are commands.
5439
5440 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5441 modify it.
5442
5443 The most useful commands are:
5444 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5445 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5446 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5447 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5448 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5449 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5450
5451 \(fn)" t nil)
5452
5453 ;;;***
5454 \f
5455 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5456 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18430
5457 ;;;;;; 56711))
5458 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5459
5460 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5461 Customization of `columns' group.
5462
5463 \(fn)" t nil)
5464
5465 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5466 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5467
5468 START and END delimits the text region.
5469
5470 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5471
5472 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5473 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5474
5475 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5476
5477 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5478
5479 ;;;***
5480 \f
5481 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18430
5482 ;;;;;; 56743))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5484
5485 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5486 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5487 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5488 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5489 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5490 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5491
5492 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5493
5494 Customization:
5495
5496 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5497 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5498 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5499 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5500 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5501 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5502 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5503 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5504 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5505 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5506 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5507 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5508 blank line.
5509 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5510 Directories to search when finding external units.
5511 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5512 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5513
5514 Coloring:
5515
5516 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5517 Face used to color delphi comments.
5518 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5519 Face used to color delphi strings.
5520 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5521 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5522 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5523 Face used to color everything else.
5524
5525 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5526 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5527
5528 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5529
5530 ;;;***
5531 \f
5532 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18430
5533 ;;;;;; 56711))
5534 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5535
5536 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5537
5538 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5539 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5540 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5542 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5543 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5544
5545 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5546
5547 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5548 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5549 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5550 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5551
5552 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5553 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5554 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5555 any selection.
5556
5557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5558
5559 ;;;***
5560 \f
5561 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5562 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18308 18236))
5563 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5564
5565 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5566 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5567
5568 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5569
5570 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5571 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5572 or nil if there is no parent.
5573 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5574 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5575 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5576 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5577 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5578
5579 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5580 arguments are currently understood:
5581 :group GROUP
5582 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5583 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5584 :syntax-table TABLE
5585 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5586 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5587 :abbrev-table TABLE
5588 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5589 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5590
5591 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5592
5593 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5594
5595 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5596 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5597 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5598
5599 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5600 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5601
5602 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5603 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5604 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5605
5606 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5607 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5608
5609 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5610 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5611
5612 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5613
5614 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5615
5616 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5617 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5618 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5619 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5620 the first time the mode is used.
5621
5622 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5623
5624 ;;;***
5625 \f
5626 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5627 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18440 60467))
5628 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5629
5630 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5631 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5632 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5633 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5634 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5635 otherwise.
5636
5637 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5638
5639 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5640 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5641 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5642 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5643 character composition information (if relevant),
5644 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5645
5646 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5647
5648 ;;;***
5649 \f
5650 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5651 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5652 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5653 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18454 38538))
5654 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5655
5656 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5657 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5658 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5659
5660 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5661
5662 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5663 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5664 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5665 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5666 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5667 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5668
5669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5670
5671 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5672 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5673 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5674 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5675
5676 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5677
5678 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5679 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5680 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5681
5682 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5683 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5684 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5685
5686 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5687 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5688
5689 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5690 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5691 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5692
5693 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5694 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5695 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5696 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5697
5698 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5699
5700 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5701 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5702
5703 Handlers are called with argument list
5704
5705 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5706
5707 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5708
5709 desktop-file-version
5710 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5711 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5712 desktop-buffer-point
5713 desktop-buffer-mark
5714 desktop-buffer-read-only
5715 desktop-buffer-locals
5716
5717 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5718 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5719
5720 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5721 code like
5722
5723 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5724 ...
5725 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5726 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5727
5728 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5729
5730 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5731
5732 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5733 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5734 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5735 List elements must have the form
5736
5737 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5738
5739 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5740 function.
5741
5742 Handlers are called with argument list
5743
5744 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5745
5746 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5747
5748 desktop-file-version
5749 desktop-buffer-file-name
5750 desktop-buffer-name
5751 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5752 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5753 desktop-buffer-point
5754 desktop-buffer-mark
5755 desktop-buffer-read-only
5756 desktop-buffer-misc
5757
5758 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5759 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5760 created and set.
5761
5762 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5763 code like
5764
5765 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5766 ...
5767 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5768 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5769
5770 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5771
5772 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5773
5774 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5775
5776 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5777 Empty the Desktop.
5778 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5779 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5780 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5781
5782 \(fn)" t nil)
5783
5784 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5785 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5786 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5787 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5788 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5789
5790 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5791
5792 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5793 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5794 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5795
5796 \(fn)" t nil)
5797
5798 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5799 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5800 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5801 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5802 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5803 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5804 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5805 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5806
5807 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5808
5809 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5810 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5811 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5812
5813 \(fn)" nil nil)
5814
5815 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5816 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5817 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5818 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5819 directory DIRNAME.
5820
5821 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5822
5823 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5824 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5825
5826 \(fn)" t nil)
5827
5828 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5829 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5830
5831 \(fn)" t nil)
5832
5833 ;;;***
5834 \f
5835 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5836 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5837 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18430 56734))
5838 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5839
5840 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5841 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5842 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5843 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5844 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5845 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5846
5847 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5848
5849 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5850 Repair a broken attribution line.
5851 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5852
5853 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5854
5855 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5856 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5857 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5858 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5859
5860 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5861
5862 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5863 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5864
5865 \(fn)" t nil)
5866
5867 ;;;***
5868 \f
5869 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5870 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18450 33160))
5871 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5872
5873 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5874 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5875 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5876 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5877 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5878
5879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5880
5881 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5882 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5883 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5884 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5885
5886 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5887 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5888 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5889 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5890
5891 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5892 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5893
5894 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5895 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5896 calendar-date-style 'european
5897 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5898
5899 \(diary-mail-entries)
5900
5901 # diary-rem.el ends here
5902
5903 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5904
5905 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5906 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5907
5908 \(fn)" t nil)
5909
5910 ;;;***
5911 \f
5912 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5913 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18308 18222))
5914 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5915
5916 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5917 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5918
5919 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5920
5921 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5922 *The command to use to run diff.")
5923
5924 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5925
5926 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5927 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5928 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5929 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5930 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5931 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5932
5933 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5934
5935 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5936 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5937 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5938 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5939 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5940 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5941
5942 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5943
5944 ;;;***
5945 \f
5946 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5947 ;;;;;; (18451 35271))
5948 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5949
5950 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5951 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5952 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5953 normal diffs.
5954
5955 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5956 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5957 headers for you on-the-fly.
5958
5959 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5960 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5961 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5962
5963 \\{diff-mode-map}
5964
5965 \(fn)" t nil)
5966
5967 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5968 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5969 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5970
5971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5972
5973 ;;;***
5974 \f
5975 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5976 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5977 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5978 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5979 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18460 45359))
5980 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5981
5982 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5983 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5984 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5985 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5986 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5987 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5988 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5989 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
5990
5991 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
5992
5993 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5994 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5995
5996 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5997 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5998 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5999 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6000 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6001
6002 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6003 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6004
6005 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6006 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6007 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6008 always set this variable to t.")
6009
6010 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6011
6012 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6013 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6014 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6015 A value of t means move to first file.")
6016
6017 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6018
6019 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6020 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6021 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6022 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6023 are afterward marked with that character.")
6024
6025 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6026
6027 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6028 *Controls marking of copied files.
6029 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6030 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6031
6032 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6033
6034 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6035 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6036 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6037 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6038
6039 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6040
6041 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6042 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6043 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6044 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6045
6046 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6047
6048 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6049 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6050 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6051 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6052
6053 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6054
6055 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6056
6057 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6058 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6059 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6060
6061 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6062
6063 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6064 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6065 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6066 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6067 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6068 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6069
6070 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6071 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6072 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6073 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6074 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6075 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6076 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6077 list of files to make directory entries for.
6078 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6079 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6080 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6081 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6082
6083 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6084
6085 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6086 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6087
6088 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6089 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6090
6091 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6092 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6093
6094 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6095 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6096
6097 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6098
6099 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6100 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6101
6102 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6103
6104 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6105 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6106 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6107 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6108 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6109 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6110 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6111 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6112 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6113 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6114 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6115 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6116 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6117 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6118 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6119 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6120 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6121 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6122 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6123 to see why something went wrong.
6124 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6125 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6126 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6127 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6128 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6129 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6130 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6131 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6132 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6133 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6134 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6135 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6136 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6137
6138 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6139 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6140 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6141 again for the directory tree.
6142
6143 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6144 for more info):
6145
6146 `dired-listing-switches'
6147 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6148 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6149 `dired-marker-char'
6150 `dired-del-marker'
6151 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6152 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6153 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6154 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6155
6156 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6157
6158 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6159 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6160 `dired-mode-hook'
6161 `dired-load-hook'
6162
6163 Keybindings:
6164 \\{dired-mode-map}
6165
6166 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6167 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6168
6169 ;;;***
6170 \f
6171 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6172 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6173 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6174 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6175 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6176 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6177 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6178 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6179 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6180 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6181 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6182 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6183 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6184 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18446 42227))
6185 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6186
6187 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6188 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6189 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6190 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6191 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6192 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6193 which is options for `diff'.
6194
6195 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6196
6197 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6198 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6199 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6200 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6201 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6202 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6203
6204 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6205
6206 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6207 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6208 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6209 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6210 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6211 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6212 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6213
6214 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6215
6216 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6217 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6218 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6219 returned by function `file-attributes'
6220
6221 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6222 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6223
6224 Examples of PREDICATE:
6225
6226 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6227 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6228 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6229 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6230 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6231
6232 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6233
6234 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6235 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6236 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6237
6238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6239
6240 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6241 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6242
6243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6244
6245 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6246 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6247
6248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6249
6250 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6251 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6252 This calls touch.
6253
6254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6255
6256 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6257 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6258 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6259 `lpr-switches' as default.
6260
6261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6262
6263 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6264 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6265 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6266 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6267 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6268
6269 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6270 with a prefix argument.
6271
6272 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6273
6274 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6275 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6276 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6277 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6278 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6279
6280 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6281 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6282
6283 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6284 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6285 file name substituted for `?'.
6286
6287 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6288 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6289
6290 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6291 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6292 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6293 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6294
6295 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6296
6297 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6298 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6299 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6300
6301 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6302 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6303 in a subdir.
6304
6305 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6306 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6307 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6308
6309 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6310
6311 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6312 Not documented
6313
6314 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6315
6316 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6317 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6318 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6319 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6320 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6321 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6322 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6323 from the buffer as well.
6324 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6325 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6326 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6327
6328 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6329
6330 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6331 Not documented
6332
6333 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6334
6335 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6336 Not documented
6337
6338 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6339
6340 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6341 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6342
6343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6344
6345 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6346 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6347
6348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6349
6350 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6351 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6352
6353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6354
6355 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6356 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6357 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6358 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6359
6360 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6361 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6362 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6363 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6364 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6365 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6366 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6367
6368 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6369
6370 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6371 Not documented
6372
6373 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6374
6375 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6376 Not documented
6377
6378 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6379
6380 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6381 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6382
6383 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6384
6385 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6386 Not documented
6387
6388 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6389
6390 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6391 Not documented
6392
6393 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6394
6395 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6396 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6397
6398 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6399
6400 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6401 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6402 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6403 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6404 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6405 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6406 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6407 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6408 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6409
6410 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6411 like `cp -d'.
6412
6413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6414
6415 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6416 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6417 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6418 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6419 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6420 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6421 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6422 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6423
6424 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6425
6426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6427
6428 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6429 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6430 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6431 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6432 and new hard links are made in that directory
6433 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6434 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6435 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6436
6437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6438
6439 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6440 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6441 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6442 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6443 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6444 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6445 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6446
6447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6448
6449 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6450 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6451
6452 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6453 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6454 file if none are marked.
6455
6456 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6457 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6458 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6459 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6460
6461 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6462 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6463
6464 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6465
6466 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6467 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6468 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6469
6470 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6471
6472 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6473 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6474 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6475
6476 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6477
6478 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6479 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6480 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6481
6482 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6483
6484 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6485 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6486
6487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6488
6489 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6490 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6491
6492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6493
6494 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6495 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6496 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6497 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6498 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6499 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6500 this subdirectory.
6501 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6502
6503 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6504 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6505 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6506 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6507 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6508 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6509 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6510
6511 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6512
6513 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6514 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6515 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6516 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6517 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6518 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6519 this subdirectory.
6520 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6521
6522 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6523
6524 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6525 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6526 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6527
6528 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6529
6530 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6531 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6532 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6533 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6534
6535 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6536
6537 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6538 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6539 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6540 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6541
6542 \(fn)" t nil)
6543
6544 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6545 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6546 Lower levels are unaffected.
6547
6548 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6549
6550 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6551 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6552
6553 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6554
6555 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6556 Go down in the dired tree.
6557
6558 \(fn)" t nil)
6559
6560 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6561 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6562 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6563 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6564
6565 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6566
6567 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6568 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6569 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6570 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6571
6572 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6573
6574 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6575 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6576 Stops when a match is found.
6577 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6578
6579 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6580
6581 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6582 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6583 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6584 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6585 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6586
6587 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6588
6589 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6590 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6591 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6592 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6593
6594 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6595
6596 ;;;***
6597 \f
6598 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6599 ;;;;;; (18460 45358))
6600 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6601
6602 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6603 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6604 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6605 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6606 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6607 buffer and try again.
6608
6609 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6610
6611 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6612 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6613 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6614 This creates relative symbolic links like
6615
6616 foo -> ../bar/foo
6617
6618 not absolute ones like
6619
6620 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6621
6622 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6623
6624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6625
6626 ;;;***
6627 \f
6628 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6629 ;;;;;; (18308 18222))
6630 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6631
6632 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6633 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6634 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6635 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6636 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6637 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6638 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6639
6640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6641
6642 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6643 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6644 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6645
6646 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6647
6648 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6649 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6650
6651 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6652
6653 ;;;***
6654 \f
6655 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18430
6656 ;;;;;; 56727))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6658
6659 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6660 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6661 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6662 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6663 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6664 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6665
6666 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6667
6668 ;;;***
6669 \f
6670 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6671 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6672 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6673 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6674 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6675 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18377 45438))
6676 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6677
6678 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6679 Return a new, empty display table.
6680
6681 \(fn)" nil nil)
6682
6683 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6684 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6685 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6686 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6687 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6688
6689 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6690
6691 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6692 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6693 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6694 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6695 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6696
6697 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6698
6699 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6700 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6701
6702 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6703
6704 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6705 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6706
6707 \(fn)" t nil)
6708
6709 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6710 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6711
6712 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6713
6714 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6715 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6716
6717 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6718
6719 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6720 Display character C using printable string S.
6721
6722 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6723
6724 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6725 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6726 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6727 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6728
6729 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6730
6731 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6732 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6733 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6734 X frame.
6735
6736 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6737
6738 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6739 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6740
6741 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6742
6743 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6744 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6745
6746 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6747
6748 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6749 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6750
6751 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6752
6753 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6754 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6755
6756 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6757
6758 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6759 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6760
6761 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6762
6763 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6764 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6765
6766 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6767 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6768 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6769 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6770
6771 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6772 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6773 European character display.
6774
6775 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6776 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6777 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6778 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6779
6780 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6781 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6782 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6783 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6784 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6785
6786 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6787
6788 ;;;***
6789 \f
6790 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6791 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
6792 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6793
6794 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6795 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6796 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6797 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6798 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6799 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6800 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6801 Default is 2.
6802
6803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6804
6805 ;;;***
6806 \f
6807 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18339 58479))
6808 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6809
6810 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
6811 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6812 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6813 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6814 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6815 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6816 private or ask).
6817 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6818 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6819 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6820 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6821 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6822
6823 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6824
6825 ;;;***
6826 \f
6827 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6828 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18308 18253))
6829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6830
6831 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6832 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6833 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6834 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6835 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6836 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6837 table and its own syntax table.
6838
6839 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6840
6841 \(fn)" t nil)
6842 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6843
6844 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6845 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6846
6847 \(fn)" t nil)
6848 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6849
6850 ;;;***
6851 \f
6852 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6853 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18454 38539))
6854 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6855
6856 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6857 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6858 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6859
6860 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6861
6862 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6863 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6864 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6865 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6866 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6867
6868 \(fn)" t nil)
6869
6870 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6871 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6872 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6873 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6874
6875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6876
6877 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6878 Not documented
6879
6880 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6881
6882 ;;;***
6883 \f
6884 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18308 18247))
6885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6886
6887 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6888 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6889
6890 \(fn)" t nil)
6891
6892 ;;;***
6893 \f
6894 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18308 18223))
6895 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6896
6897 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6898 Toggle Double mode.
6899 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6900 turn it off.
6901
6902 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6903 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6904
6905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6906
6907 ;;;***
6908 \f
6909 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18430 56742))
6910 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6911
6912 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6913 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6914
6915 \(fn)" t nil)
6916
6917 ;;;***
6918 \f
6919 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6920 ;;;;;; (18430 56734))
6921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6922
6923 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6924 Play sounds in message buffers.
6925
6926 \(fn)" t nil)
6927
6928 ;;;***
6929 \f
6930 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6931 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6932 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18447 48673))
6933 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6934
6935 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6936
6937 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6938 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6939 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6940 and toggle command MODE.
6941
6942 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6943 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6944 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6945 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6946 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6947 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6948 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6949 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6950 used (see below).
6951
6952 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6953 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6954 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6955 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6956 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6957 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6958 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6959 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6960 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6961 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6962 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6963 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6964 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6965 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6966 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6967 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6968 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6969
6970 For example, you could write
6971 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6972 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6973 ...BODY CODE...)
6974
6975 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6976
6977 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6978
6979 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6980
6981 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6982 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6983 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6984 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6985 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6986 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6987 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6988 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6989 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6990 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6991 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6992 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6993
6994 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6995 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6996 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6997 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6998 call another major mode in their body.
6999
7000 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7001
7002 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7003 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7004 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7005 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7006 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7007 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7008 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7009
7010 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7011
7012 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7013 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7014 :inherit Parent keymap.
7015 :group Ignored.
7016 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7017 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7018
7019 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7020
7021 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7022 Not documented
7023
7024 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7025
7026 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7027 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7028 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7029
7030 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7031
7032 ;;;***
7033 \f
7034 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7035 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18448
7036 ;;;;;; 7271))
7037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7038
7039 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7040
7041 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7042 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7043
7044 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7045 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7046 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7047
7048 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7049 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7050
7051 :filter FUNCTION
7052
7053 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7054 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7055
7056 :visible INCLUDE
7057
7058 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7059 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7060
7061 :active ENABLE
7062
7063 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7064 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7065
7066 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7067
7068 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7069
7070 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7071
7072 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7073 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7074
7075 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7076 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7077
7078 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7079
7080 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7081
7082 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7083
7084 :keys KEYS
7085
7086 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7087 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7088 computed automatically.
7089 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7090
7091 :key-sequence KEYS
7092
7093 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7094 menu item.
7095 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7096 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7097 keyboard equivalent.
7098
7099 :active ENABLE
7100
7101 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7102 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7103
7104 :visible INCLUDE
7105
7106 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7107 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7108
7109 :label FORM
7110
7111 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7112 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7113
7114 :suffix FORM
7115
7116 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7117 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7118
7119 :style STYLE
7120
7121 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7122 defined:
7123
7124 toggle: A checkbox.
7125 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7126 radio: A radio button.
7127 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7128 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7129 menu bar itself.
7130 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7131
7132 :selected SELECTED
7133
7134 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7135 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7136
7137 :help HELP
7138
7139 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7140
7141 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7142 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7143 as a solid horizontal line.
7144
7145 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7146
7147 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7148
7149 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7150 Not documented
7151
7152 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7153
7154 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7155 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7156 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7157 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7158
7159 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7160
7161 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7162 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7163 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7164 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7165 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7166 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7167
7168 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7169 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7170 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7171
7172 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7173 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7174 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7175
7176 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7177 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7178
7179 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7180
7181 ;;;***
7182 \f
7183 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7184 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7185 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7186 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7187 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7188 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7189 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7190 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18430 56743))
7191 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7192
7193 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7194 Customization for ebnf group.
7195
7196 \(fn)" t nil)
7197
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7200
7201 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7202
7203 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7204 processed.
7205
7206 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7207
7208 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7209
7210 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7212
7213 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7214 killed after process termination.
7215
7216 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7217
7218 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7219
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7222
7223 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7224 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7225 it to the printer.
7226
7227 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7228 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7229 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7230 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7231
7232 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7236 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7237
7238 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7239
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7242
7243 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7244
7245 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7246 processed.
7247
7248 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7249
7250 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7251
7252 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7253 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7254
7255 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7256 killed after process termination.
7257
7258 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7259
7260 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7261
7262 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7263 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7264 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7265 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7266
7267 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7268
7269 \(fn)" t nil)
7270
7271 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7272 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7273 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7274
7275 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7276
7277 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7278
7279 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7280 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7281
7282 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7283
7284 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7285 processed.
7286
7287 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7288
7289 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7290
7291 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7292 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7293
7294 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7295 killed after EPS generation.
7296
7297 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7298
7299 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7300
7301 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7302 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7303
7304 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7305 The EPS file name has the following form:
7306
7307 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7308
7309 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7310 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7311
7312 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7313 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7314 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7315 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7316 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7317
7318 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7319 files.
7320
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7324 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7325
7326 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7327 The EPS file name has the following form:
7328
7329 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7330
7331 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7332 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7333
7334 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7335 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7336 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7337 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7338 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7339
7340 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7341 files.
7342
7343 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7344
7345 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7346
7347 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7348 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7349
7350 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7351
7352 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7353 are processed.
7354
7355 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7356
7357 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7358
7359 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7360 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7361
7362 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7363 killed after syntax checking.
7364
7365 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7366
7367 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7368
7369 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7370 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7371
7372 \(fn)" t nil)
7373
7374 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7375 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7376
7377 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7380 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7381
7382 \(fn)" nil nil)
7383
7384 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7385 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7386
7387 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7388
7389 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7390
7391 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7392 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7393
7394 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7395
7396 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7397
7398 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7399 Delete style NAME.
7400
7401 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7402
7403 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7404
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7407
7408 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7409
7410 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7413 Set STYLE as the current style.
7414
7415 Returns the old style symbol.
7416
7417 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7418
7419 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7420
7421 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7422 Reset current style.
7423
7424 Returns the old style symbol.
7425
7426 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7427
7428 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7429
7430 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7431 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7432
7433 Returns the old style symbol.
7434
7435 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7436
7437 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7438
7439 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7440
7441 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7442 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7443
7444 Returns the old style symbol.
7445
7446 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7447
7448 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7449
7450 \(fn)" t nil)
7451
7452 ;;;***
7453 \f
7454 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7455 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7456 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7457 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7458 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7459 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7460 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7461 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7462 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7463 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7464 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18430
7465 ;;;;;; 56743))
7466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7467
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7469 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7470 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7471 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7472 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7473 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7474
7475 Tree mode key bindings:
7476 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7477
7478 \(fn)" t nil)
7479
7480 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7481 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7482
7483 \(fn)" t nil)
7484
7485 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7486 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7487
7488 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7489
7490 \(fn)" nil nil)
7491
7492 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7493 View declaration of member at point.
7494
7495 \(fn)" t nil)
7496
7497 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7498 Find declaration of member at point.
7499
7500 \(fn)" t nil)
7501
7502 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7503 View definition of member at point.
7504
7505 \(fn)" t nil)
7506
7507 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7508 Find definition of member at point.
7509
7510 \(fn)" t nil)
7511
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7513 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7514
7515 \(fn)" t nil)
7516
7517 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7518 View definition of member at point in other window.
7519
7520 \(fn)" t nil)
7521
7522 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7523 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7524
7525 \(fn)" t nil)
7526
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7528 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7529
7530 \(fn)" t nil)
7531
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7533 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7534
7535 \(fn)" t nil)
7536
7537 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7538 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7539
7540 \(fn)" t nil)
7541
7542 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7543 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7544 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7545 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7546 completion.
7547
7548 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7549
7550 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7551 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7552 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7553 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7554
7555 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7556
7557 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7558 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7559 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7560 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7561
7562 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7563
7564 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7565 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7566 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7567
7568 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7569
7570 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7571 Search for call sites of a member.
7572 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7573 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7574 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7575 looks like a function call to the member.
7576
7577 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7578
7579 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7580 Move backward in the position stack.
7581 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7582
7583 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7584
7585 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7586 Move forward in the position stack.
7587 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7588
7589 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7590
7591 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7592 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7593
7594 \(fn)" t nil)
7595
7596 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7597 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7598
7599 \(fn)" t nil)
7600
7601 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7602 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7603 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7604 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7605
7606 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7607
7608 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7609 Display statistics for a class tree.
7610
7611 \(fn)" t nil)
7612
7613 ;;;***
7614 \f
7615 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7616 ;;;;;; (18430 56711))
7617 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7618
7619 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7620 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7621 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7622 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7623
7624 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7625 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7626 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7627
7628 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7629 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7630 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7631
7632 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7633
7634 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7635
7636 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7637
7638 ;;;***
7639 \f
7640 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7641 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18430 56711))
7642 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7643
7644 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7645 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7646 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7647
7648 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7649
7650 ;;;***
7651 \f
7652 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7653 ;;;;;; (18375 33162))
7654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7655
7656 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7657 Not documented
7658
7659 \(fn)" nil nil)
7660
7661 ;;;***
7662 \f
7663 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7664 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7665 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18430 56727))
7666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7667
7668 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7669 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7670 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7671 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7672 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7673
7674 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7675 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7676 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7677 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7678
7679 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7680
7681 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7682 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7683 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7684 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7685
7686 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7687
7688 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7689 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7690 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7691 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7692
7693 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7694
7695 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7696
7697 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7698 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7699 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7700 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7701 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7702
7703 If you do this on a function definition
7704 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7705 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7706 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7707 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7708
7709 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7710 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7711 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7712 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7713 already is one.)
7714
7715 \(fn)" t nil)
7716
7717 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7718 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7719
7720 \(fn)" t nil)
7721
7722 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7723 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7724
7725 \(fn)" t nil)
7726
7727 ;;;***
7728 \f
7729 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7730 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7731 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7732 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7733 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7734 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7735 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7736 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7737 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7738 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18454 21035))
7739 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7740
7741 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7742 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7743
7744 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7745
7746 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7747 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7748
7749 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7750
7751 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7752
7753 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7754
7755 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7756 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7757 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7758 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7759
7760 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7761
7762 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7763 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7764
7765 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7766
7767 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7768
7769 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7770 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7771
7772 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7773
7774 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7775
7776 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7777 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7778 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7779 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7780
7781 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7782
7783 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7784
7785 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7786 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7787 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7788 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7789
7790 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7791
7792 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7793
7794 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7795 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7796 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7797 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7798
7799 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7800
7801 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7802
7803 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7804 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7805 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7806 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7807
7808 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7809
7810 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7811
7812 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7813 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7814 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7815 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7816 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7817 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7818
7819 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7820
7821 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7822 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7823 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7824 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7825
7826 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7827
7828 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7829
7830 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7831 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7832 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7833 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7834
7835 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7836
7837 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7838
7839 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7840
7841 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7842 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7843 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7844 follows:
7845 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7846 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7847
7848 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7849
7850 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7851 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7852 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7853 follows:
7854 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7855 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7856
7857 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7858
7859 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7860 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7861 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7862 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7863 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7864
7865 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7866
7867 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7868 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7869 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7870 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7871 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7872 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7873
7874 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7875
7876 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7877
7878 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7879 Merge two files without ancestor.
7880
7881 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7882
7883 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7884 Merge two files with ancestor.
7885
7886 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7887
7888 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7889
7890 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7891 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7892
7893 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7894
7895 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7896 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7897
7898 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7899
7900 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7901 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7902 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7903 buffer.
7904
7905 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7906
7907 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7908 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7909 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7910 buffer.
7911
7912 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7913
7914 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7915 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7916 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7917 and don't ask the user.
7918 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7919 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7920
7921 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7922
7923 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7924 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7925 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7926 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7927 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7928 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7929 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7930 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7931
7932 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7933
7934 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7935
7936 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7937
7938 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7939 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7940 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7941 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7942 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7943
7944 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7945
7946 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7947
7948 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7949 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7950 When called interactively, displays the version.
7951
7952 \(fn)" t nil)
7953
7954 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7955 Display Ediff's manual.
7956 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7957
7958 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7959
7960 ;;;***
7961 \f
7962 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7963 ;;;;;; (18454 19641))
7964 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7965
7966 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7967 Not documented
7968
7969 \(fn)" t nil)
7970
7971 ;;;***
7972 \f
7973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18460 52748))
7974 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7975
7976 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))
7977
7978 ;;;***
7979 \f
7980 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7981 ;;;;;; (18454 20071))
7982 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7983
7984 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7985 Display Ediff's registry.
7986
7987 \(fn)" t nil)
7988
7989 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7990
7991 ;;;***
7992 \f
7993 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7994 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18454 20550))
7995 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7996
7997 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7998 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7999 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8000 which see.
8001
8002 \(fn)" t nil)
8003
8004 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8005 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8006 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8007 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8008
8009 \(fn)" t nil)
8010
8011 ;;;***
8012 \f
8013 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8014 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8015 ;;;;;; (18430 56712))
8016 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8017
8018 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8019 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8020 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8021
8022 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8023 Edit a keyboard macro.
8024 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8025 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8026 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8027 its command name.
8028 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8029
8030 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8031
8032 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8033 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8034
8035 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8036
8037 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8038 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8039
8040 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8041
8042 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8043 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8044 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8045 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8046 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8047 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8048
8049 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8050 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8051 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8052 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8053
8054 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8055
8056 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8057 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8058 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8059 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8060 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8061 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8062
8063 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8064
8065 ;;;***
8066 \f
8067 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8068 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18430 56730))
8069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8070
8071 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8072 Set scroll margins.
8073 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8074 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8075
8076 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8077
8078 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8079 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8080
8081 \(fn)" t nil)
8082
8083 ;;;***
8084 \f
8085 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8086 ;;;;;; (18430 56712))
8087 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8088
8089 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8090 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8091 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8092 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8093 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8094 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8095 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8096
8097 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8098 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8099
8100 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8101 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8102 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8103 this value is non-nil.
8104
8105 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8106 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8107 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8108
8109 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8110 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8111 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8112
8113 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8114
8115 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8116 Not documented
8117
8118 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8119
8120 ;;;***
8121 \f
8122 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8123 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18308 18237))
8124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8125
8126 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8127 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8128
8129 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8130
8131 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8132 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8133 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8134 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8135 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8136 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8137 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8138
8139 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8140
8141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8142
8143 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8144 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8145
8146 \(fn)" t nil)
8147
8148 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8149 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8150 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8151 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8152 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8153 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8154 arg list.
8155
8156 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8157 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8158
8159 ;;;***
8160 \f
8161 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18430
8162 ;;;;;; 56713))
8163 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8164
8165 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8166 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8167
8168 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8169 an elided material again.
8170
8171 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8172
8173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8174
8175 ;;;***
8176 \f
8177 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8178 ;;;;;; (18430 56727))
8179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8180
8181 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8182 Initialize elint.
8183
8184 \(fn)" t nil)
8185
8186 ;;;***
8187 \f
8188 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8189 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18377
8190 ;;;;;; 52012))
8191 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8192
8193 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8194 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8195 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8196
8197 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8198
8199 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8200 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8201 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8202
8203 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8206 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8207 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8208
8209 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8210
8211 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8212
8213 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8214 Display current profiling results.
8215 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8216 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8217 displayed.
8218
8219 \(fn)" t nil)
8220
8221 ;;;***
8222 \f
8223 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8224 ;;;;;; (18373 59356))
8225 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8226
8227 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8228 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8229 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8230
8231 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8232
8233 ;;;***
8234 \f
8235 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8236 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8237 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8238 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8239 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18430 56713))
8240 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8241
8242 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8243 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8244 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8245 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8246 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8247 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8248 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8249 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8250 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8251 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8252 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8253 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8254 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8255 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8256 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8257 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8258
8259 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8260 Run Emerge on two files.
8261
8262 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8263
8264 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8265 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8266
8267 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8268
8269 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8270 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8271
8272 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8273
8274 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8275 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8276
8277 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8278
8279 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8280 Not documented
8281
8282 \(fn)" nil nil)
8283
8284 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8285 Not documented
8286
8287 \(fn)" nil nil)
8288
8289 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8290 Not documented
8291
8292 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8293
8294 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8295 Not documented
8296
8297 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8298
8299 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8300 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8301
8302 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8303
8304 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8305 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8306
8307 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8308
8309 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8310 Not documented
8311
8312 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8313
8314 ;;;***
8315 \f
8316 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8317 ;;;;;; (18339 58485))
8318 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8319
8320 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8321 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8322
8323 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8324
8325 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8326
8327 ;;;***
8328 \f
8329 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8330 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18430 56744))
8331 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8332
8333 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8334 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8335 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8336 text/enriched format.
8337 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8338
8339 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8340 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8341
8342 Commands:
8343
8344 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8345
8346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8347
8348 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8349 Not documented
8350
8351 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8352
8353 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8354 Not documented
8355
8356 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8357
8358 ;;;***
8359 \f
8360 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8361 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8362 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8363 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8364 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8365 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18457
8366 ;;;;;; 21362))
8367 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8368
8369 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8370 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8371
8372 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8373
8374 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8375 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8376
8377 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8378
8379 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8380 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8381 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8382 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8383 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8384 the keys are listed.
8385 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8386
8387 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8388
8389 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8390 Decrypt FILE.
8391
8392 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8393
8394 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8395 Verify FILE.
8396
8397 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8398
8399 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8400 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8401
8402 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8403
8404 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8405 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8406
8407 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8408
8409 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8410 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8411
8412 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8413 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8414 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8415 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8416 should consider using the string based counterpart
8417 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8418 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8419
8420 For example:
8421
8422 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8423 (decode-coding-string
8424 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8425 'utf-8))
8426
8427 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8428
8429 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8430 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8431
8432 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8433 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8434
8435 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8436
8437 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8438 Verify the current region between START and END.
8439
8440 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8441 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8442 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8443 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8444 should consider using the string based counterpart
8445 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8446 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8447
8448 For example:
8449
8450 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8451 (decode-coding-string
8452 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8453 'utf-8))
8454
8455 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8456
8457 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8458 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8459 between START and END.
8460
8461 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8462 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8463
8464 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8465
8466 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8467 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8468
8469 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8470 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8471 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8472 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8473 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8474 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8475
8476 For example:
8477
8478 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8479 (epg-sign-string
8480 context
8481 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8482
8483 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8484
8485 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8486 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8487
8488 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8489 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8490 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8491 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8492 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8493 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8494
8495 For example:
8496
8497 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8498 (epg-encrypt-string
8499 context
8500 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8501 nil))
8502
8503 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8504
8505 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8506 Delete selected KEYS.
8507
8508 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8509
8510 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8511 Import keys from FILE.
8512
8513 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8514
8515 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8516 Import keys from the region.
8517
8518 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8519
8520 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8521 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8522 between START and END.
8523
8524 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8525
8526 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8527 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8528
8529 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8530
8531 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8532 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8533
8534 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8535
8536 ;;;***
8537 \f
8538 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8539 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18452 57338))
8540 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8541
8542 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8543 Decrypt marked files.
8544
8545 \(fn)" t nil)
8546
8547 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8548 Verify marked files.
8549
8550 \(fn)" t nil)
8551
8552 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8553 Sign marked files.
8554
8555 \(fn)" t nil)
8556
8557 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8558 Encrypt marked files.
8559
8560 \(fn)" t nil)
8561
8562 ;;;***
8563 \f
8564 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8565 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18460 45359))
8566 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8567
8568 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8569 Not documented
8570
8571 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8572
8573 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8574 Not documented
8575
8576 \(fn)" t nil)
8577
8578 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8579 Not documented
8580
8581 \(fn)" t nil)
8582
8583 ;;;***
8584 \f
8585 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8586 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8587 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18351 33556))
8588 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8589
8590 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8591 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8592
8593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8594
8595 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8596 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8597 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8598
8599 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8600
8601 \(fn)" t nil)
8602
8603 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8604 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8605 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8606
8607 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8608
8609 \(fn)" t nil)
8610
8611 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8612 Sign the current buffer.
8613 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8614
8615 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8616
8617 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8618
8619 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8620 Encrypt the current buffer.
8621 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8622
8623 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8624
8625 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8626
8627 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8628 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8629 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8630
8631 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8632
8633 \(fn)" t nil)
8634
8635 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8636 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8637 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8638 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8639 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8640 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8641
8642 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8643
8644 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8645 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8646
8647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8648
8649 ;;;***
8650 \f
8651 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8652 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8653 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8654 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8655 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8656 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8657 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8658 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8659 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18417 56591))
8660 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8661
8662 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8663 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8664 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8665 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8666 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8667 signatures should be included.
8668 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8669
8670 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8671
8672 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8673 Not documented
8674
8675 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8676
8677 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8678 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8679 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8680
8681 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8682 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8683 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8684 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8685 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8686
8687 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8688
8689 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8690 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8691 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8692
8693 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8694
8695 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8696 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8697
8698 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8699
8700 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8701 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8702 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8703
8704 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8705 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8706
8707 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8708 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8709 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8710 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8711 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8712
8713 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8714
8715 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8716 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8717 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8718
8719 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8720 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8721 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8722 stored into the file after successful verification.
8723
8724 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8725
8726 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8727 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8728 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8729
8730 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8731 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8732 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8733 successful verification.
8734
8735 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8736
8737 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8738 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8739 PLAIN is a data object.
8740
8741 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8742 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8743 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8744
8745 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8746 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8747 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8748 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8749 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8750
8751 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8752
8753 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8754 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8755 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8756 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8757 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8758 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8759
8760 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8761
8762 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8763 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8764 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8765 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8766 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8767
8768 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8769
8770 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8771 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8772 PLAIN is a data object.
8773 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8774
8775 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8776 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8777 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8778 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8779 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8780
8781 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8782
8783 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8784 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8785 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8786 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8787
8788 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8789
8790 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
8791 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
8792 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8793
8794 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8795
8796 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
8797 Initiate an export keys operation.
8798
8799 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8800 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8801 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8802 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8803 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
8804
8805 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8806
8807 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
8808 Extract public KEYS.
8809
8810 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
8811
8812 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
8813 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
8814
8815 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8816
8817 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
8818 Initiate an import keys operation.
8819 KEYS is a data object.
8820
8821 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8822 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8823 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8824 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8825 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
8826
8827 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8828
8829 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
8830 Add keys from a file KEYS.
8831
8832 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8833
8834 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
8835 Add keys from a string KEYS.
8836
8837 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8838
8839 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
8840 Initiate a receive key operation.
8841 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
8842
8843 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8844 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8845 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8846 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8847 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
8848
8849 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
8850
8851 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
8852 Add keys from server.
8853 KEYS is a list of key IDs
8854
8855 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8856
8857 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
8858
8859 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
8860 Initiate a delete keys operation.
8861
8862 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8863 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8864 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8865 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8866 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
8867
8868 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8869
8870 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
8871 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
8872
8873 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8874
8875 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
8876 Initiate a sign keys operation.
8877
8878 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8879 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8880 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8881 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8882 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
8883
8884 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8885
8886 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
8887 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
8888
8889 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8890
8891 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
8892 Initiate a key generation.
8893 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
8894
8895 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8896 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8897 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8898 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8899 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
8900
8901 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8902
8903 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
8904 Generate a new key pair.
8905 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
8906
8907 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8908
8909 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
8910 Generate a new key pair.
8911 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
8912
8913 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8914
8915 ;;;***
8916 \f
8917 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8918 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18351 33556))
8919 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8920
8921 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8922 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8923
8924 \(fn)" nil nil)
8925
8926 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8927 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8928
8929 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8930
8931 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8932 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8933
8934 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8935
8936 ;;;***
8937 \f
8938 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8939 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18452 50296))
8940 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8941
8942 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8943 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8944
8945 \(fn)" nil nil)
8946
8947 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8948 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8949 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8950
8951 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8952
8953 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8954 (server (erc-compute-server))
8955 (port (erc-compute-port))
8956 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8957 password
8958 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8959
8960 That is, if called with
8961
8962 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8963
8964 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8965 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8966 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8967
8968 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8969
8970 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8971
8972 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8973 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8974 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8975 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8976
8977 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8978
8979 ;;;***
8980 \f
8981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18308
8982 ;;;;;; 18240))
8983 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8984 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8985
8986 ;;;***
8987 \f
8988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18369 53782))
8989 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8990 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8991
8992 ;;;***
8993 \f
8994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18308 18240))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8997
8998 ;;;***
8999 \f
9000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18329 25986))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9002 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9003
9004 ;;;***
9005 \f
9006 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9007 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18454 39232))
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9009 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9010
9011 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9012 Parser for /dcc command.
9013 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9014 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9015 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9016
9017 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9018
9019 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9020 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9021
9022 \(fn)" nil nil)
9023
9024 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9025 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9026
9027 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9028 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9029 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9030 that subcommand.
9031
9032 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9033
9034 ;;;***
9035 \f
9036 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9037 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9038 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9039 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9040 ;;;;;; (18308 18240))
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9042
9043 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9044 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9045
9046 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9047
9048 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9049 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9050 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9051 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9052
9053 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9054
9055 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9056 Not documented
9057
9058 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9059
9060 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9061 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9062
9063 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9064
9065 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9066 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9067
9068 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9069
9070 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9071 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9072
9073 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9074
9075 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9076 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9077
9078 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9079
9080 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9081 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9082
9083 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9084
9085 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9086 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9087
9088 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9089
9090 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9091 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9092
9093 \(fn)" nil nil)
9094
9095 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9096 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9097
9098 \(fn)" nil nil)
9099
9100 ;;;***
9101 \f
9102 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18308
9103 ;;;;;; 18240))
9104 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9105 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9106
9107 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9108 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9109 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9110
9111 \(fn)" nil nil)
9112
9113 ;;;***
9114 \f
9115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18308
9116 ;;;;;; 18240))
9117 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9118 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9119
9120 ;;;***
9121 \f
9122 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9123 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18308 18240))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9125 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9126
9127 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9128 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9129 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9130 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9131 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9132 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9133 system.
9134
9135 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9136
9137 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9138 Not documented
9139
9140 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9141
9142 ;;;***
9143 \f
9144 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9145 ;;;;;; (18308 18240))
9146 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9147
9148 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9149 Not documented
9150
9151 \(fn)" nil nil)
9152
9153 ;;;***
9154 \f
9155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18308 18240))
9156 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9157 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9158
9159 ;;;***
9160 \f
9161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18329 29515))
9162 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9163 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9164
9165 ;;;***
9166 \f
9167 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9168 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18308 18240))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9170 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9171
9172 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9173 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9174 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9175 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9176 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9177 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9178
9179 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9180
9181 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9182 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9183 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9184 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9185
9186 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9187 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9188 automatically.
9189
9190 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9191 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9192
9193 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9194
9195 ;;;***
9196 \f
9197 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9198 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9199 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9200 ;;;;;; (18369 53782))
9201 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9202 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9203
9204 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9205 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9206
9207 \(fn)" t nil)
9208
9209 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9210 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9211
9212 \(fn)" t nil)
9213
9214 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9215 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9216
9217 \(fn)" t nil)
9218
9219 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9220 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9221
9222 \(fn)" t nil)
9223
9224 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9225 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9226
9227 \(fn)" t nil)
9228
9229 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9230 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9231
9232 \(fn)" t nil)
9233
9234 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9235 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9236
9237 \(fn)" t nil)
9238
9239 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9240 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9241
9242 \(fn)" t nil)
9243
9244 ;;;***
9245 \f
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18308 18240))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9248 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9249
9250 ;;;***
9251 \f
9252 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9253 ;;;;;; (18308 18241))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9256
9257 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9258 Show who's gone.
9259
9260 \(fn)" nil nil)
9261
9262 ;;;***
9263 \f
9264 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9265 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18329 25986))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9267
9268 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9269 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9270 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9271 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9272
9273 \(fn)" nil nil)
9274
9275 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9276 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9277
9278 \(fn)" t nil)
9279
9280 ;;;***
9281 \f
9282 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9283 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18308 18241))
9284 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9285 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9286
9287 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9288 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9289 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9290 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9291
9292 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9293
9294 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9295 Not documented
9296
9297 \(fn)" nil nil)
9298
9299 ;;;***
9300 \f
9301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18329 25986))
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9303 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9304
9305 ;;;***
9306 \f
9307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18308
9308 ;;;;;; 18241))
9309 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9310 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9311
9312 ;;;***
9313 \f
9314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18329 25986))
9315 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9316 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9317
9318 ;;;***
9319 \f
9320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18308 18241))
9321 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9322 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9323
9324 ;;;***
9325 \f
9326 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9327 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18329 25986))
9328 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9329 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9330
9331 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9332 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9333
9334 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9335
9336 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9337 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9338 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9339
9340 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9341
9342 ;;;***
9343 \f
9344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18308 18241))
9345 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9346 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9347
9348 ;;;***
9349 \f
9350 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9351 ;;;;;; (18308 18241))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9353
9354 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9355 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9356 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9357
9358 \(fn)" t nil)
9359
9360 ;;;***
9361 \f
9362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18308
9363 ;;;;;; 18241))
9364 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9365 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9366
9367 ;;;***
9368 \f
9369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18308 18241))
9370 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9371 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9372
9373 ;;;***
9374 \f
9375 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9376 ;;;;;; (18368 29394))
9377 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9378
9379 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9380 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9381 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9382
9383 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9384
9385 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9386 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9387 mode line.
9388
9389 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9390 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9391 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9392
9393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9394 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9395
9396 ;;;***
9397 \f
9398 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9399 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18308 18241))
9400 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9401 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9402
9403 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9404 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9405 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9406 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9407
9408 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9409
9410 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9411 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9412 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9413
9414 \(fn)" t nil)
9415
9416 ;;;***
9417 \f
9418 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9419 ;;;;;; (18329 25986))
9420 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9421 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9422
9423 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9424 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9425
9426 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9427
9428 ;;;***
9429 \f
9430 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18430
9431 ;;;;;; 56734))
9432 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9433
9434 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9435 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9436
9437 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9438
9439 \(fn)" nil nil)
9440
9441 ;;;***
9442 \f
9443 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18430
9444 ;;;;;; 56734))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9446
9447 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9448 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9449
9450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9451
9452 ;;;***
9453 \f
9454 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9455 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18430 56734))
9456 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9457
9458 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9459 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9460 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9461 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9462 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9463 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9464 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9465 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9466 buffer selected (or created).
9467
9468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9469
9470 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9471 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9472 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9473
9474 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9475
9476 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9477 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9478 The result might be any Lisp object.
9479 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9480 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9481 corresponding to a successful execution.
9482
9483 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9484
9485 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9486
9487 ;;;***
9488 \f
9489 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9490 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9491 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9492 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9493 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9494 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9495 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9496 ;;;;;; (18437 28860))
9497 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9498
9499 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9500 *File name of tags table.
9501 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9502 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9503 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9504 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9505
9506 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9507 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9508 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9509 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9510
9511 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9512
9513 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9514 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9515 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9516 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9517 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9518 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9519
9520 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9521
9522 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9523 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9524 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9525 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9526 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9527 `auto-compression-mode').")
9528
9529 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9530
9531 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9532 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9533 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9534 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9535 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9536
9537 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9538
9539 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9540 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9541 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9542 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9543
9544 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9545
9546 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9547 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9548 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9549 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9550 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9551
9552 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9553
9554 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9555 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9556
9557 \(fn)" t nil)
9558
9559 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9560 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9561 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9562 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9563
9564 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9565 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9566 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9567 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9568 file the tag was in.
9569
9570 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9571
9572 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9573 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9574 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9575 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9576 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9577 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9578 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9579 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9580 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9581
9582 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9583
9584 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9585 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9586 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9587 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9588 without directory names.
9589
9590 \(fn)" nil nil)
9591
9592 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9593 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9594 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9595 but does not select the buffer.
9596 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9597
9598 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9599 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9600 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9601 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9602 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9603
9604 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9605
9606 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9607 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9608 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9609
9610 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9611
9612 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9613
9614 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9615 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9616 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9617 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9618
9619 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9620 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9621 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9622 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9623 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9624
9625 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9626
9627 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9628 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9629 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9630
9631 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9632
9633 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9634 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9635
9636 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9637 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9638 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9639 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9640 around or before point.
9641
9642 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9643 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9644 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9645 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9646 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9647
9648 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9649
9650 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9651 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9652 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9653
9654 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9655
9656 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9657 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9658
9659 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9660 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9661 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9662 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9663 around or before point.
9664
9665 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9666 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9667 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9668 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9669 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9670
9671 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9672
9673 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9674 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9675 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9676
9677 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9678
9679 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9680 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9681
9682 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9683 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9684 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9685
9686 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9687 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9688 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9689 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9690 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9691
9692 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9693
9694 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9695 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9696 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9697
9698 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9699
9700 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9701 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9702 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9703
9704 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9705 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9706
9707 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9708 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9709 where they were found.
9710
9711 \(fn)" t nil)
9712
9713 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9714 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9715
9716 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9717 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9718 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9719
9720 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9721 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9722
9723 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9724 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9725
9726 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9727
9728 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9729 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9730 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9731 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9732
9733 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9734 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9735 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9736 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9737 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9738
9739 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9740 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9741
9742 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9743 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9744 Stops when a match is found.
9745 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9746
9747 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9748
9749 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9750
9751 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9752 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9753 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9754 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9755 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9756 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9757 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9758 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9759
9760 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9761 produce the list of files to search.
9762
9763 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9764
9765 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9766
9767 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9768 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9769 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9770 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9771 directory specification.
9772
9773 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9774
9775 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9776 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9777
9778 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9779
9780 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9781 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9782 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9783 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9784
9785 \(fn)" t nil)
9786
9787 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9788 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9789 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9790 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9791 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9792
9793 \(fn)" t nil)
9794
9795 ;;;***
9796 \f
9797 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9798 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9799 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9800 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9801 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9802 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9803 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9804 ;;;;;; (18430 56741))
9805 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9806
9807 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9808 Not documented
9809
9810 \(fn)" nil nil)
9811
9812 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9813 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9814
9815 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9816 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9817
9818 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9819 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9820 primary language.
9821
9822 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9823 even if the buffer is read-only.
9824
9825 See also the descriptions of the variables
9826 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9827
9828 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9829
9830 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9831 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9832
9833 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9834 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9835
9836 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9837 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9838 primary language.
9839
9840 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9841 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9842
9843 See also the descriptions of the variables
9844 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9845
9846 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9847
9848 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9849 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9850 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9851 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9852
9853 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9854
9855 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9856 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9857 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9858 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9859
9860 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9861 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9862 primary language.
9863
9864 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9865 buffer is read-only.
9866
9867 See also the descriptions of the variables
9868 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9869 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9870
9871 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9872
9873 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9874 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9875
9876 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9877 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9878
9879 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9880 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9881 the primary language.
9882
9883 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9884 buffer is read-only.
9885
9886 See also the descriptions of the variables
9887 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9888 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9889
9890 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9891
9892 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9893 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9894 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9895
9896 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9897
9898 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9899 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9900
9901 \(fn)" t nil)
9902
9903 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9904 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9905
9906 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9907 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9908 be 1, 2, or 3.
9909
9910 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9911 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9912 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9913
9914 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9915
9916 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9917
9918 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9919 This function is deprecated.
9920
9921 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9922
9923 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9924 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9925
9926 \(fn)" t nil)
9927
9928 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9929 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9930
9931 \(fn)" t nil)
9932
9933 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9934 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9935
9936 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9937 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9938
9939 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9940 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9941
9942 \(fn)" nil nil)
9943
9944 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9945 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9946
9947 \(fn)" nil nil)
9948
9949 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9950 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9951
9952 \(fn)" nil nil)
9953
9954 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9955 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9956
9957 \(fn)" nil nil)
9958
9959 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9960 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9961 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9962
9963 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9964
9965 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9966 Not documented
9967
9968 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9969
9970 ;;;***
9971 \f
9972 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9973 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9974 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
9975 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9976
9977 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9978 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9979 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9980 server for future sessions.
9981
9982 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9983
9984 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9985 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9986 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9987
9988 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9989
9990 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9991 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9992 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9993
9994 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9995
9996 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9997 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9998 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9999 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10000 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10001 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10002 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10003 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10004 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10005 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10006 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10007 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10008
10009 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10010
10011 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10012 Display a form to query the directory server.
10013 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10014 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10015
10016 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10017
10018 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10019 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10020 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10021
10022 \(fn)" t nil)
10023
10024 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10025
10026 ;;;***
10027 \f
10028 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10029 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10030 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18430 56742))
10031 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10032
10033 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10034 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10035
10036 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10037
10038 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10039 Display URL and make it clickable.
10040
10041 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10042
10043 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10044 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10045
10046 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10047
10048 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10049 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10050
10051 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10052
10053 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10054 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10055
10056 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10057
10058 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10059 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10060
10061 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10062
10063 ;;;***
10064 \f
10065 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10066 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18430 56742))
10067 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10068
10069 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10070 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10071 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10072
10073 \(fn)" t nil)
10074
10075 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10076 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10077
10078 \(fn)" t nil)
10079
10080 ;;;***
10081 \f
10082 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10083 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
10084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10085
10086 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10087 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10088
10089 \(fn)" t nil)
10090
10091 ;;;***
10092 \f
10093 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18429
10094 ;;;;;; 35690))
10095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10096
10097 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10098 Create an empty ewoc.
10099
10100 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10101
10102 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10103 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10104 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10105 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10106 `insert-before-markers'.
10107
10108 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10109 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10110 respectively, of the ewoc.
10111
10112 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10113 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10114 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10115
10116 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10117
10118 ;;;***
10119 \f
10120 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10121 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10122 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10123 ;;;;;; (18308 18252))
10124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10125
10126 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10127 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10128 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10129
10130 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10131
10132 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10133 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10134 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10135 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10136 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10137
10138 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10139
10140 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10141 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10142 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10143 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10144 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10145 executable.
10146
10147 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10148
10149 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10150 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10151 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10152
10153 \(fn)" t nil)
10154
10155 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10156 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10157 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10158 file modes.
10159
10160 \(fn)" nil nil)
10161
10162 ;;;***
10163 \f
10164 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10165 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10166 ;;;;;; (18430 56713))
10167 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10168
10169 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10170 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10171 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10172 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10173
10174 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10175
10176 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10177 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10178 to generate such functions.
10179
10180 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10181 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10182 beginning of the expanded text.
10183
10184 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10185 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10186 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10187 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10188
10189 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10190
10191 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10192
10193 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10194 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10195 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10196
10197 \(fn)" nil nil)
10198
10199 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10200 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10201 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10202
10203 \(fn)" t nil)
10204
10205 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10206 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10207 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10208
10209 \(fn)" t nil)
10210 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10211 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10212
10213 ;;;***
10214 \f
10215 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18449 15463))
10216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10217
10218 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10219 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10220 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10221
10222 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10223 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10224 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10225
10226 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10227
10228 Key definitions:
10229 \\{f90-mode-map}
10230
10231 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10232
10233 `f90-do-indent'
10234 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10235 `f90-if-indent'
10236 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10237 `f90-type-indent'
10238 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10239 `f90-program-indent'
10240 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10241 (default 2).
10242 `f90-continuation-indent'
10243 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10244 `f90-comment-region'
10245 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10246 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10247 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10248 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10249 (default \"!\").
10250 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10251 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10252 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10253 `f90-break-delimiters'
10254 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10255 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10256 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10257 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10258 (default t).
10259 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10260 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10261 `f90-smart-end'
10262 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10263 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10264 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10265 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10266 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10267 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10268 `f90-leave-line-no'
10269 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10270
10271 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10272 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10273
10274 \(fn)" t nil)
10275
10276 ;;;***
10277 \f
10278 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10279 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10280 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18430 56741))
10281 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10282
10283 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10284 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10285 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10286 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10287
10288 \(fn)" nil nil)
10289
10290 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10291 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10292
10293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10294
10295 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10296 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10297 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10298 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10299
10300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10301
10302 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10303 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10304 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10305 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10306 backup file names and the like).
10307
10308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10309
10310 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10311 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10312 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10313 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10314 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10315 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10316 internally by feedmail):
10317
10318 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10319 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10320 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10321 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10322
10323 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10324 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10325 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10326 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10327 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10328
10329 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10330
10331 ;;;***
10332 \f
10333 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10334 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18445 21162))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10336
10337 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10338 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10339 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10340 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10341 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10342 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10343 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10344
10345 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10346
10347 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10348 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10349 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10350 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10351 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10352 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10353 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10354
10355 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10356
10357 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10358
10359 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10360 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10361 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10362 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10363 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10364 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10365
10366 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10367
10368 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10369 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10370 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10371 Return value:
10372 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10373 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10374 * otherwise, nil
10375
10376 \(fn E)" t nil)
10377
10378 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10379 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10380
10381 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10382
10383 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10384 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10385
10386 \(fn)" t nil)
10387
10388 ;;;***
10389 \f
10390 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10391 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10392 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10393 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18437 28844))
10394 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10395
10396 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10397 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10398 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10399 be added to the cache.
10400
10401 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10402
10403 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10404 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10405 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10406 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10407 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10408
10409 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10410
10411 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10412 Add FILE to the file cache.
10413
10414 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10415
10416 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10417 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10418 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10419
10420 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10421
10422 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10423 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10424 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10425
10426 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10427
10428 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10429 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10430 This function does not use any external programs
10431 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10432 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10433 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10434
10435 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10436
10437 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10438 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10439 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10440 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10441 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10442 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10443 \(directories) is done.
10444
10445 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10446
10447 ;;;***
10448 \f
10449 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18308
10450 ;;;;;; 18228))
10451 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10452
10453 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10454 Filesets initialization.
10455 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10456
10457 \(fn)" nil nil)
10458
10459 ;;;***
10460 \f
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18454 51308))
10462 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10463
10464 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10465 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10466
10467 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10468 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10469 (mtime \"+1\"))
10470 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10471
10472 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10473 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10474
10475 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10476
10477 ;;;***
10478 \f
10479 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10480 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10481 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18430 56714))
10482 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10483
10484 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10485 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10486 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10487 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10488 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10489
10490 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10491
10492 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10493 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10494 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10495 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10496 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10497
10498 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10499
10500 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10501 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10502 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10503 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10504
10505 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10506
10507 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10508 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10509 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10510 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10511
10512 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10513
10514 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10515 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10516 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10517
10518 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10519
10520 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10521 as the final argument.
10522
10523 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10524
10525 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10526 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10527 and run dired on those files.
10528 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10529 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10530
10531 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10532
10533 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10534
10535 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10536 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10537 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10538
10539 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10540
10541 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10542
10543 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10544
10545 ;;;***
10546 \f
10547 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10548 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10549 ;;;;;; (18308 18228))
10550 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10551
10552 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10553 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10554 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10555 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10556 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10557 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10558 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10559
10560 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10561 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10562 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10563
10564 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10565
10566 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10567
10568 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10569
10570 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10571 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10572 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10573
10574 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10575 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10576
10577 Variables of interest include:
10578
10579 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10580 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10581 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10582
10583 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10584 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10585 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10586
10587 - `ff-ignore-include'
10588 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10589
10590 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10591 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10592
10593 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10594 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10595
10596 - `ff-special-constructs'
10597 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10598 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10599 extracting the filename from that construct.
10600
10601 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10602 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10603
10604 - `ff-search-directories'
10605 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10606 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10607
10608 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10609 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10610
10611 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10612 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10613
10614 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10615 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10616
10617 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10618 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10619
10620 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10621 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10622
10623 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10624
10625 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10626 Visit the file you click on.
10627
10628 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10629
10630 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10631 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10632
10633 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10634
10635 ;;;***
10636 \f
10637 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10638 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10639 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10640 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10641 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10642 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10643 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18445 21164))
10644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10645
10646 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10647 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10648
10649 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10650
10651 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10652 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10653 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10654 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10655
10656 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10657 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10658 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10659 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10660
10661 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10662
10663 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10664 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10665
10666 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10667 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10668 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10669 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10670
10671 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10672 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10673 in `load-path'.
10674
10675 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10676
10677 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10678 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10679
10680 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10681 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10682 places point before the definition.
10683 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10684
10685 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10686 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10687 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10688
10689 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10690
10691 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10692 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10693
10694 See `find-function' for more details.
10695
10696 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10697
10698 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10699 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10700
10701 See `find-function' for more details.
10702
10703 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10704
10705 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10706 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10707
10708 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10709 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10710 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10711
10712 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10713 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10714
10715 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10716
10717 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10718 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10719
10720 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10721 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10722 places point before the definition.
10723
10724 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10725
10726 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10727 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10728 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10729
10730 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10731
10732 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10733 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10734
10735 See `find-variable' for more details.
10736
10737 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10738
10739 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10740 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10741
10742 See `find-variable' for more details.
10743
10744 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10745
10746 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10747 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10748 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10749 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10750 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10751 buffer nor display it.
10752
10753 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10754 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10755
10756 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10757
10758 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10759 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10760
10761 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10762 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10763 places point before the definition.
10764
10765 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10766
10767 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10768 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10769 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10770
10771 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10772
10773 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10774 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10775 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10776
10777 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10778
10779 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10780 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10781
10782 \(fn)" t nil)
10783
10784 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10785 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10786
10787 \(fn)" t nil)
10788
10789 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10790 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10791
10792 \(fn)" nil nil)
10793
10794 ;;;***
10795 \f
10796 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10797 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18430 56714))
10798 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10799
10800 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10801 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10802
10803 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10804
10805 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10806 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10807
10808 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10809
10810 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10811 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10812
10813 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10814
10815 ;;;***
10816 \f
10817 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10818 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18445 21162))
10819 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10820
10821 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10822 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10823
10824 \(fn)" t nil)
10825
10826 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10827 Display FILE's commentary section.
10828 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10829
10830 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10831
10832 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10833 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10834
10835 \(fn)" t nil)
10836
10837 ;;;***
10838 \f
10839 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10840 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18430 56714))
10841 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10842
10843 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10844 Toggle flow control handling.
10845 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10846 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10847
10848 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10849
10850 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10851 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10852 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10853 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10854 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10855 to get the effect of a C-q.
10856
10857 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10858
10859 ;;;***
10860 \f
10861 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10862 ;;;;;; (18430 56734))
10863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10864
10865 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10866 Not documented
10867
10868 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10869
10870 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10871 Not documented
10872
10873 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10874
10875 ;;;***
10876 \f
10877 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10878 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18355 47900))
10879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10880
10881 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10882 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10883 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10884 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10885
10886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10887
10888 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10889 Turn flymake mode on.
10890
10891 \(fn)" nil nil)
10892
10893 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10894 Turn flymake mode off.
10895
10896 \(fn)" nil nil)
10897
10898 ;;;***
10899 \f
10900 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10901 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10902 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18457 21376))
10903 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10904
10905 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10906 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10907
10908 \(fn)" t nil)
10909 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10910
10911 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10912 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10913 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10914 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10915 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10916 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10917 otherwise turn it off.
10918
10919 Bindings:
10920 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10921 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10922 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10923 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10924
10925 Hooks:
10926 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10927
10928 Remark:
10929 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10930 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10931 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10932
10933 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10934 consider adding:
10935 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10936 in your .emacs file.
10937
10938 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10939 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10940
10941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10942
10943 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10944 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10945
10946 \(fn)" nil nil)
10947
10948 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10949 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10950
10951 \(fn)" nil nil)
10952
10953 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10954 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10955
10956 \(fn)" nil nil)
10957
10958 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10959 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10960
10961 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10962
10963 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10964 Flyspell whole buffer.
10965
10966 \(fn)" t nil)
10967
10968 ;;;***
10969 \f
10970 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10971 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10972 ;;;;;; (18369 53781))
10973 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10974
10975 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10976 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10977
10978 \(fn)" nil nil)
10979
10980 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10981 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10982
10983 \(fn)" nil nil)
10984
10985 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10986 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10987
10988 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10989 of two major techniques:
10990
10991 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10992 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10993 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10994
10995 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10996 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10997 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10998 movement commands.
10999
11000 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11001 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11002 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11003 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11004 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11005 mileage may vary).
11006
11007 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11008 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11009
11010 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11011
11012 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11013 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11014 \(This is the default.)
11015
11016 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11017
11018 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11019 \\{follow-mode-map}
11020
11021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11022
11023 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11024 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11025
11026 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11027 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11028 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11029 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11030 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11031 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11032
11033 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11034 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11035 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11036
11037 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11038 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11039 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11040
11041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11042
11043 ;;;***
11044 \f
11045 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18430
11046 ;;;;;; 56741))
11047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11048
11049 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11050 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11051 \\<message-mode-map>
11052 key binding
11053 --- -------
11054
11055 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11056 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11057 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11058 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11059 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11060 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11061
11062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11063
11064 ;;;***
11065 \f
11066 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11067 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18450 35531))
11068 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11069
11070 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11071 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11072
11073 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11074 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11075 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11076 C-c < forms-first-record <
11077 C-c > forms-last-record >
11078 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11079 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11080 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11081 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11082 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11083 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11084 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11085 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11086 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11087 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11088
11089 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11090
11091 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11092 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11093
11094 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11095
11096 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11097 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11098
11099 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11100
11101 ;;;***
11102 \f
11103 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11104 ;;;;;; (18449 15697))
11105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11106
11107 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11108 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11109 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11110
11111 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11112 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11113
11114 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11115
11116 Key definitions:
11117 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11118
11119 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11120
11121 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11122 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11123 `fortran-do-indent'
11124 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11125 `fortran-if-indent'
11126 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11127 `fortran-structure-indent'
11128 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11129 (default 3)
11130 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11131 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11132 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11133 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11134 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11135 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11136 nil don't change the indentation
11137 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11138 value of either
11139 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11140 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11141 depending on the continuation format in use.
11142 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11143 indentation for a line of code.
11144 (default 'fixed)
11145 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11146 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11147 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11148 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11149 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11150 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11151 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11152 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11153 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11154 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11155 column 5.
11156 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11157 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11158 statements (default nil).
11159 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11160 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11161 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11162 `fortran-continuation-string'
11163 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11164 line (default \"$\").
11165 `fortran-comment-region'
11166 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11167 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11168 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11169 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11170 as typed (default t).
11171 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11172 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11173
11174 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11175 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11176
11177 \(fn)" t nil)
11178
11179 ;;;***
11180 \f
11181 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11182 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18430 56742))
11183 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11184
11185 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11186 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11187
11188 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11189 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11190
11191 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11192
11193 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11194 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11195
11196 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11197 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11198
11199 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11200
11201 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11202 Compile fortune file.
11203
11204 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11205 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11206
11207 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11208
11209 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11210 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11211
11212 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11213 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11214 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11215 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11216
11217 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11218
11219 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11220 Display a fortune cookie.
11221
11222 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11223 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11224 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11225 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11226
11227 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11228
11229 ;;;***
11230 \f
11231 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11232 ;;;;;; (18460 45361))
11233 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11234
11235 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11236 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11237 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11238 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11239
11240 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11241 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11242 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11243 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11244
11245 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11246 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11247 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11248 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11249 some of the buffers.
11250
11251 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11252
11253 The following commands help control operation :
11254
11255 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11256 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11257
11258 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11259 detailed description of this mode.
11260
11261 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11262 | GDB Toolbar |
11263 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11264 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11265 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11266 | | |
11267 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
11268 | | |
11269 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11270 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
11271 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11272
11273 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11274 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11275 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11276 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11277 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11278 session.
11279
11280 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11281
11282 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11283
11284 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11285 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11286
11287 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11288
11289 ;;;***
11290 \f
11291 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11292 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18339
11293 ;;;;;; 58482))
11294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11295
11296 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11297 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11298 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11299 instead (which see).")
11300
11301 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11302 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11303
11304 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11305 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11306 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11307 documentation string instead.
11308
11309 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11310 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11311 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11312 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11313 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11314 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11315 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11316 enders are actually possible.
11317
11318 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11319 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11320
11321 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11322 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11323 `font-lock-keywords'.
11324
11325 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11326 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11327 runs the macro expansion.
11328
11329 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11330 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11331 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11332
11333 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11334
11335 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11336
11337 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11338 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11339
11340 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11341
11342 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11343 Enter generic mode MODE.
11344
11345 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11346 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11347 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11348
11349 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11350 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11351
11352 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11353
11354 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11355 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11356 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11357 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11358 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11359 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11360 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11361 `font-lock-keywords'.
11362
11363 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11364
11365 ;;;***
11366 \f
11367 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11368 ;;;;;; (18308 18252))
11369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11370
11371 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11372 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11373 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11374 at places they belong to.
11375
11376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11377
11378 ;;;***
11379 \f
11380 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11381 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11382 ;;;;;; (18460 45360))
11383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11384
11385 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11386 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11387 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11388
11389 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11390
11391 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11392 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11393
11394 Guideline for numbers:
11395 1 - error messages
11396 3 - non-serious error messages
11397 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11398 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11399 9 - messages inside loops.
11400
11401 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11402
11403 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11404 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11405 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11406
11407 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11408
11409 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11410 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11411
11412 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11413
11414 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11415 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11416
11417 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11418 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11419 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11420 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11421 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11422 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11423
11424 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11425 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11426 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11427 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11428 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11429
11430 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11431
11432 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11433
11434 ;;;***
11435 \f
11436 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11437 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18430 56737))
11438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11439 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11440 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11441
11442 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11443 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11444
11445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11446
11447 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11448 Read network news.
11449 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11450 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11451 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11452 name of an NNTP server to use.
11453 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11454 server.
11455
11456 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11457
11458 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11459 Read news as a slave.
11460
11461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11462
11463 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11464 Pop up a frame to read news.
11465 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11466 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11467 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11468 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11469 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11470 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11471 current display is used.
11472
11473 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11474
11475 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11476 Read network news.
11477 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11478 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11479 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11480
11481 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11482
11483 ;;;***
11484 \f
11485 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11486 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11487 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11488 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11489 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11490 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18430 56734))
11491 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11492
11493 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11494 Start Gnus unplugged.
11495
11496 \(fn)" t nil)
11497
11498 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11499 Start Gnus plugged.
11500
11501 \(fn)" t nil)
11502
11503 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11504 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11505
11506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11507
11508 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11509 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11510
11511 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11512 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11513 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11514
11515 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11516 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11517 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11518
11519 \(fn)" t nil)
11520
11521 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11522 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11523
11524 \(fn)" nil nil)
11525
11526 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11527 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11528 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11529 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11530 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11531 supported.
11532
11533 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11534
11535 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11536 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11537 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11538 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11539 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11540 supported.
11541
11542 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11543
11544 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11545 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11546
11547 \(fn)" nil nil)
11548
11549 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11550 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11551 downloaded into the agent.
11552
11553 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11554
11555 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11556 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11557 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11558 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11559
11560 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11561
11562 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11563 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11564
11565 \(fn)" t nil)
11566
11567 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11568 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11569
11570 \(fn)" t nil)
11571
11572 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11573 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11574 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11575
11576 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11577
11578 ;;;***
11579 \f
11580 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11581 ;;;;;; (18423 61033))
11582 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11583
11584 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11585 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11586
11587 \(fn)" nil nil)
11588
11589 ;;;***
11590 \f
11591 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11592 ;;;;;; (18430 56734))
11593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11594
11595 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11596 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11597
11598 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11599
11600 ;;;***
11601 \f
11602 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11603 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18388 41008))
11604 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11605
11606 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11607 Set a bookmark for this article.
11608
11609 \(fn)" t nil)
11610
11611 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11612 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11613
11614 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11615
11616 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11617 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11618 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11619 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11620 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11621
11622 \(fn)" t nil)
11623
11624 ;;;***
11625 \f
11626 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11627 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11628 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18430
11629 ;;;;;; 56734))
11630 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11631
11632 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11633 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11634
11635 Usage:
11636 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11637
11638 \(fn)" t nil)
11639
11640 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11641 Generate the cache active file.
11642
11643 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11644
11645 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11646 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11647
11648 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11649
11650 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11651 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11652 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11653 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11654 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11655 supported.
11656
11657 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11658
11659 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11660 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11661 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11662 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11663 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11664 supported.
11665
11666 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11667
11668 ;;;***
11669 \f
11670 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11671 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18375 33162))
11672 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11673
11674 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11675 Delay this article by some time.
11676 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11677
11678 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11679 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11680
11681 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11682 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11683
11684 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11685 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11686
11687 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11688
11689 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11690 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11691
11692 \(fn)" t nil)
11693
11694 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11695 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11696 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11697 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11698
11699 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11700 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11701
11702 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11703
11704 ;;;***
11705 \f
11706 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11707 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18445 21164))
11708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11709
11710 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11711 Not documented
11712
11713 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11714
11715 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11716 Not documented
11717
11718 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11719
11720 ;;;***
11721 \f
11722 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11723 ;;;;;; (18430 56734))
11724 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11725
11726 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11727 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11728
11729 \(fn)" t nil)
11730
11731 ;;;***
11732 \f
11733 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11734 ;;;;;; (18430 56734))
11735 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11736
11737 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11738 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11739
11740 \(fn)" t nil)
11741
11742 ;;;***
11743 \f
11744 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11745 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11746 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18423
11747 ;;;;;; 61033))
11748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11749
11750 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11751 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11752
11753 \(fn)" t nil)
11754
11755 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11756 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11757
11758 \(fn)" t nil)
11759
11760 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11761 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11762
11763 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11764 different input formats.
11765
11766 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11767
11768 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11769 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11770
11771 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11772 different input formats.
11773
11774 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11775
11776 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11777 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11778 The PNG is returned as a string.
11779
11780 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11781
11782 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11783 Convert FILE to a Face.
11784 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11785 726 bytes.
11786
11787 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11788
11789 ;;;***
11790 \f
11791 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11792 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18414 50543))
11793 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11794
11795 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11796 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11797 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11798 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11799
11800 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11801
11802 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11803 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11804
11805 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11806
11807 ;;;***
11808 \f
11809 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11810 ;;;;;; (18430 56734))
11811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11812
11813 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11814
11815 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11816 Run batched scoring.
11817 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11818
11819 \(fn)" t nil)
11820
11821 ;;;***
11822 \f
11823 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11824 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11825 ;;;;;; (18430 56734))
11826 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11827
11828 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11829 Not documented
11830
11831 \(fn)" nil nil)
11832
11833 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11834 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11835 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11836
11837 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11838
11839 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11840 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11841
11842 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11843
11844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11845
11846 ;;;***
11847 \f
11848 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11849 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11850 ;;;;;; (18430 56734))
11851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11852
11853 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11854 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11855 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11856 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11857 group parameters.
11858
11859 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11860 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11861 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11862 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11863
11864 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11865 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11866 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11867 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11868 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11869 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11870 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11871 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11872 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11873 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11874
11875 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11876
11877 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11878 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11879 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11880 nil CATCH-ALL).
11881
11882 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11883 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11884
11885 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11886
11887 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11888 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11889 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11890
11891 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11892
11893 \(fn)" nil nil)
11894
11895 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11896 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11897 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11898
11899 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11900
11901 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11902 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11903 existing groups are considered.
11904
11905 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11906 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11907 returned.
11908
11909 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11910 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11911 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11912 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11913 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11914 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11915 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11916 clauses will be generated.
11917
11918 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11919 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11920 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11921 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11922 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11923 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11924
11925 For example, given the following group parameters:
11926
11927 nnml:mail.bar:
11928 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11929 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11930 nnml:mail.foo:
11931 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11932 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11933 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11934 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11935 nnml:mail.others:
11936 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11937
11938 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11939
11940 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11941 \"mail.bar\")
11942 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11943 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11944 \"mail.others\")
11945
11946 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11947
11948 ;;;***
11949 \f
11950 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11951 ;;;;;; (18430 56734))
11952 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11953
11954 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
11955 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11956 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11957
11958 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11959
11960 ;;;***
11961 \f
11962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11963 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18392 38987))
11964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11965
11966 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11967 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11968 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11969 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11970
11971 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11972
11973 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11974 Mail to ADDRESS.
11975
11976 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11977
11978 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11979 Like `message-reply'.
11980
11981 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11982
11983 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11984
11985 ;;;***
11986 \f
11987 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11988 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18430 56735))
11989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11990
11991 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
11992 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11993
11994 \(fn)" t nil)
11995
11996 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
11997 Load the NoCeM cache.
11998
11999 \(fn)" t nil)
12000
12001 ;;;***
12002 \f
12003 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12004 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12005 ;;;;;; (18430 56735))
12006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12007
12008 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12009 Display picons in the From header.
12010 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12011
12012 \(fn)" t nil)
12013
12014 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12015 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12016 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12017
12018 \(fn)" t nil)
12019
12020 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12021 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12022 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12023
12024 \(fn)" t nil)
12025
12026 ;;;***
12027 \f
12028 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12029 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12030 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12031 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12032 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18430 56735))
12033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12034
12035 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12036 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12037 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12038 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12039
12040 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12041
12042 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12043 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12044 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12045 LIST1 is modified.
12046
12047 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12048
12049 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12050 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12051 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12052
12053 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12054
12055 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12056 Not documented
12057
12058 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12059
12060 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12061 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12062 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12063
12064 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12065
12066 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12067 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12068 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12069
12070 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12071
12072 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12073
12074 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12075 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12076 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12077
12078 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12079
12080 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12081 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12082 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12083
12084 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12085
12086 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12087 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12088 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12089
12090 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12091
12092 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12093 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12094
12095 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12096
12097 ;;;***
12098 \f
12099 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12100 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18454 38539))
12101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12102
12103 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12104 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12105
12106 \(fn)" t nil)
12107
12108 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12109 Install the registry hooks.
12110
12111 \(fn)" t nil)
12112
12113 ;;;***
12114 \f
12115 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12116 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18430
12117 ;;;;;; 56736))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12119
12120 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12121 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12122 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12123 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12124 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12125 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12126
12127 \(fn)" t nil)
12128
12129 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12130 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12131 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12132 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12133 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12134
12135 \(fn)" t nil)
12136
12137 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12138 Not documented
12139
12140 \(fn)" t nil)
12141
12142 ;;;***
12143 \f
12144 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12145 ;;;;;; (18392 38992))
12146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12147
12148 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12149 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12150 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12151 for matching on group names.
12152
12153 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12154 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12155
12156 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12157
12158 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12159
12160 \(fn)" t nil)
12161
12162 ;;;***
12163 \f
12164 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12165 ;;;;;; (18430 56737))
12166 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12167
12168 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12169 Update the format specification near point.
12170
12171 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12172
12173 ;;;***
12174 \f
12175 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12176 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18375
12177 ;;;;;; 33163))
12178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12179
12180 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12181 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12182
12183 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12184
12185 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12186 Not documented
12187
12188 \(fn)" nil nil)
12189
12190 ;;;***
12191 \f
12192 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12193 ;;;;;; (18421 44880))
12194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12195
12196 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12197 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12198
12199 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12200
12201 ;;;***
12202 \f
12203 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18430 56742))
12204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12205
12206 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12207 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12208
12209 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12210 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12211 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12212
12213 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12214 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12215 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12216
12217 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12218 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12219
12220 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12221 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12222
12223 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12224
12225 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12226
12227 ;;;***
12228 \f
12229 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12230 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18448
12231 ;;;;;; 8234))
12232 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12233
12234 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12235
12236 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12237 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12238 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12239 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12240 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12241
12242 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12243
12244 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12245 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12246 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12247 or to send e-mail.
12248 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12249 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12250
12251 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12252 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12253
12254 \(fn)" t nil)
12255 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12256
12257 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12258 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12259
12260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12261
12262 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12263 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12264
12265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12266
12267 ;;;***
12268 \f
12269 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12270 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12271 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18460 45361))
12272 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12273
12274 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12275 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12276
12277 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12278
12279 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12280 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12281 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12282 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12283 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12284
12285 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12286 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12287
12288 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12289
12290 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12291 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12292 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12293 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12294
12295 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12296
12297 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12298 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12299
12300 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12301
12302 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12303 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12304
12305 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12306 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12307 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12308
12309 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12310 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12311 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12312
12313 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12314 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12315 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12316 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12317
12318 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12319 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12320 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12321 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12322 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12323
12324 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12325
12326 (defvar grep-history nil)
12327
12328 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12329
12330 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12331 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12332 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12333
12334 \(fn)" nil nil)
12335
12336 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12337 Not documented
12338
12339 \(fn)" nil nil)
12340
12341 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12342 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12343
12344 \(fn)" nil nil)
12345
12346 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12347 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12348 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12349 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12350 found matches.
12351
12352 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12353 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12354
12355 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12356 can easily repeat a grep command.
12357
12358 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12359 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12360 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12361 list is empty).
12362
12363 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12364
12365 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12366 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12367 Collect output in a buffer.
12368 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12369 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12370
12371 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12372 easily repeat a find command.
12373
12374 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12375
12376 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12377
12378 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12379 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12380 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12381 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12382 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12383
12384 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12385 before it is executed.
12386 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12387
12388 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12389 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12390 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12391
12392 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12393
12394 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12395
12396 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12397 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12398 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12399 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12400 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12401
12402 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12403 before it is executed.
12404 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12405
12406 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12407 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12408 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12409
12410 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12411
12412 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12413
12414 ;;;***
12415 \f
12416 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18430 56715))
12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12418
12419 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12420 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12421 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12422 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12423 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12424
12425 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12426
12427 ;;;***
12428 \f
12429 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12430 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18457 21375))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12432
12433 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12434 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12435 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12436 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12437
12438 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12439
12440 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12441 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12442 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12443 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12444
12445 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12446
12447 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12448 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12449 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12450 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12451
12452 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12453
12454 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12455 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12456 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12457 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12458
12459 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12460 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12461
12462 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12463
12464 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12465 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12466 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12467 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12468
12469 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12470
12471 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12472 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12473 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12474 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12475
12476 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12477
12478 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12479 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12480 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12481 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12482 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12483
12484 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12485 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12486 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12487 original source file access method.
12488
12489 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12490 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12491
12492 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12493 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12494
12495 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12496
12497 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12498 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12499
12500 \(fn)" t nil)
12501
12502 ;;;***
12503 \f
12504 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18430
12505 ;;;;;; 56742))
12506 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12507
12508 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12509 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12510 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12511 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12512
12513 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12514 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12515 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12516 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12517
12518 \(fn)" t nil)
12519
12520 ;;;***
12521 \f
12522 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12523 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
12524 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12525
12526 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12527 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12528
12529 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12530
12531 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12532 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12533 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12534 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12535
12536 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12537
12538 \(fn)" t nil)
12539
12540 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12541 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12542 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12543 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12544 to be updated.
12545
12546 \(fn)" t nil)
12547
12548 ;;;***
12549 \f
12550 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12551 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12552 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18430 56741))
12553 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12554
12555 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12556 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12557
12558 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12559
12560 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12561 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12562 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12563
12564 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12565
12566 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12567 Verify a hashcash payment
12568
12569 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12570
12571 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12572 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12573 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12574 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12575 `mail-add-payment-async').
12576
12577 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12578
12579 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12580 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12581 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12582 Calculation is asynchronous.
12583
12584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12585
12586 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12587 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12588 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12589
12590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12591
12592 ;;;***
12593 \f
12594 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12595 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12596 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12597 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18430 56715))
12598 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12599
12600 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12601 Return the help-echo string at point.
12602 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12603 property, or nil, is returned.
12604 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12605 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12606 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12607
12608 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12609
12610 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12611 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12612 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12613 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12614 this produces no string either, return nil.
12615
12616 \(fn)" nil nil)
12617
12618 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12619 Display local help in the echo area.
12620 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12621 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12622 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12623 printed instead.
12624
12625 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12626 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12627 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12628
12629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12630
12631 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12632 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12633 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12634
12635 \(fn)" t nil)
12636
12637 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12638 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12639 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12640
12641 \(fn)" t nil)
12642
12643 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12644 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12645 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12646 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12647 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12648 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12649 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12650 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12651 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12652 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12653 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12654
12655 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12656 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12657 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12658 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12659 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12660
12661 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12662 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12663 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12664 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12665 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12666 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12667 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12668 The default is `never'.")
12669
12670 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12671
12672 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12673 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12674 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12675 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12676 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12677 considered different regions.
12678
12679 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12680 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12681 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12682 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12683 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12684 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12685 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12686 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12687 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12688
12689 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12690
12691 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12692 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12693 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12694 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12695 different regions.
12696
12697 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12698 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12699 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12700 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12701 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12702 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12703 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12704 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12705
12706 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12707 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12708 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12709 rarely happens in practice.
12710
12711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12712
12713 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12714 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12715 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12716 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12717 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12718 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12719
12720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12721
12722 ;;;***
12723 \f
12724 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12725 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12726 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12727 ;;;;;; (18420 22910))
12728 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12729
12730 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12731 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12732
12733 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12734
12735 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12736 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12737 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12738
12739 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12740
12741 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
12742 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12743
12744 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12745
12746 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12747 Not documented
12748
12749 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12750
12751 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12752 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12753 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12754 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12755
12756 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12757
12758 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12759 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12760 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12761 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12762 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12763 it is displayed along with the global value.
12764
12765 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12766
12767 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12768 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12769 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12770 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12771
12772 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12773
12774 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12775 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12776 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12777 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12778 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12779
12780 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12781
12782 ;;;***
12783 \f
12784 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12785 ;;;;;; (18430 56715))
12786 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12787
12788 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12789 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12790 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12791 and window listing and describing the options.
12792 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12793 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12794
12795 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12796
12797 ;;;***
12798 \f
12799 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12800 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12801 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18371
12802 ;;;;;; 37808))
12803 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12804
12805 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12806 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12807 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12808 Commands:
12809 \\{help-mode-map}
12810
12811 \(fn)" t nil)
12812
12813 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12814 Not documented
12815
12816 \(fn)" nil nil)
12817
12818 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12819 Not documented
12820
12821 \(fn)" nil nil)
12822
12823 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12824 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12825
12826 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12827 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12828 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12829 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12830
12831 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12832 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12833 restore it properly when going back.
12834
12835 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12836
12837 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12838 Not documented
12839
12840 \(fn)" nil nil)
12841
12842 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12843 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12844
12845 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12846 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12847 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12848 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12849 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12850 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12851 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12852 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12853
12854 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12855 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12856 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12857 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12858
12859 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12860 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12861 that.
12862
12863 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12864
12865 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12866 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12867 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12868 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12869 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12870 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12871
12872 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12873
12874 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12875 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12876 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12877 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12878 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12879
12880 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12881
12882 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12883 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12884
12885 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12886
12887 ;;;***
12888 \f
12889 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12890 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18302 24384))
12891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12892
12893 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12894 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12895
12896 \(fn)" t nil)
12897
12898 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12899 Provide help for current mode.
12900
12901 \(fn)" t nil)
12902
12903 ;;;***
12904 \f
12905 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12906 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18451 35271))
12907 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12908
12909 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12910 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12911 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12912 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12913 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12914
12915 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12916 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12917
12918 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12919 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12920 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12921 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12922
12923 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12924 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12925 periods.
12926
12927 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12928 in hexl format.
12929
12930 A sample format:
12931
12932 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12933 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12934 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12935 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12936 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12937 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12938 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12939 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12940 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12941 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12942 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12943 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12944 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12945 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12946 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12947
12948 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12949 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12950 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12951
12952 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12953 also supported.
12954
12955 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12956
12957 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12958 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12959 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12960
12961 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12962 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12963 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12964
12965 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12966 into the buffer at the current point.
12967
12968 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12969 into the buffer at the current point.
12970
12971 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12972 into the buffer at the current point.
12973
12974 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12975
12976 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12977 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12978
12979 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12980
12981 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12982
12983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12984
12985 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12986 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12987 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12988 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12989
12990 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12991
12992 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12993 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12994 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12995
12996 \(fn)" t nil)
12997
12998 ;;;***
12999 \f
13000 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13001 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13002 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13003 ;;;;;; (18416 15539))
13004 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13005
13006 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13007 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13008
13009 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13010 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13011 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13012 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13013 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13014 called interactively, are:
13015
13016 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13017 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13018
13019 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13020 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13021 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13022 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13023
13024 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13025 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13026
13027 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13028 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13029
13030 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13031 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13032 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13033 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13034 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13035 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13036 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13037 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13038 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13039 function returns t.
13040
13041 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13042 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13043
13044 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13045 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13046 form:
13047 Hi-lock: FOO
13048 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13049 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13050 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13051 Patterns will be read until
13052 Hi-lock: end
13053 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13054
13055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13056
13057 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13058 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13059 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13061 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13062 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13063
13064 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13065
13066 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13067 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13068 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13069 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13070 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13071
13072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13073
13074 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13075
13076 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13077 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13078
13079 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13080 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13081 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13082 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13083
13084 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13085
13086 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13087
13088 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13089 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13090
13091 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13092 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13093 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13094 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13095
13096 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13097
13098 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13099
13100 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13101 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13102
13103 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13104 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13105
13106 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13107
13108 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13109
13110 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13111 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13112
13113 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13114 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13115 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13116 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13117 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13118
13119 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13120
13121 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13122 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13123
13124 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13125 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13126 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13127
13128 \(fn)" t nil)
13129
13130 ;;;***
13131 \f
13132 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13133 ;;;;;; (18445 21165))
13134 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13135
13136 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13137 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13138 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13139 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13140 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13141 how the hiding is done:
13142
13143 `hide-ifdef-env'
13144 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13145 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13146 is used.
13147
13148 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13149 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13150 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13151 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13152 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13153
13154 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13155 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13156 #endif lines when hiding.
13157
13158 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13159 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13160 is activated.
13161
13162 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13163 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13164 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13165
13166 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13167
13168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13169
13170 ;;;***
13171 \f
13172 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13173 ;;;;;; (18375 33055))
13174 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13175
13176 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13177 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13178 Each element has the form
13179 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13180
13181 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13182 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13183
13184 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13185 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13186
13187 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13188 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13189 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13190 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13191 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13192 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13193
13194 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13195 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13196
13197 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13198 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13199
13200 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13201 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13202 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13203
13204 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13205 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13206 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13207 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13208 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13209
13210 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13211 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13212 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13213
13214 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13215 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13216
13217 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13218
13219 Key bindings:
13220 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13221
13222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13223
13224 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13225 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13226
13227 \(fn)" nil nil)
13228
13229 ;;;***
13230 \f
13231 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13232 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13233 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13234 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13235 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18460
13236 ;;;;;; 45359))
13237 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13238
13239 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13240 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13241
13242 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13243
13244 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13245 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13246 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13247 on and off.
13248
13249 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13250 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13251 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13252 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13253 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13254 through various faces.
13255 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13256 buffer with the contents of a file
13257 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13258
13259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13260
13261 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13262 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13263
13264 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13265 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13266 in a distinctive face.
13267
13268 The default value can be customized with variable
13269 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13270
13271 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13272
13273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13274
13275 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13276 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13277 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13278
13279 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13280
13281 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13282 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13283
13284 \(fn)" t nil)
13285
13286 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13287 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13288
13289 \(fn)" t nil)
13290
13291 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13292 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13293
13294 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13295 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13296 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13297 shown in the last face in the list.
13298
13299 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13300 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13301 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13302
13303 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13304
13305 \(fn)" t nil)
13306
13307 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13308 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13309
13310 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13311
13312 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13313 to save the file.
13314
13315 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13316 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13317
13318 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13319 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13320 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13321
13322 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13323
13324 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13325 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13326
13327 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13328 this function is called interactively.
13329
13330 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13331 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13332 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13333
13334 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13335 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13336 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13337
13338 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13339
13340 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13341 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13342 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13344 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13345 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13346
13347 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13348
13349 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13350 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13351 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13352 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13353 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13354
13355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13356
13357 ;;;***
13358 \f
13359 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13360 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13361 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13362 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13363 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18430 56715))
13364 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13365
13366 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13367 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13368 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13369 or insert functions in this list.")
13370
13371 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13372
13373 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13374 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13375
13376 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13377
13378 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13379 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13380
13381 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13382
13383 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13384 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13385
13386 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13387
13388 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13389 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13390
13391 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13392
13393 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13394 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13395 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13396
13397 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13398
13399 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13400 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13401 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13402 \(as atoms)")
13403
13404 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13405
13406 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13407 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13408 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13409 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13410 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13411
13412 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13413
13414 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13415 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13416 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13417 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13418 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13419 expansions.
13420 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13421 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13422 undoes the expansion.
13423
13424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13425
13426 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13427 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13428 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13429 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13430
13431 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13432
13433 ;;;***
13434 \f
13435 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13436 ;;;;;; (18430 56715))
13437 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13438
13439 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13440 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13441 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13442
13443 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13444 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13445 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13446 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13447 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13448
13449 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13450 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13451 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13452 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13453
13454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13455
13456 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13457 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13458 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13459 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13460 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13461 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13462
13463 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13464
13465 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13466 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13467 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13468
13469 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13470 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13471
13472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13473
13474 ;;;***
13475 \f
13476 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays calendar-holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13477 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13478 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13479 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13480 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18450 32953))
13481 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13482
13483 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13484 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13485 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13486
13487 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13488
13489 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13490
13491 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13492
13493 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13494 Oriental holidays.
13495 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13496
13497 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13498
13499 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13500
13501 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13502
13503 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13504 Local holidays.
13505 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13506
13507 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13508
13509 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13510
13511 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13512
13513 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13514 User defined holidays.
13515 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13516
13517 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13518
13519 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13520
13521 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13522
13523 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13524 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13525
13526 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13527
13528 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13529 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13530
13531 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13532
13533 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13534 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13535
13536 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13537
13538 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13539 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13540
13541 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13542
13543 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13544 Jewish holidays.
13545 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13546
13547 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13548
13549 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13550
13551 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13552
13553 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13554 Christian holidays.
13555 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13556
13557 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13558
13559 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13560
13561 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13562
13563 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13564 Islamic holidays.
13565 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13566
13567 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13568
13569 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13570
13571 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13572
13573 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13574 Baha'i holidays.
13575 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13576
13577 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13578
13579 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13580
13581 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13582
13583 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13584 Sun-related holidays.
13585 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13586
13587 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13588
13589 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13590
13591 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13592
13593 (defvar calendar-holidays (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-christian-holidays holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-solar-holidays) "\
13594 List of notable days for the command \\[holidays].
13595
13596 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the
13597 list `holiday-other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting
13598 any of `holiday-general-holidays', `holiday-local-holidays',
13599 `holiday-christian-holidays', `holiday-hebrew-holidays',
13600 `holiday-islamic-holidays', `holiday-bahai-holidays',
13601 `holiday-oriental-holidays', or `holiday-solar-holidays' to nil in your
13602 .emacs file, you can eliminate unwanted categories of holidays.
13603
13604 The aforementioned variables control the holiday choices offered
13605 by the function `holiday-list' when it is called interactively.
13606
13607 They also initialize the default value of `calendar-holidays',
13608 which is the default list of holidays used by the function
13609 `holiday-list' in the non-interactive case. Note that these
13610 variables have no effect on `calendar-holidays' after it has been
13611 set (e.g. after the calendar is loaded). In that case, customize
13612 `calendar-holidays' directly.
13613
13614 The intention is that (in the US) `holiday-local-holidays' be set in
13615 site-init.el and `holiday-other-holidays' be set by the user.
13616
13617 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
13618 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the
13619 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
13620 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
13621
13622 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
13623 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
13624 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
13625 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
13626 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
13627 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
13628 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
13629 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
13630 (holiday-bahai MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Baha'i calendar
13631 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
13632 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
13633 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
13634 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
13635 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
13636 is an expression in the variable `date'.
13637
13638 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
13639
13640 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
13641
13642 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
13643 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
13644
13645 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
13646
13647 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
13648 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
13649
13650 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
13651
13652 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan.
13653 To add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday, use
13654
13655 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
13656
13657 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram.
13658 To add an entry for the Baha'i festival of Ridvan, use
13659
13660 (holiday-bahai 2 13 \"Festival of Ridvan\")
13661
13662 since the Baha'i months are numbered from 1 starting with Baha.
13663 To add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
13664
13665 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
13666
13667 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
13668 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
13669 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
13670
13671 (holiday-sexp
13672 '(if (zerop (% year 4))
13673 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13674 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13675 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13676 (list 11 1 year)))))))
13677 \"US Presidential Election\")
13678
13679 or
13680
13681 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
13682 (holiday-fixed 11
13683 (calendar-extract-day
13684 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13685 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13686 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13687 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
13688 \"US Presidential Election\"))
13689
13690 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
13691
13692 (lunar-phases)
13693
13694 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
13695 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
13696 with descriptive strings such as
13697
13698 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
13699
13700 (custom-autoload 'calendar-holidays "holidays" t)
13701
13702 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13703
13704 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13705 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13706 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13707 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13708
13709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13710
13711 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13712 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13713 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13714 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13715 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13716
13717 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13718 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13719
13720 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13721 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13722
13723 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13724 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13725 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13726 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13727 of a holiday list.
13728
13729 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13730
13731 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13732
13733 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13734
13735 ;;;***
13736 \f
13737 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18430
13738 ;;;;;; 56737))
13739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13740
13741 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13742 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13743
13744 \(fn)" t nil)
13745
13746 ;;;***
13747 \f
13748 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13749 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13750 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13751 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13752 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13753 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13754 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13755 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13756 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13757 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13758 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13759 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13760 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13761 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13762 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13763 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13764 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13765 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13766 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13767 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13768 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13769 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13770 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18457 21363))
13771 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13772
13773 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13774 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13775 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13776
13777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13778
13779 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13780 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13781
13782 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13783
13784 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13785 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13786
13787 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13788
13789 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13790 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13791
13792 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13793
13794 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13795 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13796
13797 \(fn)" t nil)
13798
13799 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13800 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13801
13802 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13803
13804 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13805 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13806
13807 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13808 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13809 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13810 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13811 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13812 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13813 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13814 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13815 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13816 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13817 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13818 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13819
13820 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13821 Not documented
13822
13823 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13824
13825 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13826 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13827
13828 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13829
13830 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13831 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13832
13833 \(fn)" t nil)
13834
13835 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13836 Remove the first filter group.
13837
13838 \(fn)" t nil)
13839
13840 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13841 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13842
13843 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13844
13845 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13846 Remove all filter groups.
13847
13848 \(fn)" t nil)
13849
13850 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13851 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13852
13853 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13854
13855 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13856 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13857 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13858
13859 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13860
13861 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
13862 Kill the filter group at point.
13863 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13864
13865 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13866
13867 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
13868 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13869
13870 \(fn)" t nil)
13871
13872 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13873 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13874
13875 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13876
13877 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13878 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13879 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13880 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13881
13882 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13883
13884 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13885 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13886 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13887
13888 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13889
13890 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13891 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13892 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
13893
13894 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13895
13896 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
13897 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13898
13899 \(fn)" t nil)
13900
13901 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13902 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13903
13904 \(fn)" t nil)
13905
13906 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13907 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13908
13909 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13910 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13911 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13912
13913 \(fn)" t nil)
13914
13915 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13916 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13917
13918 \(fn)" t nil)
13919
13920 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13921 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13922
13923 \(fn)" t nil)
13924
13925 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13926 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13927 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13928 filter into parts.
13929
13930 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13931
13932 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13933 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13934 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13935
13936 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13937
13938 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13939 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13940
13941 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13942
13943 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13944 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13945
13946 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13947
13948 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13949 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13950
13951 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13953 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13954 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13955 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13957 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13958 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13959 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13960
13961 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13962 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13963 Default sorting modes are:
13964 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13965 Name - the name of the buffer
13966 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13967 Size - the size of the buffer
13968
13969 \(fn)" t nil)
13970
13971 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
13972 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13973
13974 \(fn)" t nil)
13975 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13977 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13978 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13979 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
13980
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13983
13984 \(fn)" t nil)
13985
13986 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13988 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13989 for this Ibuffer session.
13990
13991 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13992
13993 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
13994 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13995 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13996 for this Ibuffer session.
13997
13998 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13999
14000 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14001 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14002
14003 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14004 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14005
14006 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14007 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14008
14009 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14010
14011 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14013
14014 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14015 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14016
14017 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14018
14019 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14020 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14021
14022 \(fn)" t nil)
14023
14024 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14025 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14026
14027 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14028 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14029 hidden group filter, open it.
14030
14031 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14032 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14033 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14034
14035 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14036
14037 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14038 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14039 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14040
14041 \(fn)" t nil)
14042
14043 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14044 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14045
14046 The names are separated by a space.
14047 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14048
14049 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14050 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14051 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14052 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14053
14054 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14055
14056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14057
14058 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14059 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14060
14061 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14062
14063 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14064 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14065
14066 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14067
14068 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14069 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14070
14071 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14072
14073 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14074 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14075
14076 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14077
14078 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Mark all modified buffers.
14080
14081 \(fn)" t nil)
14082
14083 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14084 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14085
14086 \(fn)" t nil)
14087
14088 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14089 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14090
14091 \(fn)" t nil)
14092
14093 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14094 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14095
14096 \(fn)" t nil)
14097
14098 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14099 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14100
14101 \(fn)" t nil)
14102
14103 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14104 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14105
14106 \(fn)" t nil)
14107
14108 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14109 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14110
14111 \(fn)" t nil)
14112
14113 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14114 Mark all read-only buffers.
14115
14116 \(fn)" t nil)
14117
14118 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14119 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14120
14121 \(fn)" t nil)
14122
14123 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14124 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14125 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14126 defaults to one.
14127
14128 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14129
14130 ;;;***
14131 \f
14132 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14133 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18457
14134 ;;;;;; 21363))
14135 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14136
14137 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14138 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14139
14140 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14141 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14142 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14143
14144 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14145 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14146 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14147 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14148 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14149 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14150
14151 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14152 title of the column.
14153
14154 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14155 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14156 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14157 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14158 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14159
14160 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14161
14162 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14163 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14164 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14165 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14166 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14167
14168 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14169 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14170 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14171
14172 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14173
14174 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14175 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14176 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14177 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14178 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14179 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14180
14181 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14182 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14183 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14184 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14185 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14186 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14187 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14188 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14189 values are:
14190 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14191 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14192 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14193 buffer's modification flag.
14194 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14195 prompted before performing this operation.
14196 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14197 operation is complete, in the form:
14198 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14199 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14200 confirmation message, in the form:
14201 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14202 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14203 macro for exactly what it does.
14204
14205 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14206
14207 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14208 Define a filter named NAME.
14209 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14210 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14211 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14212
14213 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14214 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14215 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14216 bound to the current value of the filter.
14217
14218 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14219
14220 ;;;***
14221 \f
14222 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14223 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18457 21363))
14224 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14225
14226 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14227 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14228 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14229 buffers which are visiting a file.
14230
14231 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14232
14233 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14234 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14235 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14236 buffers which are visiting a file.
14237
14238 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14239
14240 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14241 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14242 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14243
14244 All arguments are optional.
14245 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14246 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14247 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14248 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14249 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14250 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14251 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14252 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14253 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14254 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14255 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14256 that value locally in this buffer.
14257
14258 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14259
14260 ;;;***
14261 \f
14262 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14263 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14264 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18426 30977))
14265 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14266
14267 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14268 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14269 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14270 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14271
14272 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14273
14274 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14275 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14276 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14277 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14278 ICAL-FILENAME.
14279 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14280 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14281 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14282
14283 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14284
14285 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14286 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14287 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14288 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14289 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14290 non-marking or not.
14291
14292 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14293
14294 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14295 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14296
14297 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14298 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14299 DIARY-FILE.
14300
14301 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14302 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14303 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14304
14305 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14306 non-marking.
14307
14308 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14309 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14310 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14311
14312 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14313
14314 ;;;***
14315 \f
14316 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18408
14317 ;;;;;; 29549))
14318 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14319
14320 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14321 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14322 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14325 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14326
14327 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14328
14329 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14330 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14331 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14332 otherwise turn it off.
14333
14334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14335
14336 ;;;***
14337 \f
14338 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18430 56743))
14339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14340
14341 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14342 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14343 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14344 Tab indents for Icon code.
14345 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14346 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14347 \\{icon-mode-map}
14348 Variables controlling indentation style:
14349 icon-tab-always-indent
14350 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14351 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14352 icon-auto-newline
14353 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14354 inserted in Icon code.
14355 icon-indent-level
14356 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14357 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14358 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14359 icon-continued-statement-offset
14360 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14361 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14362 icon-continued-brace-offset
14363 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14364 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14365 icon-brace-offset
14366 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14367 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14368 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14369 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14370
14371 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14372 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14373
14374 \(fn)" t nil)
14375
14376 ;;;***
14377 \f
14378 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14379 ;;;;;; (18339 61800))
14380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14381
14382 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14383 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14384 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14385 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14386
14387 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14388 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14389 separate frames.
14390
14391 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14392 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14393
14394 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14395 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14396 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14397
14398 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14399
14400 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14401
14402 ;;;***
14403 \f
14404 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14405 ;;;;;; (18373 60592))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14407
14408 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14409 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14410
14411 The main features of this mode are
14412
14413 1. Indentation and Formatting
14414 --------------------------
14415 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14416 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14417
14418 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14419 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14420 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14421 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14422
14423 Comments are indented as follows:
14424
14425 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14426 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14427 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14428
14429 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14430
14431 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14432 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14433 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14434 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14435 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14436 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14437
14438 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14439 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14440 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14441 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14442
14443 2. Routine Info
14444 ------------
14445 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14446 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14447 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14448 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14449 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14450 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14451 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14452 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14453 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14454 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14455
14456 3. Online IDL Help
14457 ---------------
14458
14459 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14460 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14461 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14462 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14463
14464 4. Completion
14465 ----------
14466 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14467 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14468 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14469 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14470 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14471 upper case.
14472
14473 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14474 --------------------------------
14475 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14476 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14477
14478 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14479 \\fu FUNCTION template
14480 \\c CASE statement template
14481 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14482 \\f FOR loop template
14483 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14484 \\w WHILE loop template
14485 \\i IF statement template
14486 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14487 \\b BEGIN
14488
14489 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14490 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14491
14492 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14493 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14494 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14495 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14496
14497 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14498 -------------------------
14499 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14500 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14501
14502 7. Automatic END completion
14503 ------------------------
14504 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14505 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14506
14507 8. Hooks
14508 -----
14509 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14510 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14511
14512 9. Documentation and Customization
14513 -------------------------------
14514 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14515 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14516 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14517 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14518 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14519
14520 10.Keybindings
14521 -----------
14522 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14523 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14524 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14525
14526 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14527
14528 \(fn)" t nil)
14529 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14530
14531 ;;;***
14532 \f
14533 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14534 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14535 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14536 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14537 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14538 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14539 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14540 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18343
14541 ;;;;;; 56580))
14542 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14543
14544 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14545 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14546 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14547 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14548 displaying...)
14549 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14550 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14551 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14552
14553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14554 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14555
14556 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14557
14558 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14559 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14560 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14561 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14562 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14563 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14564 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14565 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14566 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14567
14568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14569
14570 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14571 Switch to another buffer.
14572 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14573 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14574 in another frame.
14575
14576 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14577 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14578 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14579 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14580 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14581
14582 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14583 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14584
14585 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14586 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14587
14588 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14589 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14590 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14591 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14592 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14593 in a separate window.
14594 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14595 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14596 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14597 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14598 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14599 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14600 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14601 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14602 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14603
14604 \(fn)" t nil)
14605
14606 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14607 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14608 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14609 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14610
14611 \(fn)" t nil)
14612
14613 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14614 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14615 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14616 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14617
14618 \(fn)" t nil)
14619
14620 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14621 Kill a buffer.
14622 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14623 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14624
14625 \(fn)" t nil)
14626
14627 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14628 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14629 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14630 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14631
14632 \(fn)" t nil)
14633
14634 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14635 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14636 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14637 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14638
14639 \(fn)" t nil)
14640
14641 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14642 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14643
14644 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14645
14646 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14647 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14648 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14649 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14650 visible in another frame.
14651
14652 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14653 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14654 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14655 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14656 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14657 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14658
14659 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14660 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14661
14662 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14663 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14664
14665 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14666 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14667 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14668 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14669 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14670 in a separate window.
14671 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14672 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14673 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14674 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14675 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14676 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14677 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14678 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14679 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14680 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14681 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14682 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14683 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14684 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14685 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14686
14687 \(fn)" t nil)
14688
14689 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14690 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14691 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14692 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14693
14694 \(fn)" t nil)
14695
14696 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14697 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14698 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14699 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14700
14701 \(fn)" t nil)
14702
14703 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14704 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14705 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14706 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14707
14708 \(fn)" t nil)
14709
14710 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14711 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14712 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14713 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14714
14715 \(fn)" t nil)
14716
14717 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14718 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14719 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14720 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14721
14722 \(fn)" t nil)
14723
14724 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14725 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14726 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14727 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14728
14729 \(fn)" t nil)
14730
14731 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14732 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14733 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14734 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14735
14736 \(fn)" t nil)
14737
14738 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14739 Write current buffer to a file.
14740 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14741 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14742
14743 \(fn)" t nil)
14744
14745 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14746 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14747 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14748 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14749
14750 \(fn)" t nil)
14751
14752 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14753 Call `dired' the ido way.
14754 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14755 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14756
14757 \(fn)" t nil)
14758
14759 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14760 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14761 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14762 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14763 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14764 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14765
14766 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14767
14768 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14769 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14770 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14771 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14772
14773 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14774
14775 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14776 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14777 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14778 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14779
14780 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14781
14782 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14783 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14784 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14785 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14786 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14787 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14788 with `completing-read'.
14789 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14790 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14791 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14792 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14793 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14794 with point positioned at the end.
14795 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14796 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14797
14798 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14799
14800 ;;;***
14801 \f
14802 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18430 56715))
14803 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14804 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14805
14806 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14807 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14808 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14809
14810 \(fn)" t nil)
14811
14812 ;;;***
14813 \f
14814 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14815 ;;;;;; (18430 56715))
14816 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14817
14818 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14819 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14820
14821 \(fn)" t nil)
14822
14823 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14824 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14825
14826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14827
14828 ;;;***
14829 \f
14830 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14831 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14832 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14833 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14834 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18308 18230))
14835 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14836
14837 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14838 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14839 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14840 be determined.
14841
14842 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14843
14844 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14845 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14846 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14847 be determined.
14848
14849 \(fn)" nil nil)
14850
14851 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14852 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14853 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14854 be determined.
14855
14856 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14857
14858 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14859 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14860 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14861 be determined.
14862
14863 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14864
14865 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14866 Determine and return image type.
14867 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14868 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14869 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14870 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14871 use its file extension as image type.
14872 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14873
14874 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14875
14876 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14877 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14878 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14879
14880 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14881
14882 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14883 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14884 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14885
14886 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14887 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14888 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14889 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14890 must be available.
14891
14892 \(fn)" nil nil)
14893
14894 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14895 Create an image.
14896 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14897 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14898 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14899 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14900 use its file extension as image type.
14901 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14902 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14903 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14904 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14905
14906 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14907
14908 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14909 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14910 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14911
14912 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14913
14914 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14915 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14916 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14917 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14918 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14919 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14920 POS may be an integer or marker.
14921 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14922 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14923 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14924 means display it in the right marginal area.
14925
14926 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14927
14928 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14929 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14930 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14931 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14932 defaulted if you omit it.
14933 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14934 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14935 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14936 means display it in the right marginal area.
14937 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14938 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14939 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14940 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14941 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14942
14943 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14944
14945 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14946 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14947 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14948 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14949 defaulted if you omit it.
14950 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14951 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14952 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14953 means display it in the right marginal area.
14954 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14955
14956 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14957
14958 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14959 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14960 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14961 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14962
14963 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14964
14965 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14966 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14967
14968 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14969
14970 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14971 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14972 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14973 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14974 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14975 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14976 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14977 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14978 satisfied.
14979
14980 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14981
14982 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14983
14984 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14985
14986 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14987 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14988
14989 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14990 documentation string.
14991
14992 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14993 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14994 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14995 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14996 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14997 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14998 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14999 define SYMBOL.
15000
15001 Example:
15002
15003 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15004 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15005
15006 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15007
15008 ;;;***
15009 \f
15010 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15011 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15012 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15013 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15014 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15015 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15016 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15017 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18446 42228))
15018 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15019
15020 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15021 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15022
15023 \(fn)" t nil)
15024
15025 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15026 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15027
15028 Convenience command that:
15029
15030 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15031 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15032 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15033
15034 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15035 image files in dired and type
15036 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15037
15038 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15039
15040 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15041 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15042
15043 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15044
15045 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15046 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15047 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15048 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15049 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15050 another one).
15051
15052 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15053 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15054 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15055
15056 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15057 instead of erasing it first.
15058
15059 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15060 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15061 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15062 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15063 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15064 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15065
15066 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15067
15068 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15069 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15070 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15071 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15072 displayed.
15073
15074 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15075
15076 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15077
15078 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15079
15080 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15081 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15082
15083 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15084
15085 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15086 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15087 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15088
15089 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15090
15091 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15092 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15093
15094 \(fn)" t nil)
15095
15096 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15097 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15098 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15099 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15100
15101 \(fn)" t nil)
15102
15103 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15104 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15105
15106 \(fn)" t nil)
15107
15108 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15109 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15110
15111 \(fn)" t nil)
15112
15113 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15114 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15115
15116 \(fn)" t nil)
15117
15118 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15119 Display current image file.
15120 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15121 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15122
15123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15124
15125 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15126 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15127
15128 \(fn)" t nil)
15129
15130 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15131 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15132 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15133 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15134 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15135 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15136 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15137
15138 \(fn)" t nil)
15139
15140 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15141 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15142 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15143 easy-to-use form.
15144
15145 \(fn)" t nil)
15146
15147 ;;;***
15148 \f
15149 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15150 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15151 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18430 56715))
15152 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15153
15154 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15155 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15156 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15157 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15158
15159 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15160 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15161 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15162 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15163
15164 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15165
15166 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15167 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15168 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15169 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15170
15171 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15172 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15173 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15174 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15175
15176 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15177
15178 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15179 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15180
15181 \(fn)" nil nil)
15182
15183 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15184 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15185 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15186 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15187
15188 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15189
15190 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15191 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15192 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15195 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15196
15197 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15198
15199 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15200 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15201 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15202 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15203
15204 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15205 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15206 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15207
15208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15209
15210 ;;;***
15211 \f
15212 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15213 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18420 20356))
15214 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15215 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15216 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15217 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15218 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15219 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15220 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15221 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15222 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15223 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15224
15225 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15226 Major mode for image files.
15227 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15228 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15229
15230 \(fn)" t nil)
15231
15232 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15233 Toggle Image minor mode.
15234 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15235 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15236
15237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15238
15239 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15240 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15241 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15242 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15243 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15244 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15245
15246 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15247 information on these modes.
15248
15249 \(fn)" t nil)
15250
15251 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15252 Not documented
15253
15254 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15255
15256 ;;;***
15257 \f
15258 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15259 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18302 24383))
15260 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15261
15262 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15263 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15264
15265 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15266
15267 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15268 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15269 in the buffer.
15270
15271 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15272
15273 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15274 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15275 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15276
15277 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15278
15279 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15280 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15281
15282 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15283 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15284 pattern's structure.
15285
15286 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15287 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15288 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15289 during matching.")
15290
15291 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15292
15293 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15294 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15295
15296 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15297 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15298 called within a `save-excursion'.
15299
15300 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15301
15302 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15303
15304 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15305 Function for finding the next index position.
15306
15307 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15308 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15309 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15310 file.
15311
15312 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15313 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15314
15315 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15316
15317 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15318 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15319
15320 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15321 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15322 It should return the name for that index item.")
15323
15324 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15325
15326 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15327 Function to compare string with index item.
15328
15329 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15330 non-nil if they match.
15331
15332 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15333 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15334 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15335 arguments match\".")
15336
15337 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15338
15339 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15340 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15341 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15342
15343 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15344
15345 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15346
15347 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15348
15349 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15350 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15351 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15352 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15353
15354 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15355
15356 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15357 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15358
15359 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15360
15361 \(fn)" t nil)
15362
15363 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15364 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15365 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15366 for more information.
15367
15368 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15369
15370 ;;;***
15371 \f
15372 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15373 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15374 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18430 56741))
15375 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15376
15377 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15378 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15379
15380 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15381
15382 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15383 Not documented
15384
15385 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15386
15387 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15388 Not documented
15389
15390 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15391
15392 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15393 Not documented
15394
15395 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15396
15397 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15398 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15399
15400 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15401
15402 ;;;***
15403 \f
15404 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15405 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15406 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18430 56743))
15407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15408
15409 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15410 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15411 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15412 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15413 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15414
15415 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15416
15417 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15418 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15419
15420 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15421
15422 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15423 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15424 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15425 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15426 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15427 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15428 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15429 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15430
15431 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15432
15433 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15434 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15435 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15436 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15437 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15438
15439 This variable is only used if the variable
15440 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15441
15442 More precise choices:
15443 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15444 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15445 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15446
15447 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15448
15449 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15450
15451 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15452 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15453
15454 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15455 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15456 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15457 to that buffer.
15458 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15459 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15460 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15461 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15462
15463 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15464 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15465
15466 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15467
15468 ;;;***
15469 \f
15470 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15471 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15472 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15473 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18446 42228))
15474 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15475
15476 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15477 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15478
15479 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15480 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15481 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15482
15483 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15484 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15485 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15486 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15487 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15488 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15489 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15490 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15491 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15492 with the top-level Info directory.
15493
15494 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15495 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15496 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15497 appended to the Info buffer name.
15498
15499 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15500 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15501 in all the directories in that path.
15502
15503 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15504
15505 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15506 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15507
15508 \(fn)" t nil)
15509
15510 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15511 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15512 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15513 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15514
15515 \(fn)" nil nil)
15516
15517 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15518 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15519 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15520 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15521
15522 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15523
15524 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15525 Go to the Info directory node.
15526
15527 \(fn)" t nil)
15528
15529 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15530 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15531 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15532 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15533 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15534 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15535
15536 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15537
15538 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15539 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15540 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15541
15542 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15543
15544 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15545 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15546 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15547 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15548 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15549
15550 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15551 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15552
15553 Selecting other nodes:
15554 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15555 Follow a node reference you click on.
15556 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15557 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15558 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15559 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15560 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15561 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15562 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15563 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15564 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15565 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15566 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15567 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15568 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15569 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15570 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15571 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15572 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15573 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15574 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15575 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15576
15577 Moving within a node:
15578 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15579 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15580 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15581 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15582 move up to the parent node.
15583 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15584 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15585 if there is none.
15586 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15587
15588 Advanced commands:
15589 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15590 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15591 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15592 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15593 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15594 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15595 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15596 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15597 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15598 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15599 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15600 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15601 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15602 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15603 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15604 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15605
15606 \(fn)" nil nil)
15607 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15608
15609 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15610 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15611 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15612 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15613 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15614 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15615
15616 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15617 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15618
15619 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15620 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15621 KEY is a string.
15622 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15623 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15624 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15625 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15626
15627 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15628
15629 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15630 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15631 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15632
15633 \(fn)" t nil)
15634
15635 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15636 Not documented
15637
15638 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15639
15640 ;;;***
15641 \f
15642 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15643 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15644 ;;;;;; (18457 21363))
15645 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15646
15647 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15648 Throw away all cached data.
15649 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15650 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15651 system.
15652
15653 \(fn)" t nil)
15654 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15655
15656 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15657 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15658 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15659 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15660 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15661 one found at point.
15662
15663 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15664
15665 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15666 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15667
15668 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15669 Display the documentation of a file.
15670 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15671 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15672 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15673 The default file name is the one found at point.
15674
15675 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15676
15677 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15678
15679 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15680 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15681
15682 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15683
15684 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15685 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15686
15687 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15688
15689 ;;;***
15690 \f
15691 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15692 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18430 56715))
15693 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15694
15695 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15696 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15697
15698 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15699
15700 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15701 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15702 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15703
15704 \(fn)" t nil)
15705
15706 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15707 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15708 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15709
15710 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15711 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15712 quite a while.
15713
15714 \(fn)" t nil)
15715
15716 ;;;***
15717 \f
15718 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15719 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18430 56715))
15720 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15721
15722 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15723 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15724
15725 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15726
15727 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15728 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15729 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15730
15731 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15732 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15733 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15734
15735 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15736 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15737 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15738 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15739
15740 \(fn)" t nil)
15741
15742 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15743 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15744 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15745
15746 \(fn)" t nil)
15747
15748 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15749 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15750 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15751 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15752 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15753
15754 \(fn)" nil nil)
15755
15756 ;;;***
15757 \f
15758 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
15759 ;;;;;; (18308 11913))
15760 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
15761
15762 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
15763 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
15764 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
15765
15766 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
15767 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
15768
15769 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
15770 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
15771 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
15772 next occurrence.
15773
15774 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
15775 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
15776 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
15777 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
15778 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
15779 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
15780 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
15781 buffer in the series.")
15782
15783 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
15784 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
15785 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15786
15787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15788
15789 ;;;***
15790 \f
15791 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15792 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15793 ;;;;;; (18430 56741))
15794 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15795
15796 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15797 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15798
15799 \(fn)" t nil)
15800
15801 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15802 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15803
15804 \(fn)" t nil)
15805
15806 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15807 Not documented
15808
15809 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15810
15811 ;;;***
15812 \f
15813 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18430
15814 ;;;;;; 56715))
15815 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15816
15817 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15818 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15819 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15820 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15821 accessed via isearchb.
15822
15823 \(fn)" t nil)
15824
15825 ;;;***
15826 \f
15827 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15828 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15829 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15830 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18308 18243))
15831 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15832
15833 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15834 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15835 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15836 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15837 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15838
15839 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15840
15841 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15842 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15843 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15844 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15845 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15846
15847 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15848
15849 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15850 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15851 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15852 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15853 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15854
15855 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15856
15857 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15858 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15859 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15860 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15861 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15862
15863 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15864
15865 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15866 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15867 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15868 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15869 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15870
15871 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15872
15873 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15874 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15875 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15876 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15877 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15878
15879 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15880
15881 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15882 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15883 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15884 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15885 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15886
15887 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15888
15889 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15890 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15891 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15892 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15893
15894 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15895
15896 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15897 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15898 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15899 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15900
15901 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15902
15903 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15904 Warn that format is read-only.
15905
15906 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15907
15908 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15909 Warn that format is write-only.
15910
15911 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15912
15913 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15914 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15915
15916 \(fn)" t nil)
15917
15918 ;;;***
15919 \f
15920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15921 ;;;;;; (18430 56741))
15922 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15923 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15924 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15925 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15926
15927 ;;;***
15928 \f
15929 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15930 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15931 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15932 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15933 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (18451 36081))
15934 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15935 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15936
15937 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15938 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15939 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15940 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15941
15942 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15943 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15944
15945 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15946 Key map for ispell menu.")
15947
15948 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15949 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15950 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15951 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15952
15953 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15954
15955 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
15956
15957 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
15958
15959 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15960
15961 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
15962 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15963 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15964 Valid forms include:
15965 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15966 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15967 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15968 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15969
15970 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
15971 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15972 First list is used raw.
15973 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15974
15975 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15976 for skipping in latex mode.")
15977
15978 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15979 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15980 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15981 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15982 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15983 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15984 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15985
15986 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15987 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15988 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15989 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15990
15991 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15992 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15993 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15994 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15995 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15996
15997 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15998 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15999
16000 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16001 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16002
16003 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16004 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16005
16006 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16007 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16008
16009 Return values:
16010 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16011 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16012 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16013 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16014 quit spell session exited.
16015
16016 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16017
16018 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16019 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16020 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16021
16022 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16023
16024 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16025 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16026
16027 Selections are:
16028
16029 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16030 SPC: Accept word this time.
16031 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16032 `a': Accept word for this session.
16033 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16034 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16035 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16036 `?': Show these commands.
16037 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16038 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16039 the aborted check to be completed later.
16040 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16041 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16042 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16043 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16044 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16045 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16046 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16047
16048 \(fn)" nil nil)
16049
16050 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16051 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16052 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16053
16054 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16055
16056 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16057 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16058 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16059 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16060
16061 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16062
16063 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16064
16065 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16066 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16067 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16068 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16069
16070 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16071
16072 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16073 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16074
16075 \(fn)" t nil)
16076
16077 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16078 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16079
16080 \(fn)" t nil)
16081
16082 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16083 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16084
16085 \(fn)" t nil)
16086
16087 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16088 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16089 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16090 sequence inside of a word.
16091
16092 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16093
16094 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16095
16096 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16097 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16098
16099 \(fn)" t nil)
16100
16101 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16102 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16103 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16104 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16105
16106 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16107 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16108 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16109 available on the net.
16110
16111 \(fn)" t nil)
16112
16113 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16114 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16115 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16116 otherwise turn it off.
16117
16118 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16119 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16120
16121 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16122 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16123
16124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16125
16126 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16127 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16128 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16129 Don't check included messages.
16130
16131 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16132 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16133 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16134
16135 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16136 in your .emacs file:
16137 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16138 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16139 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16140 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16141
16142 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16143 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16144 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16145
16146 \(fn)" t nil)
16147
16148 ;;;***
16149 \f
16150 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18431
16151 ;;;;;; 55241))
16152 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16153
16154 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16155 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16156 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16157 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16158 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16159 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16160
16161 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16162
16163 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16164 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16165 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16166 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16167 `iswitchb' for details.
16168
16169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16170
16171 ;;;***
16172 \f
16173 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16174 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16175 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16176 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18430 56741))
16177 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16178
16179 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16180 Not documented
16181
16182 \(fn)" nil nil)
16183
16184 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16185 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16186 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16187 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16188 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16189 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16190 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16191 necessary to represent OBJ.
16192
16193 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16194
16195 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16196 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16197 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16198 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16199
16200 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16201
16202 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16203 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16204 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16205 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16206 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16207
16208 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16209
16210 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16211 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16212 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16213 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16214
16215 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16216
16217 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16218 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16219 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16220 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16221
16222 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16223
16224 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16225 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16226
16227 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16228
16229 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16230 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16231 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16232 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16233 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16234
16235 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16236
16237 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16238 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16239 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16240 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16241 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16242
16243 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16244
16245 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16246 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16247 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16248
16249 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16250
16251 ;;;***
16252 \f
16253 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16254 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18421 44878))
16255 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16256
16257 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16258 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16259 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16260 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16261
16262 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16263 Not documented
16264
16265 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16266
16267 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16268 Uninstall jka-compr.
16269 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16270 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16271 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16272
16273 \(fn)" nil nil)
16274
16275 ;;;***
16276 \f
16277 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16278 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16279 ;;;;;; (18430 56731))
16280 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16281
16282 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16283 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16284 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16285 decimal key must be specified.")
16286
16287 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16288
16289 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16290 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16291 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16292 decimal key must be specified.")
16293
16294 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16295
16296 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16297 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16298 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16299 decimal key must be specified.")
16300
16301 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16302
16303 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16304 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16305 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16306 decimal key must be specified.")
16307
16308 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16309
16310 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16311 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16312 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16313 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16314 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16315 keys are bound.
16316
16317 Setup Binding
16318 -------------------------------------------------------------
16319 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16320 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16321 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16322 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16323 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16324 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16325 in the global and local keymaps.
16326
16327 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16328 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16329
16330 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16331
16332 ;;;***
16333 \f
16334 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16335 ;;;;;; (18430 56741))
16336 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16337
16338 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16339 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16340 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16341
16342 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16343 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16344 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16345 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16346 shorter.
16347
16348 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16349 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16350 the context of text formatting.
16351
16352 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16353
16354 ;;;***
16355 \f
16356 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18430
16357 ;;;;;; 56741))
16358 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16359
16360 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16361 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16362 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16363 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16364 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16365 positions that contains the current selection.")
16366
16367 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16368 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16369 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16370 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16371 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16372 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16373 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16374
16375 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16376
16377 ;;;***
16378 \f
16379 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16380 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16381 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16382 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18430 56715))
16383 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16384 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16385 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16386 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16387 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16388 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16389 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16390 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16391
16392 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16393 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16394 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16395 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16396 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16397
16398 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16399
16400 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16401 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16402 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16403
16404 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16405 defining the macro.
16406
16407 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16408 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16409 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16410
16411 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16412 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16413
16414 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16415
16416 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16417 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16418 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16419 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16420 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16421 under that name.
16422
16423 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16424 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16425 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16426
16427 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16428
16429 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16430 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16431 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16432
16433 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16434 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16435 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16436 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16437
16438 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16439 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16440
16441 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16442
16443 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16444 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16445 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16446
16447 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16448 macro.
16449
16450 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16451 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16452
16453 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16454 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16455 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16456
16457 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16458 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16459
16460 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16461
16462 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16463 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16464 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16465 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16466
16467 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16468
16469 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16470 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16471 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16472 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16473
16474 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16475 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16476
16477 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16478
16479 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16480 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16481 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16482
16483 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16484
16485 ;;;***
16486 \f
16487 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16488 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18430 56741))
16489 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16490
16491 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16492 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16493 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16494
16495 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16496 Not documented
16497
16498 \(fn)" nil nil)
16499
16500 ;;;***
16501 \f
16502 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16503 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
16504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16505
16506 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16507
16508 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16509 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16510
16511 \(fn)" t nil)
16512
16513 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16514
16515 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16516 Start or resume an Lm game.
16517 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16518 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16519
16520 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16521 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16522 none / 1 | yes | no
16523 2 | yes | yes
16524 3 | no | yes
16525 4 | no | no
16526
16527 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16528 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16529 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16530
16531 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16532
16533 ;;;***
16534 \f
16535 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16536 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16537 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18430 56741))
16538 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16539
16540 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16541 Not documented
16542
16543 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16544
16545 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16546 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16547 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16548 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16549 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16550 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16551
16552 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16553 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16554
16555 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16556
16557 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16558 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16559
16560 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16561
16562 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16563 Not documented
16564
16565 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
16566
16567 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16568 Not documented
16569
16570 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16571
16572 ;;;***
16573 \f
16574 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16575 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16576 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18308 18243))
16577 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16578
16579 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16580 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16581 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16582 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16583
16584 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16585
16586 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16587 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16588 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16589
16590 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16591
16592 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16593 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16594 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16595
16596 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16597
16598 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16599 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16600 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16601 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16602
16603 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16604
16605 ;;;***
16606 \f
16607 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16608 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18430 56741))
16609 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16610
16611 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16612 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16613 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16614 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16615 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16616 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16617 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16618 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16619
16620 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16621 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16622
16623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16624 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16625
16626 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16627
16628 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16629 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16630 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16631 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16632 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16633 `latin1-display-setup'.
16634
16635 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16636
16637 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16638 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16639 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16640 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16641
16642 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16643 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16644
16645 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16646
16647 ;;;***
16648 \f
16649 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16650 ;;;;;; (18308 18252))
16651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16652
16653 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16654
16655 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16656
16657 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16658 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16659
16660 \(fn)" t nil)
16661
16662 ;;;***
16663 \f
16664 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16665 ;;;;;; (18430 56715))
16666 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16667
16668 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16669 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16670
16671 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16672 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16673
16674 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16675 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16676
16677 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16678 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16679 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16680 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16681 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16682 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16683 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16684 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16685 and transmit saved text.
16686
16687 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16688 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16689 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16690
16691 \(fn)" t nil)
16692
16693 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16694 Not documented
16695
16696 \(fn)" nil nil)
16697
16698 ;;;***
16699 \f
16700 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18430 56742))
16701 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16702
16703 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16704 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16705 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16706 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16707 generations (this defaults to 1).
16708
16709 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16710
16711 ;;;***
16712 \f
16713 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16714 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18369 53782))
16715 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16716
16717 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16718 Format used to display line numbers.
16719 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16720 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16721 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16722 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16723
16724 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16725
16726 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16727 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16728
16729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16730
16731 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16732 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16733 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16734 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16735 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16736 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16737
16738 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16739
16740 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16741 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16742 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16743 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16744 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16745
16746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16747
16748 ;;;***
16749 \f
16750 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18330
16751 ;;;;;; 46687))
16752 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16753
16754 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16755 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16756 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16757 is nil, raise an error.
16758
16759 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16760 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16761 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16762 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16763 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16764 defined by the library.
16765
16766 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16767 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16768 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16769 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16770 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16771 proceeds.
16772
16773 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16774 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16775 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16776 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16777
16778 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16779
16780 ;;;***
16781 \f
16782 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16783 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18430 56715))
16784 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16785
16786 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16787 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16788 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16789
16790 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16791
16792 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16793 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16794 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16795 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16796
16797 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16798 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16799 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16800 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16801 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16802 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16803 the version.)
16804
16805 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16806 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16807
16808 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16809 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16810
16811 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16812
16813 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16814
16815 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16816 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16817 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16818 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16819 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16820 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16821 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16822 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16823 to constrain a big search.
16824
16825 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16826
16827 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16828 except that FILTER is not optional.
16829
16830 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16831
16832 ;;;***
16833 \f
16834 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18440 60469))
16835 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16836
16837 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16838 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16839 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16840 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16841 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16842 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16843 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16844 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16845
16846 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16847 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16848 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16849 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16850 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16851
16852 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16853 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16854 uses the current buffer.
16855
16856 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16857
16858 ;;;***
16859 \f
16860 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18428
16861 ;;;;;; 27433))
16862 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16863
16864 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16865 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16866
16867 \(fn)" t nil)
16868
16869 ;;;***
16870 \f
16871 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18375
16872 ;;;;;; 33055))
16873 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16874
16875 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16876 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16877 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16878 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16879 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16880
16881 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16882 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16883 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16884
16885 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16886 are indicated with a symbol.
16887
16888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16889
16890 ;;;***
16891 \f
16892 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16893 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18430
16894 ;;;;;; 56715))
16895 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16896
16897 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
16898
16899 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16900
16901 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
16902 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16903 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16904
16905 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16906 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16907
16908 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16909 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16910 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16911 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16912 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16913 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16914 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16915
16916 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16917
16918 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16919 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16920 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16921 switch on this list.
16922 See `lpr-command'.")
16923
16924 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16925
16926 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16927 *Name of program for printing a file.
16928
16929 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16930 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16931 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16932 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16933 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16934 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16935 argument.")
16936
16937 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16938
16939 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16940 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16941 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16942 for customization of the printer command.
16943
16944 \(fn)" t nil)
16945
16946 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16947 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16948
16949 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16950 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16951 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16952 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16953
16954 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16955 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16956
16957 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16958 for further customization of the printer command.
16959
16960 \(fn)" t nil)
16961
16962 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16963 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16964 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16965 for customization of the printer command.
16966
16967 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16968
16969 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16970 Paginate and print the region contents.
16971
16972 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16973 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16974 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16975 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16976
16977 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16978 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16979
16980 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16981 for further customization of the printer command.
16982
16983 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16984
16985 ;;;***
16986 \f
16987 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16988 ;;;;;; (18460 45359))
16989 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16990
16991 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16992 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16993 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16994
16995 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16996
16997 ;;;***
16998 \f
16999 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18426
17000 ;;;;;; 55023))
17001 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17002
17003 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17004 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17005 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17006 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17007
17008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17009
17010 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17011
17012 ;;;***
17013 \f
17014 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18445
17015 ;;;;;; 21165))
17016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17017
17018 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17019 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17020 \\{m4-mode-map}
17021
17022 \(fn)" t nil)
17023
17024 ;;;***
17025 \f
17026 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17027 ;;;;;; (18430 56727))
17028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17029
17030 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17031 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17032 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17033 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17034 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17035
17036 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17037
17038 ;;;***
17039 \f
17040 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17041 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18430 56715))
17042 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17043
17044 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17045 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17046 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17047 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17048 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17049
17050 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17051
17052 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17053 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17054 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17055 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17056
17057 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17058 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17059 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17060 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17061 bindings.
17062
17063 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17064 use this command, and then save the file.
17065
17066 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17067
17068 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17069 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17070 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17071 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17072 each time the macro executes.
17073 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17074 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17075 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17076 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17077 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17078 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17079 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17080
17081 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17082
17083 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17084 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17085 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17086 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17087
17088 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17089 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17090 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17091 execute.
17092
17093 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17094 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17095
17096 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17097 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17098 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17099 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17100 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17101
17102 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17103 looked like this:
17104
17105 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17106 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17107 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17108
17109 You could enter the names in this format:
17110
17111 foo
17112 bar
17113 baz
17114
17115 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17116
17117 \\C-x (
17118 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17119 \\C-x )
17120
17121 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17122 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17123
17124 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17125 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17126
17127 ;;;***
17128 \f
17129 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17130 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18430 56742))
17131 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17132
17133 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17134 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17135 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17136 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17137 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17138 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17139
17140 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17141 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17142 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17143 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17144 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17145
17146 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17147 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17148 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17149 consing a string.)
17150
17151 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17152
17153 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17154 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17155
17156 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17157
17158 ;;;***
17159 \f
17160 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17161 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17162 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
17163 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17164
17165 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17166 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17167
17168 \(fn)" nil nil)
17169
17170 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17171 Not documented
17172
17173 \(fn)" nil nil)
17174
17175 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17176 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17177
17178 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17179
17180 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17181 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17182 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17183 message.
17184
17185 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17186
17187 \(fn)" nil nil)
17188
17189 ;;;***
17190 \f
17191 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17192 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17193 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18430
17194 ;;;;;; 56742))
17195 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17196
17197 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17198 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17199 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17200 often correct parser.")
17201
17202 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17203
17204 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17205 Not documented
17206
17207 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17208
17209 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17210 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17211 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17212 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17213
17214 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17215
17216 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17217 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17218 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17219 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17220
17221 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17222
17223 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17224 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17225 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17226 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17227 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17228 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17229 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17230 as Rmail does.
17231
17232 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17233
17234 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17235 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17236 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17237 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17238 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17239 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17240
17241 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17242
17243 ;;;***
17244 \f
17245 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17246 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18308
17247 ;;;;;; 18244))
17248 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17249
17250 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17251 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17252 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17254 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17255 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17256
17257 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17258
17259 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17260 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17261
17262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17263
17264 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17265 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17266
17267 \(fn)" nil nil)
17268
17269 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17270 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17271 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17272
17273 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17274
17275 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17276 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17277 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17278
17279 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17280
17281 ;;;***
17282 \f
17283 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17284 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18430
17285 ;;;;;; 56742))
17286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17287
17288 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17289 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17290 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17291 king@grassland.com
17292 If `parens', they look like:
17293 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17294 If `angles', they look like:
17295 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17296
17297 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17298
17299 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17300 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17301 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17302 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17303 their `Resent-' variants.
17304
17305 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17306 removed from alias expansions.
17307
17308 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17309
17310 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17311 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17312 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17313
17314 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17315 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17316 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17317 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17318
17319 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17320
17321 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17322 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17323 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17324 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17325
17326 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17327
17328 ;;;***
17329 \f
17330 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17331 ;;;;;; (18308 18244))
17332 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17333
17334 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17335 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17336 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17337 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17338
17339 \(fn)" nil nil)
17340
17341 ;;;***
17342 \f
17343 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17344 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17345 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18448 7273))
17346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17347
17348 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17349 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17350
17351 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17352 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17353 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17354 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17355 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17356 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17357
17358 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17359 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17360 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17361 dependency, despite the colon.
17362
17363 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17364
17365 In the browser, use the following keys:
17366
17367 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17368
17369 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17370
17371 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17372 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17373
17374 `makefile-target-colon':
17375 The string that gets appended to all target names
17376 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17377 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17378
17379 `makefile-macro-assign':
17380 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17381 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17382 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17383 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17384 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17385 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17386
17387 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17388 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17389 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17390
17391 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17392 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17393
17394 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17395 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17396 up or down in the browser.
17397
17398 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17399 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17400
17401 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17402 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17403
17404 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17405 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17406 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17407 has been selected in the browser.
17408
17409 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17410 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17411 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17412 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17413 filenames are omitted.
17414
17415 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17416 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17417 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17418 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17419 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17420 the backslash itself intact.
17421 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17422 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17423
17424 `makefile-browser-hook':
17425 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17426 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17427
17428 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17429 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17430 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17431 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17432
17433 \(fn)" t nil)
17434
17435 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17436 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17437
17438 \(fn)" t nil)
17439
17440 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17441 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17442
17443 \(fn)" t nil)
17444
17445 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17446 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17447
17448 \(fn)" t nil)
17449
17450 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17451 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17452
17453 \(fn)" t nil)
17454
17455 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17456 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17457
17458 \(fn)" t nil)
17459
17460 ;;;***
17461 \f
17462 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18302
17463 ;;;;;; 24383))
17464 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17465
17466 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17467 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17468 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17469
17470 \(fn)" t nil)
17471
17472 ;;;***
17473 \f
17474 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18308 18231))
17475 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17476
17477 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17478
17479 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17480 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17481 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17482 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17483 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17484 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17485 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17486
17487 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17488 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17489 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17490 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17491
17492 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17493
17494 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17495 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17496
17497 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17498
17499 ;;;***
17500 \f
17501 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18430 56715))
17502 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17503
17504 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17505 Toggle Master mode.
17506 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17507 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17508 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17509
17510 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17511 following commands:
17512
17513 \\{master-mode-map}
17514
17515 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17516 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17517 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17518
17519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17520
17521 ;;;***
17522 \f
17523 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17524 ;;;;;; (18308 11921))
17525 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17526
17527 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17528 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17529 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17532 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17533
17534 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17535
17536 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
17537 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17538 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17539 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17540 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17541
17542 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17543 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17544
17545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17546
17547 ;;;***
17548 \f
17549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18457 21363))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17551
17552 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17553
17554 ;;;***
17555 \f
17556 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17557 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17558 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17559 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17560 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17561 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-cite-function)
17562 ;;;;;; "message" "gnus/message.el" (18445 21164))
17563 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17564
17565 (defvar message-cite-function 'message-cite-original-without-signature "\
17566 *Function for citing an original message.
17567 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17568 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17569 Note that these functions use `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17570
17571 (custom-autoload 'message-cite-function "message" t)
17572
17573 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17574
17575 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17576 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17577 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17578 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17579 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17580 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17581 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17582 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17583 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17584 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17585 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17586 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17587 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17588 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17589 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17590 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17591 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17592 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17593 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17594 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17595 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17596 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17597 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17598 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17599 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17600 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17601 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17602 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17603 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17604 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17605 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17606 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17607 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17608 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17609 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17610 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17611 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17612 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17613
17614 \(fn)" t nil)
17615
17616 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17617 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17618 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17619 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17620 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17621
17622 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17623
17624 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17625 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17626
17627 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17628
17629 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17630 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17631
17632 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17633
17634 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17635 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17636
17637 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17638
17639 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17640 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17641 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17642
17643 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17644
17645 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17646 Cancel an article you posted.
17647 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17648
17649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17650
17651 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17652 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17653 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17654 header line with the old Message-ID.
17655
17656 \(fn)" t nil)
17657
17658 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17659 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17660
17661 \(fn)" t nil)
17662
17663 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17664 Forward the current message via mail.
17665 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17666 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17667
17668 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17669
17670 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17671 Not documented
17672
17673 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17674
17675 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17676 Not documented
17677
17678 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17679
17680 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17681 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17682
17683 \(fn)" t nil)
17684
17685 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17686 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17687
17688 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17689
17690 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17691 Re-mail the current message.
17692 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17693 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17694 you.
17695
17696 \(fn)" t nil)
17697
17698 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17699 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17700
17701 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17702
17703 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17704 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17705
17706 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17707
17708 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17709 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17710
17711 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17712
17713 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17714 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17715
17716 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17717
17718 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17719 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17720 Works by overstriking characters.
17721 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17722 which specify the range to operate on.
17723
17724 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17725
17726 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17727 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17728 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17729 which specify the range to operate on.
17730
17731 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17732
17733 ;;;***
17734 \f
17735 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17736 ;;;;;; (18308 18252))
17737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17738
17739 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17740 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17741 Special commands:
17742 \\{meta-mode-map}
17743
17744 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17745 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17746
17747 \(fn)" t nil)
17748
17749 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17750 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17751 Special commands:
17752 \\{meta-mode-map}
17753
17754 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17755 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17756
17757 \(fn)" t nil)
17758
17759 ;;;***
17760 \f
17761 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17762 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17763 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
17764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17765
17766 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17767 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17768 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17769
17770 \(fn)" t nil)
17771
17772 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17773 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17774 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17775 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17776 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17777 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17778 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17779
17780 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17781
17782 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17783 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17784 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17785 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17786 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17787 means current).
17788 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17789 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17790
17791 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17792
17793 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17794 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17795 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17796 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17797 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17798 means current).
17799 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17800 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17801
17802 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17803
17804 ;;;***
17805 \f
17806 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17807 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17808 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18368 29395))
17809 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17810
17811 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17812 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17813 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17814
17815 \(fn)" t nil)
17816
17817 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17818 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17819 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17820
17821 \(fn)" t nil)
17822
17823 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17824 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17825
17826 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17827 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17828 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17829
17830 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17831 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17832
17833 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17834 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17835
17836 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17837
17838 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17839
17840 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17841 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17842 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17843 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17844 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17845 as `compose-mail'.
17846
17847 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17848 initial Subject field, respectively.
17849
17850 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17851 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17852 are strings.
17853
17854 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17855 ignored.
17856
17857 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17858
17859 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17860 Save draft and send message.
17861
17862 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17863 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17864 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17865 Mail Delivery*\".
17866
17867 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17868 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17869 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17870
17871 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17872 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17873 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17874 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17875 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17876 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17877
17878 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17879 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17880
17881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17882
17883 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17884 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17885
17886 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17887 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17888 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17889 delete the draft message.
17890
17891 \(fn)" t nil)
17892
17893 ;;;***
17894 \f
17895 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18400 47856))
17896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17897
17898 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17899
17900 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17901
17902 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17903
17904 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17905 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17906
17907 \(fn)" t nil)
17908
17909 ;;;***
17910 \f
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17912 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18308 18244))
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17914
17915 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17916 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17917 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17918
17919 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17920 the MH mail system.
17921
17922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17923
17924 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17925 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17926 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17927
17928 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17929 the MH mail system.
17930
17931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17932
17933 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17934 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17935
17936 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17937 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17938 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17939 separate command.
17940
17941 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17942 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17943 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17944 format.
17945
17946 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17947
17948 Ranges
17949 ======
17950 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17951 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17952 can be used in several ways.
17953
17954 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17955 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17956 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17957 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17958 page):
17959
17960 <num1>-<num2>
17961 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17962 The range must be nonempty.
17963
17964 <num>:N
17965 <num>:+N
17966 <num>:-N
17967 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17968 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17969 last.
17970
17971 first:N
17972 prev:N
17973 next:N
17974 last:N
17975 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17976
17977 all
17978 All of the messages.
17979
17980 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17981 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17982
17983 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17984 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17985 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17986
17987 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17988
17989 \(fn)" t nil)
17990
17991 ;;;***
17992 \f
17993 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17994 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18430 56716))
17995 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17996
17997 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17998 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17999 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18000 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18001 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18002 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18003 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18004 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18005 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18006 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18007 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18008
18009 \(fn)" t nil)
18010
18011 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18012 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18013 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18014 to its second argument TM.
18015
18016 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18017
18018 ;;;***
18019 \f
18020 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18021 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18308 18231))
18022 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18023
18024 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18025 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18026 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18028 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18029 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18030
18031 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18032
18033 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18034 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18035 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18036 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18037 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18038 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18039 default indication.
18040
18041 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18042 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18043
18044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18045
18046 ;;;***
18047 \f
18048 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18049 ;;;;;; (18308 18252))
18050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18051
18052 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18053 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18054 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18055
18056 \(fn)" t nil)
18057
18058 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18059
18060 ;;;***
18061 \f
18062 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18063 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18430 56738))
18064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18065
18066 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18067 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18068
18069 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18070
18071 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18072 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18073 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18074 the entire message.
18075 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18076
18077 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18078
18079 ;;;***
18080 \f
18081 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18082 ;;;;;; (18430 56738))
18083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18084
18085 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18086 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18087 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18088 the entire message.
18089 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18090
18091 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18092
18093 ;;;***
18094 \f
18095 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18096 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18430 56738))
18097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18098
18099 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18100 Insert file contents of URL.
18101 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18102
18103 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18104
18105 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18106 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18107
18108 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18109
18110 ;;;***
18111 \f
18112 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18113 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18392 38993))
18114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18115
18116 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18117 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18118 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18119 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18120 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18121
18122 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18123
18124 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18125 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18126 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18127
18128 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18129
18130 ;;;***
18131 \f
18132 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18133 ;;;;;; (18430 56738))
18134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18135
18136 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18137 Not documented
18138
18139 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18140
18141 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18142 Not documented
18143
18144 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18145
18146 ;;;***
18147 \f
18148 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18149 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18150 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18430 56738))
18151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18152
18153 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18154 Not documented
18155
18156 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18157
18158 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18159 Not documented
18160
18161 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18162
18163 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18164 Not documented
18165
18166 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18167
18168 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18169 Not documented
18170
18171 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18172
18173 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18174 Not documented
18175
18176 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18177
18178 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18179 Not documented
18180
18181 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18182
18183 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18184 Not documented
18185
18186 \(fn)" nil nil)
18187
18188 ;;;***
18189 \f
18190 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18191 ;;;;;; (18430 56743))
18192 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18193
18194 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18195 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18196 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18197 followed by the first character of the construct.
18198 \\<m2-mode-map>
18199 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18200 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18201 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18202 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18203 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18204 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18205 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18206 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18207 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18208 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18209 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18210 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18211 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18212 \\[m2-link] link
18213
18214 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18215 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18216 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18217
18218 \(fn)" t nil)
18219
18220 ;;;***
18221 \f
18222 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18223 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
18224 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18225
18226 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18227 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18228
18229 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18230
18231 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18232 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18233
18234 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18235
18236 ;;;***
18237 \f
18238 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18308
18239 ;;;;;; 18231))
18240 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18241
18242 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18243 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18244 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18245 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18246 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18247 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18248
18249 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18250
18251 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18252 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18253 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18254 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18255
18256 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18257
18258 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18259
18260 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18261
18262 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18263 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18264 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18265 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18266 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18267 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18268
18269 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18270 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18271 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18272 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18273 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18274
18275 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18276 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18277
18278 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18279 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18280
18281 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18282
18283 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18284 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18285 primary selection and region.
18286
18287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18288
18289 ;;;***
18290 \f
18291 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18430 56742))
18292 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18293
18294 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18295 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18296
18297 \(fn)" t nil)
18298
18299 ;;;***
18300 \f
18301 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18302 24383))
18302 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18303
18304 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18305 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18306 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18308 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18309 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18310
18311 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18312
18313 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18314 Toggle Msb mode.
18315 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18316 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18317 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18318
18319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18320
18321 ;;;***
18322 \f
18323 ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
18324 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
18325 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18326 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18327 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18328 ;;;;;; (18440 60470))
18329 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18330
18331 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18332 Display a list of all character sets.
18333
18334 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18335 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18336 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18337 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18338
18339 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18340 but still shows the full information.
18341
18342 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18343
18344 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18345 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18346 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18347
18348 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18349 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18350 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18351 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18352 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18353
18354 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18355
18356 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18357 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18358
18359 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18360
18361 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18362 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18363
18364 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18365
18366 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18367 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18368
18369 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18370
18371 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18372 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18373
18374 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18375 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18376 in place of `..':
18377 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18378 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18379 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18380 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18381 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18382 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18383 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18384 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18385 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18386 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18387 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18388 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18389 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18390 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18391 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18392 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18393
18394 \(fn)" t nil)
18395
18396 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18397 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18398
18399 \(fn)" t nil)
18400
18401 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18402 Display a list of all coding systems.
18403 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18404
18405 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18406 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18407
18408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18409
18410 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18411 Display a list of all coding categories.
18412
18413 \(fn)" nil nil)
18414
18415 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18416 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18417 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18418
18419 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18420
18421 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18422 Display information about FONTSET.
18423 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18424
18425 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18426
18427 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18428 Display a list of all fontsets.
18429 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18430 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18431 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18432
18433 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18434
18435 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18436 Display information about all input methods.
18437
18438 \(fn)" t nil)
18439
18440 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18441 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18442
18443 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18444 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18445 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18446 system which uses fontsets).
18447
18448 \(fn)" t nil)
18449
18450 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18451 Location of UnicodeData file.
18452 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18453 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18454 looked up from it.")
18455
18456 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18457
18458 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18459 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18460 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18461 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18462
18463 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18464
18465 ;;;***
18466 \f
18467 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18468 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18469 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18470 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18471 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18472 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18363 49565))
18473 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18474
18475 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18476 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18477 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18478
18479 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18480
18481 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18482
18483 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18484 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18485
18486 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18487 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18488
18489 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18490 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18491
18492 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18493
18494 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18495 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18496 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18497 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18498 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18499 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18500 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18501
18502 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18503 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18504 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18505 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18506 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18507 middle of a character in STR.
18508
18509 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18510 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18511
18512 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18513 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18514 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18515 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18516 defaults to \"...\".
18517
18518 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18519
18520 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18521 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18522
18523 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18524 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18525 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18526
18527 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18528 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18529 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18530
18531 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18532 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18533 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18534 is considered.
18535 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18536 longer than KEYSEQ.
18537 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18538
18539 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18540
18541 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18542 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18543 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18544 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18545 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18546 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18547 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18548 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18549 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18550 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18551 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18552
18553 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18554
18555 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18556 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18557
18558 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18559
18560 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18561 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18562
18563 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18564
18565 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18566 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18567
18568 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18569
18570 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18571 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18572
18573 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18574
18575 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18576 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18577 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18578 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18579 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18580
18581 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18582
18583 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18584 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18585 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18586 coding systems ordered by priority.
18587
18588 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18589
18590 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18591 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18592 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18593 language environment LANG-ENV.
18594
18595 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18596
18597 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18598 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18599 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18600 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18601 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18602 basis, this may not be accurate.
18603
18604 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18605
18606 ;;;***
18607 \f
18608 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18609 ;;;;;; (18440 60470))
18610 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18611
18612 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18613 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18614 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18615 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18616 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18617 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18618
18619 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18620
18621 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18622 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18623 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18624 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18625
18626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18627
18628 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18629 Enable mouse wheel support.
18630
18631 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18632
18633 ;;;***
18634 \f
18635 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18636 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18637 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18638 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18431 55553))
18639 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18640
18641 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18642 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18643
18644 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18645
18646 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18647 Ping HOST.
18648 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18649 `ping-program-options'.
18650
18651 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18652
18653 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18654 Run ifconfig program.
18655
18656 \(fn)" t nil)
18657
18658 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18659
18660 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18661 Run iwconfig program.
18662
18663 \(fn)" t nil)
18664
18665 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18666 Run netstat program.
18667
18668 \(fn)" t nil)
18669
18670 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18671 Run arp program.
18672
18673 \(fn)" t nil)
18674
18675 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18676 Run route program.
18677
18678 \(fn)" t nil)
18679
18680 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18681 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18682
18683 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18684
18685 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18686 Run nslookup program.
18687
18688 \(fn)" t nil)
18689
18690 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18691 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18692
18693 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18694
18695 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18696 Run dig program.
18697
18698 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18699
18700 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18701 Run ftp program.
18702
18703 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18704
18705 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18706 Finger USER on HOST.
18707
18708 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18709
18710 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18711 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18712 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18713 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18714
18715 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18716
18717 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18718 Not documented
18719
18720 \(fn)" t nil)
18721
18722 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18723 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18724
18725 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18726
18727 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18728 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18729
18730 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18731
18732 ;;;***
18733 \f
18734 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18735 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18736 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18737 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18738 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18739 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18421 44878))
18740 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18741
18742 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18743
18744 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18745
18746 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18747
18748 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18749
18750 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18751 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18752 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18753 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18754 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18755 Major modes should set this variable.")
18756
18757 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18758 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18759 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18760 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18761 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18762 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18763
18764 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18765 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18766
18767 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18768 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18769 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18770
18771 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18772 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18773 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18774 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18775 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18776
18777 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18778 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18779 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18780
18781 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18782 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18783 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18784 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18785
18786 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18787 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18788 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18789 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18790 column indentation or nil.
18791 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18792
18793 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18794 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18795 The function has no args.
18796
18797 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18798 comments always start in column zero.")
18799
18800 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
18801 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18802 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18803
18804 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18805
18806 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18807 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18808 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18809 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18810
18811 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18812 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18813
18814 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18815
18816 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18817 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18818 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18819 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18820 customize this variable.
18821
18822 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18823 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18824
18825 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18826
18827 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18828 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18829 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18830 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18831 the variables are properly set.
18832
18833 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18834
18835 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18836 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18837
18838 \(fn)" nil nil)
18839
18840 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18841 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18842 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18843
18844 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18845
18846 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18847 Set the comment column based on point.
18848 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18849 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18850 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18851 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18852
18853 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18854
18855 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18856 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18857 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18858
18859 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18860
18861 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18862 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18863 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18864 comment markers.
18865
18866 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18867
18868 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18869 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18870 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18871 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18872 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18873 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18874 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18875 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18876
18877 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18878 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18879
18880 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18881
18882 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18883 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18884 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18885 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18886
18887 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18888
18889 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18890 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18891 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18892 is passed on to the respective function.
18893
18894 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18895
18896 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18897 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18898 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18899 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18900 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18901 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18902 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18903 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18904 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18905 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18906
18907 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18908
18909 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18910 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18911 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18912
18913 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18914
18915 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18916 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18917 This indents the body of the continued comment
18918 under the previous comment line.
18919
18920 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18921 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18922 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18923
18924 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18925 or comment indentation.
18926
18927 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18928 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18929
18930 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18931
18932 ;;;***
18933 \f
18934 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18935 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18936 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18308 18245))
18937 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18938
18939 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
18940 Check whether newsticker is running.
18941 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18942 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18943
18944 \(fn)" nil nil)
18945
18946 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
18947 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18948 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18949 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18950 empty.
18951
18952 \(fn)" nil nil)
18953
18954 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newsticker" "\
18955 Start the newsticker.
18956 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18957 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18958 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18959 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18960
18961 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18962
18963 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newsticker" "\
18964 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18965 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18966 running already.
18967
18968 \(fn)" t nil)
18969
18970 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newsticker" "\
18971 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18972
18973 \(fn)" t nil)
18974
18975 ;;;***
18976 \f
18977 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18978 ;;;;;; (18430 56738))
18979 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18980
18981 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18982 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18983
18984 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18985
18986 ;;;***
18987 \f
18988 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18379
18989 ;;;;;; 50048))
18990 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18991
18992 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18993 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18994 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18995 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18996 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18997 symbol in the alist.
18998
18999 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19000
19001 ;;;***
19002 \f
19003 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19004 ;;;;;; (18430 56738))
19005 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19006
19007 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19008 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19009 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19010
19011 \(fn)" t nil)
19012
19013 ;;;***
19014 \f
19015 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19016 ;;;;;; (18430 56739))
19017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19018
19019 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19020 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19021 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19022
19023 \(fn)" t nil)
19024
19025 ;;;***
19026 \f
19027 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19028 ;;;;;; (18430 56739))
19029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19030
19031 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19032 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19033
19034 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19035
19036 ;;;***
19037 \f
19038 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19039 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18430 56739))
19040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19041
19042 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19043 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19044
19045 \(fn)" t nil)
19046
19047 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19048 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19049
19050 \(fn)" t nil)
19051
19052 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19053 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19054
19055 \(fn)" t nil)
19056
19057 ;;;***
19058 \f
19059 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19060 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18308 18231))
19061 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19062
19063 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19064 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19065 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19066
19067 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19068
19069 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19070 Not documented
19071
19072 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19073
19074 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19075 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19076 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19077 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19078 to future sessions.
19079
19080 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19081
19082 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19083 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19084 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19085 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19086 to future sessions.
19087
19088 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19089
19090 ;;;***
19091 \f
19092 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19093 ;;;;;; (18423 50715))
19094 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19095
19096 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19097 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19098 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19099 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19100 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19101 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19102
19103 \(fn)" t nil)
19104
19105 ;;;***
19106 \f
19107 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19108 ;;;;;; (18308 12225))
19109 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19110
19111 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19112 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19113 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19114 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19115
19116 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19117
19118 ;;;***
19119 \f
19120 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18428
19121 ;;;;;; 62657))
19122 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19123
19124 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19125 Major mode for editing XML.
19126
19127 Syntax highlighting is performed unless the variable
19128 `nxml-syntax-highlight-flag' is nil.
19129
19130 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19131 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19132 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19133 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19134 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19135 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19136 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19137
19138 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19139
19140 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19141 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19142
19143 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19144 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19145 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19146 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19147 instead of C-c.
19148
19149 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19150 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19151 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19152 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled. You
19153 can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19154 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19155
19156 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19157 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19158 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19159
19160 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19161 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name). \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char]
19162 inserts the character directly.
19163
19164 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19165 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19166 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19167 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19168 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19169 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19170 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19171 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19172 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19173
19174 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19175
19176 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19177 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19178
19179 \(fn)" t nil)
19180
19181 ;;;***
19182 \f
19183 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19184 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18311 46913))
19185 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19186
19187 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19188 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19189 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19190 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19191
19192 \(fn)" t nil)
19193
19194 ;;;***
19195 \f
19196 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19197 ;;;;;; (18308 18252))
19198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19199
19200 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19201 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19202 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19203
19204 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19205
19206 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19207 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19208
19209 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19210 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19211 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19212
19213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19214
19215 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19216
19217 ;;;***
19218 \f
19219 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19220 ;;;;;; (18460 45361))
19221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19222
19223 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19224 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19225
19226 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19227 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19228 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19229 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19230
19231 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19232 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19233 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19234 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19235 is why you need this mode!).
19236
19237 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19238 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19239 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19240
19241 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19242
19243 Keybindings
19244 ===========
19245
19246 \\{octave-mode-map}
19247
19248 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19249 ==============================================
19250
19251 `octave-auto-indent'
19252 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19253 Default is nil.
19254
19255 `octave-auto-newline'
19256 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19257 Default is nil.
19258
19259 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19260 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19261 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19262
19263 `octave-block-offset'
19264 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19265 Default is 2.
19266
19267 `octave-continuation-offset'
19268 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19269 Default is 4.
19270
19271 `octave-continuation-string'
19272 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19273 Default is a backslash.
19274
19275 `octave-send-echo-input'
19276 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19277 command to the inferior Octave process.
19278
19279 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19280 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19281 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19282
19283 `octave-send-echo-input'
19284 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19285
19286 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19287
19288 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19289 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19290
19291 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19292
19293 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19294 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19295
19296 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19297 (lambda ()
19298 (abbrev-mode 1)
19299 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19300
19301 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19302 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19303 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19304 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19305
19306 \(fn)" t nil)
19307
19308 ;;;***
19309 \f
19310 ;;;### (autoloads (org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb org-open-link-from-string
19311 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19312 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19313 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19314 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (18454 27733))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19316
19317 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19318 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19319 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19320
19321 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19322 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19323 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19324 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19325 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19326 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19327 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19328 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19329 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19330 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19331
19332 The following commands are available:
19333
19334 \\{org-mode-map}
19335
19336 \(fn)" t nil)
19337
19338 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19339 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19340
19341 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19342 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19343 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19344 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19345 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19346
19347 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19348 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19349 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19350 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19351 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19352 and zoom in further.
19353 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19354
19355 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19356 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19357 is negative, go up that many levels.
19358
19359 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19360 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19361 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19362
19363 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19364 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19365 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19366
19367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19368
19369 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19370 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19371
19372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19373
19374 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19375 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19376 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19377 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19378 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19379 of Org-mode).
19380
19381 M-up Move entry/item up
19382 M-down Move entry/item down
19383 M-left Promote
19384 M-right Demote
19385 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19386 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19387 M-S-left Promote subtree
19388 M-S-right Demote subtree
19389 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19390 C-c ^ Sort entries
19391 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19392 TAB Cycle item visibility
19393 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19394 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19395 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19396
19397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19398
19399 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19400 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19401
19402 \(fn)" nil nil)
19403
19404 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19405 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19406 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19407 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19408 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19409
19410 \(fn)" nil nil)
19411
19412 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19413 Not documented
19414
19415 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19416
19417 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19418 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19419 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19420 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19421
19422 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19423 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19424 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19425
19426 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19427
19428 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19429 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19430 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19431
19432 \(fn)" t nil)
19433
19434 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19435 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19436 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19437 Org-mode syntax.
19438
19439 \(fn)" t nil)
19440
19441 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19442 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19443
19444 \(fn S &optional ARG)" t nil)
19445
19446 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
19447 Use `iswitchb-read-buffer' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19448 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19449 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19450
19451 Due to some yet unresolved reason, global function
19452 `iswitchb-mode' needs to be active for this function to work.
19453
19454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19455
19456 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19457 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19458 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19459 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19460
19461 \(fn)" t nil)
19462
19463 ;;;***
19464 \f
19465 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19466 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19467 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19468 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19469 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (18454 28497))
19470 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19471
19472 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19473 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19474 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19475 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19476
19477 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19478 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19479 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19480 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19481 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19482 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19483 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19484 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19485 e Export views to associated files.
19486
19487 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19488 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19489 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19490
19491 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19492 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19493 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19494 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19495 \(if active).
19496
19497 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19498
19499 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19500 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19501 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19502 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19503 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19504 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19505 before running the agenda command.
19506
19507 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19508
19509 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19510 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19511 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19512 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19513 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19514 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19515 before running the agenda command.
19516
19517 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19518 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19519
19520 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19521
19522 category The category of the item
19523 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19524 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19525 todo selected in TODO match
19526 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19527 diary imported from diary
19528 deadline a deadline on given date
19529 scheduled scheduled on given date
19530 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19531 closed entry was closed on given date
19532 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19533 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19534 block entry has date block including g. date
19535 todo The todo keyword, if any
19536 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19537 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19538 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19539 extra Sting with extra planning info
19540 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19541 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19542 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19543
19544 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19545
19546 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19547 Not documented
19548
19549 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19550
19551 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19552 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19553
19554 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19555
19556 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19557 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19558 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19559 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19560
19561 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19562 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19563 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19564 agenda instead.
19565
19566 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19567 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19568 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19569
19570 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19571 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19572
19573 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19574
19575 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19576 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19577 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19578 search only the headlines.
19579
19580 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19581 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19582 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19583 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19584 EDIT-AT.
19585
19586 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19587 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19588 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19589 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19590 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19591
19592 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19593 that must or must not match in the entry.
19594
19595 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19596 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19597 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19598 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19599
19600 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19601 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19602
19603 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19604
19605 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19606 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19607 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19608 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19609 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19610 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19611
19612 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19613
19614 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19615 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19616 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19617
19618 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19619
19620 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19621 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19622 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19623 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19624 `org-stuck-projects'.
19625 MATCH is being ignored.
19626
19627 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19628
19629 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19630 Return diary information from org-files.
19631 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19632 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19633 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19634 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19635
19636 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19637 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19638 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19639
19640 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19641
19642 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19643 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19644 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19645 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19646
19647 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19648 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19649 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19650
19651 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19652 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19653 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19654 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19655
19656 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19657
19658 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19659
19660 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19661 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19662
19663 &%%(org-diary)
19664
19665 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19666 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19667 So the example above may also be written as
19668
19669 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19670
19671 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19672 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19673 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19674
19675 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19676
19677 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19678 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19679 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19680
19681 \(fn)" t nil)
19682
19683 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19684 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19685 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19686 appointements.
19687
19688 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19689 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19690
19691 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19692 for filtering entries out.
19693
19694 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19695 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19696
19697 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19698 (category \"Work\"))
19699
19700 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19701 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19702
19703 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19704
19705 ;;;***
19706 \f
19707 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19708 ;;;;;; (18454 38539))
19709 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19710
19711 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19712 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19713
19714 \(fn)" nil nil)
19715
19716 ;;;***
19717 \f
19718 ;;;### (autoloads (org-get-clocktable) "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
19719 ;;;;;; (18454 38539))
19720 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19721
19722 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19723 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19724 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19725 fontified, and then returned.
19726
19727 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19728
19729 ;;;***
19730 \f
19731 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
19732 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-this-file
19733 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html
19734 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-to-buffer org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open
19735 ;;;;;; org-insert-export-options-template org-export-visible org-export-as-ascii
19736 ;;;;;; org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el" (18454 38540))
19737 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19738
19739 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19740 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19741 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19742 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19743 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19744
19745 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19746 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19747 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19748
19749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19750
19751 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-exp" "\
19752 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19753 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19754 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19755 underlined headlines. The default is 3.
19756
19757 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19758
19759 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19760 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19761 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19762 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19763 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19764 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19765 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19766 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19767 command.
19768
19769 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19770
19771 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19772 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19773
19774 \(fn)" t nil)
19775
19776 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-exp" "\
19777 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19778 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19779 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19780 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19781
19782 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19783
19784 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-exp" "\
19785 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19786 emacs --batch
19787 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19788 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19789 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19790
19791 \(fn)" nil nil)
19792
19793 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-exp" "\
19794 Call `org-exort-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19795 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19796
19797 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19798
19799 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-exp" "\
19800 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19801 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19802 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19803 command to convert it.
19804
19805 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19806
19807 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-exp" "\
19808 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19809 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19810 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19811 cut-and-paste operations.
19812 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19813 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19814 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19815 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19816
19817 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19818
19819 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19820 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19821
19822 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19823
19824 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-exp" "\
19825 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19826 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19827 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19828 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19829 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the HTML buffer.
19830 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19831 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19832 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19833 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19834 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19835 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19836 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19837 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19838 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19839
19840 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19841
19842 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-exp" "\
19843 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19844 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19845 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19846
19847 \(fn)" t nil)
19848
19849 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
19850 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19851 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19852 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19853
19854 \(fn)" t nil)
19855
19856 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
19857 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19858 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19859
19860 \(fn)" t nil)
19861
19862 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-exp" "\
19863 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19864 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19865
19866 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19867
19868 ;;;***
19869 \f
19870 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
19871 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19872 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
19873 ;;;;;; (18452 51882))
19874 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
19875
19876 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
19877 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
19878 emacs --batch
19879 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19880 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19881 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19882
19883 \(fn)" nil nil)
19884
19885 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
19886 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19887 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19888
19889 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19890
19891 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19892 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19893 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19894 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19895 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19896 then use this command to convert it.
19897
19898 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19899
19900 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19901 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19902 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19903 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19904 cut-and-paste operations.
19905 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19906 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19907 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19908 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19909
19910 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19911
19912 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19913 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
19914
19915 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19916
19917 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19918 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19919 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19920 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19921 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19922 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19923 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
19924 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19925 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19926 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19927 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19928 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19929 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19930 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19931 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19932 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19933 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19934
19935 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19936
19937 ;;;***
19938 \f
19939 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19940 ;;;;;; (18452 51882))
19941 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19942
19943 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19944 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19945
19946 \(fn)" nil nil)
19947
19948 ;;;***
19949 \f
19950 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19951 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19952 ;;;;;; (18452 51882))
19953 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19954
19955 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19956 Publish PROJECT.
19957
19958 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19959
19960 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19961 Publish all projects.
19962 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
19963
19964 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19965
19966 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19967 Publish the current file.
19968 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19969
19970 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19971
19972 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19973 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19974 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19975 the project.
19976
19977 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19978
19979 ;;;***
19980 \f
19981 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19982 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19983 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (18454 38540))
19984 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19985
19986 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19987 Setup remember.el for use wiht Org-mode.
19988
19989 \(fn)" nil nil)
19990
19991 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19992 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19993 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19994 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19995 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19996
19997 \(fn)" nil nil)
19998
19999 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20000 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20001 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20002 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20003
20004 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20005
20006 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20007 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20008 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20009 of the remember buffer.
20010
20011 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20012 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20013 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20014 note stored by remember.
20015
20016 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20017 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20018
20019 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20020
20021 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20022 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20023 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
20024 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
20025 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
20026 file the text at a specific location.
20027 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
20028 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
20029 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
20030
20031 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
20032 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
20033 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
20034 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
20035 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
20036 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
20037 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
20038 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
20039
20040 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
20041 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
20042 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
20043 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
20044 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
20045 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
20046
20047 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
20048 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
20049 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
20050
20051 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20052 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20053 \(i.e. after the stars).
20054
20055 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20056
20057 \(fn)" nil nil)
20058
20059 ;;;***
20060 \f
20061 ;;;### (autoloads (orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl) "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
20062 ;;;;;; (18454 38540))
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20064
20065 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20066 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20067
20068 \(fn)" nil nil)
20069
20070 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20071 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20072
20073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20074
20075 ;;;***
20076 \f
20077 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20078 ;;;;;; (18440 60470))
20079 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20080 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20081
20082 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20083 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20084 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20085 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20086
20087 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20088 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20089 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20090 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20091
20092 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20093 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20094 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20095 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20096 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20097 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20098
20099 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20100 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20101 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20102
20103 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20104 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20105 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20106 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20107 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20108 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20109 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20110 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20111 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20112 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20113 The subheadings remain visible.
20114 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20115
20116 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20117 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20118 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20119
20120 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20121 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20122
20123 \(fn)" t nil)
20124
20125 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20126 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20127 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20128 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20129
20130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20131
20132 ;;;***
20133 \f
20134 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18308 18231))
20135 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20136
20137 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20138 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20139 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20141 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20142 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20143
20144 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20145
20146 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20147 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20148 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20149 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20150
20151 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20152 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20153
20154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20155
20156 ;;;***
20157 \f
20158 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20159 ;;;;;; (18430 56726))
20160 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20161
20162 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20163 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20164 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20165 unknown are returned as nil.
20166
20167 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20168
20169 ;;;***
20170 \f
20171 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18329
20172 ;;;;;; 25987))
20173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20174
20175 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20176 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20177 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20178
20179 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20180 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20181
20182 Other useful functions are:
20183
20184 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20185 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20186 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20187 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20188 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20189 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20190 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20191 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20192 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20193
20194 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20195
20196 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20197 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20198 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20199 Indentation for case statements.
20200 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20201 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20202 mark after an end.
20203 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20204 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20205 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20206 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20207 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20208 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20209 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20210 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20211 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20212 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20213
20214 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20215 pascal-separator-keywords.
20216
20217 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20218 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20219
20220 \(fn)" t nil)
20221
20222 ;;;***
20223 \f
20224 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20225 ;;;;;; (18430 56731))
20226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20227
20228 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20229 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20230 The keys affected are:
20231 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20232 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20233 M-Backspace does undo.
20234 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20235 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20236 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20237
20238 \(fn)" t nil)
20239
20240 ;;;***
20241 \f
20242 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20243 ;;;;;; (18308 18239))
20244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20245
20246 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20247 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20248 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20249 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20250 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20251 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20252
20253 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20254
20255 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20256 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20257
20258 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20259
20260 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20261 which modify the status of the mark.
20262
20263 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20264 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20265
20266 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20267 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20268
20269 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20270 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20271 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20272 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20273 turning PC Selection mode on.
20274
20275 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20276 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20277
20278 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20279 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20280 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20281
20282 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20283 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20284 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20285
20286 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20287 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20288
20289 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20290 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20291 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20292
20293 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20294 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20295 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20296
20297 F6 other-window
20298 DELETE delete-char
20299 C-DELETE kill-line
20300 M-DELETE kill-word
20301 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20302 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20303 M-BACKSPACE undo
20304
20305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20306
20307 ;;;***
20308 \f
20309 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18430
20310 ;;;;;; 56716))
20311 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20312
20313 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20314 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20315
20316 \(fn)" nil nil)
20317
20318 ;;;***
20319 \f
20320 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20321 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18430 56716))
20322 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20323
20324 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20325 Completion for `gzip'.
20326
20327 \(fn)" nil nil)
20328
20329 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20330 Completion for `bzip2'.
20331
20332 \(fn)" nil nil)
20333
20334 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20335 Completion for GNU `make'.
20336
20337 \(fn)" nil nil)
20338
20339 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20340 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20341
20342 \(fn)" nil nil)
20343
20344 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20345
20346 ;;;***
20347 \f
20348 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20349 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18430 56716))
20350 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20351
20352 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20353 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20354
20355 \(fn)" nil nil)
20356
20357 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20358 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20359
20360 \(fn)" nil nil)
20361
20362 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20363 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20364
20365 \(fn)" nil nil)
20366
20367 ;;;***
20368 \f
20369 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18430
20370 ;;;;;; 56716))
20371 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20372
20373 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20374 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20375 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20376 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20377 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20378 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20379
20380 \(fn)" nil nil)
20381
20382 ;;;***
20383 \f
20384 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20385 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20386 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18347 58455))
20387 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20388
20389 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20390 Completion for `cd'.
20391
20392 \(fn)" nil nil)
20393
20394 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20395
20396 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20397 Completion for `rmdir'.
20398
20399 \(fn)" nil nil)
20400
20401 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20402 Completion for `rm'.
20403
20404 \(fn)" nil nil)
20405
20406 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20407 Completion for `xargs'.
20408
20409 \(fn)" nil nil)
20410
20411 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20412
20413 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20414 Completion for `which'.
20415
20416 \(fn)" nil nil)
20417
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20419 Completion for the `chown' command.
20420
20421 \(fn)" nil nil)
20422
20423 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20424 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20425
20426 \(fn)" nil nil)
20427
20428 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20429 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20430
20431 \(fn)" nil nil)
20432
20433 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20434 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20435 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20436
20437 \(fn)" nil nil)
20438
20439 ;;;***
20440 \f
20441 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20442 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20443 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18430
20444 ;;;;;; 56716))
20445 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20446
20447 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20448 Support extensible programmable completion.
20449 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20450 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20451
20452 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20453
20454 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20455 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20456
20457 \(fn)" t nil)
20458
20459 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20460 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20461 This will modify the current buffer.
20462
20463 \(fn)" t nil)
20464
20465 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20466 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20467
20468 \(fn)" t nil)
20469
20470 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20471 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20472 This will modify the current buffer.
20473
20474 \(fn)" t nil)
20475
20476 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20477 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20478
20479 \(fn)" t nil)
20480
20481 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20482 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20483
20484 \(fn)" t nil)
20485
20486 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20487 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20488 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20489 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20490 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20491
20492 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20493
20494 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20495 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20496
20497 \(fn)" nil nil)
20498
20499 ;;;***
20500 \f
20501 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20502 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20503 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18317 48012))
20504 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20505
20506 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20507 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20508 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20509 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20510
20511 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20512
20513 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20514
20515 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20516 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20517 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20518 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20519 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20520 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20521 FLAGS is ignored.
20522
20523 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20524
20525 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20526 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20527 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20528 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20529 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20530 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20531 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20532 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20533
20534 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20535
20536 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20537 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20538 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20539 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20540 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20541 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20542 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20543 passed to cvs.
20544
20545 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20546
20547 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20548 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20549 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20550 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20551 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20552 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20553 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20554
20555 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20556
20557 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20558
20559 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20560 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20561 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20562
20563 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20564
20565 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20566 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20567 A value of nil means never do it.
20568 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20569 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20570 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20571
20572 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20573
20574 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20575 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20576 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20577
20578 ;;;***
20579 \f
20580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18447 48783))
20581 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20582
20583 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20584
20585 ;;;***
20586 \f
20587 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20588 ;;;;;; (18421 44881))
20589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20590 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20591 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20592 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20593 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20594 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20595 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20596
20597 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20598 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20599 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20600 Tab indents for Perl code.
20601 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20602 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20603 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20604 \\{perl-mode-map}
20605 Variables controlling indentation style:
20606 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20607 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20608 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20609 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20610 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20611 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20612 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20613 `perl-nochange'
20614 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20615 `perl-indent-level'
20616 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20617 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20618 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20619 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20620 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20621 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20622 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20623 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20624 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20625 `perl-brace-offset'
20626 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20627 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20628 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20629 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20630 `perl-label-offset'
20631 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20632 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20633 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20634
20635 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20636 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20637 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20638 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20639 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20640 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20641 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20642
20643 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20644
20645 \(fn)" t nil)
20646
20647 ;;;***
20648 \f
20649 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20650 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20651 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20652 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18430 56716))
20653 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20654
20655 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20656 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20657
20658 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20659
20660 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20661 passphrase cache or user.
20662
20663 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20664
20665 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20666 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20667
20668 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20669 cache or user.
20670
20671 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20672
20673 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20674 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20675
20676 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20677 the region.
20678
20679 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20680 passphrase cache or user.
20681
20682 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20683
20684 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20685 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20686
20687 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20688
20689 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20690 the region.
20691
20692 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20693 passphrase cache or user.
20694
20695 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20696
20697 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20698 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20699
20700 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20701 passphrase cache or user.
20702
20703 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20704
20705 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20706 Decrypt the current buffer.
20707
20708 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20709 the region.
20710
20711 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20712 passphrase cache or user.
20713
20714 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20715
20716 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20717 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20718
20719 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20720 a detached signature.
20721
20722 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20723 and the output is displayed.
20724
20725 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20726 passphrase cache or user.
20727
20728 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20729
20730 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20731 Sign the current buffer.
20732
20733 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20734 detached signature.
20735
20736 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20737 within the region.
20738
20739 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20740 and the output is displayed.
20741
20742 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20743 passphrase cache or user.
20744
20745 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20746
20747 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20748 Verify the current region between START and END.
20749 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20750 the detached signature of the current region.
20751
20752 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20753 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20754
20755 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20756
20757 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20758 Verify the current buffer.
20759 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20760 the detached signature of the current region.
20761 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20762 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20763 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20764 within the region.
20765
20766 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20767
20768 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20769 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20770
20771 \(fn)" t nil)
20772
20773 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20774 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20775
20776 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20777
20778 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20779 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20780
20781 \(fn)" t nil)
20782
20783 ;;;***
20784 \f
20785 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20786 ;;;;;; (18430 56716))
20787 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20788
20789 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20790 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20791
20792 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20793
20794 ;;;***
20795 \f
20796 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20797 ;;;;;; (18430 56744))
20798 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20799
20800 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20801 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20802 \\<picture-mode-map>
20803 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20804 afterwards settable by these commands:
20805
20806 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20807 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20808 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20809 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20810
20811 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20812 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20813 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20814 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20815
20816 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20817 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20818 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20819 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20820
20821 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20822 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20823 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20824 with these commands:
20825
20826 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20827 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20828 Move to column following last
20829 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20830 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20831 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20832 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20833 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20834 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20835
20836 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20837
20838 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20839 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20840 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20841 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20842 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20843 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20844
20845 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20846 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20847 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20848 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20849 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20850 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20851 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20852
20853 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20854 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20855 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20856 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20857 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20858 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20859 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20860 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20861
20862 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20863 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20864 by supplying an argument.
20865
20866 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20867
20868 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20869 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20870
20871 \(fn)" t nil)
20872
20873 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20874
20875 ;;;***
20876 \f
20877 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20878 ;;;;;; (18430 56744))
20879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20880
20881 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20882 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20883 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20884
20885 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20886
20887 ;;;***
20888 \f
20889 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18430 56743))
20890 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20891
20892 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20893 Play pong and waste time.
20894 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20895 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20896
20897 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20898
20899 \\{pong-mode-map}
20900
20901 \(fn)" t nil)
20902
20903 ;;;***
20904 \f
20905 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20906 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20907 ;;;;;; (18450 36211))
20908 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20909
20910 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20911 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20912 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20913 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20914
20915 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20916
20917 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20918 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20919
20920 \(fn)" nil nil)
20921
20922 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20923 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20924 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20925 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20926 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20927
20928 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20929
20930 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20931 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20932 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20933
20934 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20935
20936 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20937 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20938
20939 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20940
20941 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20942 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20943 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20944 Ignores leading comment characters.
20945
20946 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20947
20948 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20949 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20950 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20951 Ignores leading comment characters.
20952
20953 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20954
20955 ;;;***
20956 \f
20957 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20958 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20959 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20960 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20961 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20962 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20963 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20964 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20965 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20966 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20967 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20968 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20969 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20970 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20971 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20972 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20973 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20974 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20975 ;;;;;; (18308 18231))
20976 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20977
20978 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20979 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20980
20981 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20982
20983 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20984
20985 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20986
20987 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20988 Preview directory using ghostview.
20989
20990 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20991 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20992 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20993 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20994
20995 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20996 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20997 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20998 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20999 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21000 file name.
21001
21002 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21003
21004 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21005
21006 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21007 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21008
21009 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21010 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21011 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21012 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21013
21014 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21015 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21016 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21017 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21018 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21019 file name.
21020
21021 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21022
21023 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21024
21025 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21026 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21027
21028 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21029 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21030 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21031 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21032
21033 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21034 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21035 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21036 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21037 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21038 file name.
21039
21040 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21041
21042 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21043
21044 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21045 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21046
21047 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21048
21049 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21050 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21051 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21052 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21053
21054 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21055 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21056 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21057 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21058 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21059 file name.
21060
21061 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21062
21063 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21064
21065 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21066 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21067
21068 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21069 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21070 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21071
21072 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21073 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21074 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21075 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21076
21077 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21078
21079 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21080 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21081
21082 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21083 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21084 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21085
21086 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21087 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21088 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21089 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21090
21091 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21092
21093 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21094 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21095
21096 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21097 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21098 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21099
21100 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21101 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21102 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21103 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21104
21105 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21106
21107 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21108 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21109
21110 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21111
21112 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21113 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21114 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21115
21116 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21117 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21118 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21119 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21120
21121 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21122
21123 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21124 Preview region using ghostview.
21125
21126 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21127
21128 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21129
21130 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21131 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21132
21133 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21134
21135 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21136
21137 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21138 Print region using PostScript printer.
21139
21140 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21141
21142 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21143
21144 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21145 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21146
21147 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21148
21149 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21150
21151 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21152 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21153
21154 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21155
21156 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21157
21158 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21159 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21160
21161 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21162
21163 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21164
21165 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21166 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21167
21168 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21169
21170 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21171
21172 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21173 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21174
21175 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21176
21177 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21178
21179 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21180 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21181 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21182 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21183
21184 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21185 matching.
21186
21187 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21188 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21189
21190 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21191
21192 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21193
21194 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21195 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21196 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21197 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21198
21199 \(fn)" t nil)
21200
21201 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21202 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21203 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21204 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21205
21206 \(fn)" t nil)
21207
21208 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21209 Print directory using text printer.
21210
21211 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21212 matching.
21213
21214 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21215 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21216
21217 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21218
21219 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21220
21221 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21222 Print buffer using text printer.
21223
21224 \(fn)" t nil)
21225
21226 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21227 Print region using text printer.
21228
21229 \(fn)" t nil)
21230
21231 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21232 Print major mode using text printer.
21233
21234 \(fn)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21237 Preview spooled PostScript.
21238
21239 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21240 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21241 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21242
21243 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21244 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21245 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21246
21247 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21248
21249 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21250 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21251
21252 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21253 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21254 instead of sending it to the printer.
21255
21256 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21257 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21258 image in a file with that name.
21259
21260 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21261
21262 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21263 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21264
21265 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21266 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21267 instead of sending it to the printer.
21268
21269 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21270 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21271 image in a file with that name.
21272
21273 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21274
21275 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21276 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21277
21278 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21279 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21280 instead of sending it to the printer.
21281
21282 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21283 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21284 image in a file with that name.
21285
21286 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21287
21288 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21289 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21290
21291 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21292
21293 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21294 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21295
21296 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21297
21298 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21299 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21300
21301 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21302
21303 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21304 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21305
21306 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21307
21308 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21309 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21310
21311 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21312
21313 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21314 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21315
21316 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21317 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21318 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21319 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21320
21321 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21322 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21323 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21324 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21325 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21326 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21327 file name.
21328
21329 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21330
21331 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21332 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21333
21334 \(fn)" t nil)
21335
21336 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21337 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21338
21339 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21340 right.
21341 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21342 bottom.
21343
21344 \(fn)" t nil)
21345
21346 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21347 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21348
21349 \(fn)" t nil)
21350
21351 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21352 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21353
21354 \(fn)" t nil)
21355
21356 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21357 Toggle printing with faces.
21358
21359 \(fn)" t nil)
21360
21361 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21362 Toggle spooling.
21363
21364 \(fn)" t nil)
21365
21366 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21367 Toggle duplex.
21368
21369 \(fn)" t nil)
21370
21371 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21372 Toggle tumble.
21373
21374 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21375 right.
21376 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21377 bottom.
21378
21379 \(fn)" t nil)
21380
21381 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21382 Toggle landscape.
21383
21384 \(fn)" t nil)
21385
21386 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21387 Toggle upside-down.
21388
21389 \(fn)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21392 Toggle line number.
21393
21394 \(fn)" t nil)
21395
21396 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21397 Toggle zebra stripes.
21398
21399 \(fn)" t nil)
21400
21401 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21402 Toggle printing header.
21403
21404 \(fn)" t nil)
21405
21406 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21407 Toggle printing header frame.
21408
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21412 Toggle menu lock.
21413
21414 \(fn)" t nil)
21415
21416 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21417 Toggle auto region.
21418
21419 \(fn)" t nil)
21420
21421 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21422 Toggle auto mode.
21423
21424 \(fn)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21427 Customization of the `printing' group.
21428
21429 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21432 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21433
21434 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21435
21436 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21437 Help for the printing package.
21438
21439 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21440
21441 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21442 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21443
21444 \(fn)" t nil)
21445
21446 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21447 Interactively select a text printer.
21448
21449 \(fn)" t nil)
21450
21451 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21452 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21453
21454 \(fn)" t nil)
21455
21456 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21457 Show current ps-print settings.
21458
21459 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21462 Show current printing settings.
21463
21464 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21465
21466 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21467 Show current lpr settings.
21468
21469 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21470
21471 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21472 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21473
21474 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21475 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21476 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21477 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21478
21479
21480 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21481
21482 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21483 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21484 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21485
21486 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21487 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21488 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21489 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21490 current active printer.
21491
21492 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21493 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21494 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21495 printer.
21496
21497 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21498 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21499 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21500 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21501 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21502
21503
21504 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21505 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21506
21507 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21508
21509 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21510 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21511 be done using the new current active printer.
21512
21513 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21514 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21515 printer.
21516
21517 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21518 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21519 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21520 instead of sending it to the printer.
21521
21522 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21523 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21524 printer.
21525
21526 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21527
21528
21529 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21530 are both set to t.
21531
21532 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21533
21534 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21535 Fast fire function for text printing.
21536
21537 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21538 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21539 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21540 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21541
21542 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21543 user for a new active text printer.
21544
21545 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21546
21547 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21548
21549 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21550 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21551 printer.
21552
21553 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21554
21555 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21556 are both set to t.
21557
21558 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21559
21560 ;;;***
21561 \f
21562 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (18437 28847))
21563 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21564
21565 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21566 Mode for displaying UNIX system processes and sending signals to them.
21567 Type \\[proced-mark-process] to mark a process for later commands.
21568 Type \\[proced-send-signal] to send signals to marked processes.
21569
21570 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21571 information will be displayed but not selected.
21572
21573 \\{proced-mode-map}
21574
21575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21576
21577 ;;;***
21578 \f
21579 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21580 ;;;;;; (18308 18252))
21581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21582
21583 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21584 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21585 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21586 Commands:
21587 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21588 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21589 if that value is non-nil.
21590
21591 \(fn)" t nil)
21592
21593 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21594
21595 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21596 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21597 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21598
21599 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21600
21601 ;;;***
21602 \f
21603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18430 56716))
21604 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21605
21606 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21607 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21608 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21609
21610 ;;;***
21611 \f
21612 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18438
21613 ;;;;;; 62505))
21614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21615
21616 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21617 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21618
21619 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21620
21621 The following variables hold user options, and can
21622 be set through the `customize' command:
21623
21624 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21625 `ps-mode-tab'
21626 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21627 `ps-mode-print-function'
21628 `ps-run-prompt'
21629 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21630 `ps-run-x'
21631 `ps-run-dumb'
21632 `ps-run-init'
21633 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21634 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21635
21636 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21637
21638
21639 \\{ps-mode-map}
21640
21641
21642 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21643 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21644 The keymap for this second window is:
21645
21646 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21647
21648
21649 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21650 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21651 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21652 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21653 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21654
21655 \(fn)" t nil)
21656
21657 ;;;***
21658 \f
21659 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21660 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21661 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21662 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21663 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21664 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18365
21665 ;;;;;; 14955))
21666 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21667
21668 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21669 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21670 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21671
21672 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21673
21674 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21675 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21676 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21677 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21678
21679 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21680
21681 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21682 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21683
21684 Valid values are:
21685
21686 nil Do not print colors.
21687
21688 t Print colors.
21689
21690 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21691 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21692
21693 Any other value is treated as t.")
21694
21695 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21696
21697 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21698 Customization of ps-print group.
21699
21700 \(fn)" t nil)
21701
21702 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21703 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21704
21705 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21706 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21707 sending it to the printer.
21708
21709 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21710 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21711 image in a file with that name.
21712
21713 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21714
21715 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21716 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21717 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21718 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21719 so it has a way to determine color values.
21720
21721 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21722
21723 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21724 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21725 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21726
21727 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21728
21729 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21730 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21731 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21732 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21733 so it has a way to determine color values.
21734
21735 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21736
21737 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21738 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21739 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21740 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21741
21742 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21743
21744 \(fn)" t nil)
21745
21746 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21747 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21748 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21749 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21750 so it has a way to determine color values.
21751
21752 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21753
21754 \(fn)" t nil)
21755
21756 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21757 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21758 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21759
21760 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21761
21762 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21763
21764 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21765 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21766 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21767 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21768 so it has a way to determine color values.
21769
21770 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21771
21772 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21773
21774 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21775 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21776
21777 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21778 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21779 instead of sending it to the printer.
21780
21781 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21782 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21783 image in a file with that name.
21784
21785 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21786
21787 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21788 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21789 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21790 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21791 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21792
21793 \(fn)" t nil)
21794
21795 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21796 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21797 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21798
21799 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21800
21801 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21802 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21803 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21804
21805 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21806
21807 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21808 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21809
21810 \(fn)" nil nil)
21811
21812 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21813 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21814
21815 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21816 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21817
21818 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21819 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21820
21821 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21822
21823 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21824
21825 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21826
21827 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21828 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21829
21830 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21831 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21832
21833 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21834 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21835
21836 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21837
21838 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21839
21840 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21841
21842 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21843 foreground and background colors respectively.
21844
21845 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21846 bold - use bold font.
21847 italic - use italic font.
21848 underline - put a line under text.
21849 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21850 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21851 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21852 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21853 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21854
21855 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21856
21857 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21858
21859 ;;;***
21860 \f
21861 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21862 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18454 10943))
21863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21864
21865 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
21866
21867 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
21868
21869 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
21870
21871 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21872 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21873 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21874 buffer automatically.
21875
21876 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21877 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21878 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21879 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21880 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21881 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21882 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21883
21884 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21885 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21886 buffer for a list of commands.)
21887
21888 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21889
21890 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21891 Major mode for editing Python files.
21892 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21893 for correct parsing of the source.
21894 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21895 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21896 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21897
21898 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21899 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21900 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21901 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21902 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21903 \\<python-mode-map>
21904 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21905 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21906 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21907 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21908 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21909 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21910
21911 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21912 effect outside them.
21913
21914 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21915 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21916 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21917 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21918 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21919 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21920 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21921 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21922 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21923
21924 \\{python-mode-map}
21925
21926 \(fn)" t nil)
21927
21928 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21929 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21930 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21931 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21932
21933 \(fn)" t nil)
21934
21935 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21936 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21937 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21938 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21939 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21940 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21941
21942 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21943 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21944 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21945 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21946 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21947 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21948 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21949
21950 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21951 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21952 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21953 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21954 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21955
21956 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21957 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21958 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21959 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21960 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21961 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21962 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21963 mode.
21964
21965 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21966 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21967 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21968 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21969 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21970 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21971 filter.
21972
21973 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21974
21975 ;;;***
21976 \f
21977 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21978 ;;;;;; (18430 56739))
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21980
21981 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21982 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21983 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21984 coding-system.
21985
21986 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21987 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21988
21989 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21990 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21991 them into characters should be done separately.
21992
21993 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21994
21995 ;;;***
21996 \f
21997 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21998 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21999 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22000 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22001 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18450 37828))
22002 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22003
22004 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22005 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22006
22007 \(fn)" nil nil)
22008
22009 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22010 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22011 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22012
22013 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22014 `quail-activate', which see.
22015
22016 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22017
22018 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22019 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22020 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22021 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22022 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22023 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22024 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22025
22026 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22027 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22028 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22029 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22030 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22031 shown.
22032 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22033
22034 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22035 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22036 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22037 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22038 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22039 list of candidates.
22040
22041 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22042 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22043 command to be called.
22044
22045 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22046 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22047 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22048 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22049
22050 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22051 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22052 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22053 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22054 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22055 to t.
22056
22057 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22058 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22059 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22060 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22061
22062 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22063 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22064 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22065 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22066
22067 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22068 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22069 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22070 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22071 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22072 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22073
22074 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22075 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22076 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22077 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22078 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22079 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22080
22081 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22082 covers Quail translation region.
22083
22084 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22085 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22086 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22087 for it) is inserted.
22088
22089 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22090 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22091 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22092
22093 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22094 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22095 non-Quail commands.
22096
22097 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22098
22099 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22100 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22101
22102 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22103 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22104 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22105 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22106 you type is correctly handled.
22107
22108 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22109
22110 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22111 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22112
22113 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22114 keyboard type.
22115
22116 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22117
22118 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22119 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22120 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22121 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22122 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22123 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22124 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22125 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22126 for the translation.
22127 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22128
22129 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22130 it is used to handle KEY.
22131
22132 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22133 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22134 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22135 the following annotation types are supported.
22136
22137 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22138 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22139
22140 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22141 candidate list.
22142
22143 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22144 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22145 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22146 inserted.
22147
22148 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22149 generated for the following translations.
22150
22151 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22152
22153 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22154 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22155
22156 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22157 which to install MAP.
22158
22159 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22160
22161 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22162
22163 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22164 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22165
22166 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22167 which to install MAP.
22168
22169 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22170
22171 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22172
22173 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22174 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22175 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22176 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22177 a function, or a cons.
22178 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22179 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22180 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22181 for the translation.
22182 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22183 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22184 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22185 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22186 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22187
22188 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22189 it is used to handle KEY.
22190
22191 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22192 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22193 current Quail package.
22194
22195 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22196 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22197
22198 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22199
22200 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22201 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22202
22203 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22204 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22205
22206 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22207
22208 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22209 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22210
22211 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22212
22213 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22214 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22215 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22216 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22217 of the Emacs source tree.
22218
22219 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22220 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22221
22222 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22223 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22224 of each directory.
22225
22226 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22227
22228 ;;;***
22229 \f
22230 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22231 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22232 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18430
22233 ;;;;;; 56742))
22234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22235
22236 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22237 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22238 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22239 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22240
22241 To make use of this do something like:
22242
22243 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22244
22245 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22246
22247 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22248 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22249
22250 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22251 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22252 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22253
22254 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22255
22256 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22257 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22258
22259 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22260
22261 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22262 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22263
22264 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22265 is decided.
22266
22267 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22268
22269 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22270 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22271
22272 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22273 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22274 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22275
22276 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22277
22278 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22279 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22280
22281 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22282
22283 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22284 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22285
22286 \(fn)" t nil)
22287
22288 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22289 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22290
22291 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22292
22293 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22294
22295 \(fn)" t nil)
22296
22297 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22298 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22299
22300 \(fn)" t nil)
22301
22302 ;;;***
22303 \f
22304 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22305 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18369 53783))
22306 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22307
22308 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22309 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22310
22311 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22312
22313 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22314
22315 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22316
22317 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22318
22319 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22320 Not documented
22321
22322 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22323
22324 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22325 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22326 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22327 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22328 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22329 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22330
22331 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22332
22333 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22334 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22335
22336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22337
22338 ;;;***
22339 \f
22340 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18338
22341 ;;;;;; 41976))
22342 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22343
22344 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22345 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22346 See \\[compile].
22347
22348 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22349
22350 ;;;***
22351 \f
22352 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22353 ;;;;;; (18430 56727))
22354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22355
22356 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22357
22358 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22359 Construct a regexp interactively.
22360
22361 \(fn)" t nil)
22362
22363 ;;;***
22364 \f
22365 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18431 55354))
22366 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22367
22368 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22369 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22370 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22372 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22373 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22374
22375 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22376
22377 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22378 Toggle recentf mode.
22379 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22380 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22381
22382 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22383 that were operated on recently.
22384
22385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22386
22387 ;;;***
22388 \f
22389 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22390 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22391 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22392 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18430
22393 ;;;;;; 56717))
22394 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22395
22396 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22397 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22398 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22399 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22400
22401 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22402
22403 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22404
22405 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22406 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22407 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22408 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22409 ends.
22410
22411 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22412 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22413 to be deleted.
22414
22415 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22416
22417 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22418 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22419 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22420
22421 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22422 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22423 deleted.
22424
22425 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22426
22427 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22428 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22429 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22430
22431 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22432
22433 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22434 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22435
22436 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22437 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22438
22439 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22440 deleted.
22441
22442 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22443 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22444 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22445 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22446 even beep.)
22447
22448 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22449
22450 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22451 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22452
22453 \(fn)" t nil)
22454
22455 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22456 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22457 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22458 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22459 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22460 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22461 and point is at the lower right corner.
22462
22463 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22464
22465 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22466 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22467
22468 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22469 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22470
22471 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22472 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22473 on the right side of the rectangle.
22474
22475 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22476
22477 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22478
22479 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22480 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22481 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22482 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22483 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22484
22485 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22486 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22487
22488 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22489
22490 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22491 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22492 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22493
22494 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22495
22496 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22497
22498 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22499
22500 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22501 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22502
22503 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22504 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22505 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22506
22507 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22508
22509 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22510 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22511 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22512
22513 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22514 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22515 rectangle which were empty.
22516
22517 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22518
22519 ;;;***
22520 \f
22521 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18308
22522 ;;;;;; 18254))
22523 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22524
22525 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22526 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22527 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22528
22529 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22530 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22531 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22532
22533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22534
22535 ;;;***
22536 \f
22537 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22538 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18451 36923))
22539 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22540
22541 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22542 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22543
22544 \(fn)" nil nil)
22545
22546 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22547 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22548
22549 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22550 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22551
22552 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22553 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22554 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22555 \\ref macro.
22556
22557 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22558 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22559 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22560
22561 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22562 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22563 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22564
22565 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22566 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22567
22568 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22569 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22570
22571 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22572 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22573 on the menu bar.
22574
22575 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22576
22577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22578
22579 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22580 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22581 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22582
22583 \(fn)" nil nil)
22584
22585 ;;;***
22586 \f
22587 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22588 ;;;;;; (18430 56744))
22589 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22590
22591 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22592 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22593 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22594 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22595 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22596 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22597
22598 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22599
22600 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22601
22602 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22603 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22604 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22605 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22606 `reftex-cite-format'.
22607
22608 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22609 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22610 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22611 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22612
22613 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22614
22615 ;;;***
22616 \f
22617 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22618 ;;;;;; (18452 51366))
22619 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22620
22621 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22622 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22623 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22624 the current TeX document.
22625
22626 With no argument, this command toggles
22627 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22628 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22629
22630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22631
22632 ;;;***
22633 \f
22634 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22635 ;;;;;; (18430 56744))
22636 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22637
22638 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22639 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22640 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22641
22642 To insert new phrases, use
22643 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22644 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22645
22646 To index phrases use one of:
22647
22648 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22649 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22650 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22651 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22652 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22653
22654 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22655 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22656
22657 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22658
22659 Here are all local bindings.
22660
22661 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22662
22663 \(fn)" t nil)
22664
22665 ;;;***
22666 \f
22667 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22668 ;;;;;; (18430 56744))
22669 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22670
22671 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22672 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22673 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22674 of master file.
22675
22676 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22677
22678 ;;;***
22679 \f
22680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18430
22681 ;;;;;; 56744))
22682 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22683 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22684 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22685 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22686 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22687
22688 ;;;***
22689 \f
22690 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22691 ;;;;;; (18428 62657))
22692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22693
22694 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22695 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22696 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22697 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22698 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22699 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22700
22701 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22702 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22703
22704 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22705 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22706
22707 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22708
22709 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22710 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22711 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22712 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22713
22714 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22715
22716 ;;;***
22717 \f
22718 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22719 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22720 ;;;;;; (18454 39133))
22721 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22722
22723 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22724 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22725 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22726 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22727
22728 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22729
22730 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22731
22732 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22733 Call `remember' in another frame.
22734
22735 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22736
22737 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22738 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22739 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22740 application.
22741
22742 \(fn)" t nil)
22743
22744 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22745 Extract diary entries from the region.
22746
22747 \(fn)" nil nil)
22748
22749 ;;;***
22750 \f
22751 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18430 56717))
22752 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22753
22754 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22755 Repeat most recently executed command.
22756 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22757 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22758 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22759
22760 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22761 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22762 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22763 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22764
22765 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22766 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22767 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22768
22769 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22770
22771 ;;;***
22772 \f
22773 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22774 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
22775 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22776
22777 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22778 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22779
22780 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22781 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22782 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22783 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22784 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22785 and point is left after the salutation.
22786
22787 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22788 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22789 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22790 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22791 left after that text.
22792
22793 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22794 is non-nil.
22795
22796 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22797 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22798 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22799 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22800
22801 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22802
22803 ;;;***
22804 \f
22805 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22806 ;;;;;; (18430 56717))
22807 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22808
22809 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22810 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22811 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22812 visibility of comments that precede it.
22813 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22814 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22815 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22816 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22817 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22818 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22819 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22820 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22821 the comment lines.
22822 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22823 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22824 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22825 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22826 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22827
22828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22829
22830 ;;;***
22831 \f
22832 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18430
22833 ;;;;;; 56717))
22834 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22835
22836 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
22837 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22838
22839 \(fn)" nil nil)
22840
22841 ;;;***
22842 \f
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22844 ;;;;;; (18308 18231))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22846
22847 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22848 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22849 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22850
22851 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22852 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22853 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22854
22855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22856
22857 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22858 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22859 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22860 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22861 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22862 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22863
22864 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22865
22866 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22867 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22868 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22869
22870 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22871 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22872 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22873
22874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22875
22876 ;;;***
22877 \f
22878 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22879 ;;;;;; (18430 56727))
22880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22881
22882 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22883 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22884
22885 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22886
22887 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22888 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22889
22890 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22891
22892 ;;;***
22893 \f
22894 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18430 56742))
22895 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22896 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22897
22898 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22899 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22900 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22901 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22902
22903 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22904
22905 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22906 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22907 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22908 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22909
22910 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22911 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22912
22913 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22914 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22915
22916 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22917 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22918 INPUT-ARGS.
22919
22920 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22921 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22922 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22923 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22924 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22925
22926 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22927 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22928 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22929 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22930
22931 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22932 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22933 variable.
22934
22935 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22936
22937 ;;;***
22938 \f
22939 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22940 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22941 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22942 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22943 ;;;;;; rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers
22944 ;;;;;; rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p)
22945 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18430 56742))
22946 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22947
22948 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22949 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22950 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22951
22952 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22953
22954 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22955 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22956 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22957 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22958
22959 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22960
22961 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22962 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22963 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22964 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22965 value is the user's email address and name.)
22966 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22967
22968 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22969 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22970 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22971 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22972 which normally happens once for each message,
22973 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22974 To make a change in this variable take effect
22975 for a message that you have already viewed,
22976 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22977
22978 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22979
22980 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22981 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22982 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22983 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22984
22985 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22986
22987 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22988 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22989
22990 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22991
22992 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22993 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22994 A value of nil means don't highlight.")
22995
22996 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22997
22998 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22999 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
23000
23001 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
23002
23003 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23004 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23005 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23006 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23007 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23008
23009 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23010
23011 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
23012 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
23013 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
23014 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
23015
23016 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
23017
23018 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23019 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23020
23021 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23022
23023 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23024 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23025
23026 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23027
23028 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
23029 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
23030
23031 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
23032
23033 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23034 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23035
23036 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
23037 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
23038
23039 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23040 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23041
23042 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23043
23044 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
23045 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
23046
23047 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
23048 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
23049 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
23050 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
23051
23052 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23053 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23054
23055 This is set to nil by default.")
23056
23057 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
23058 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
23059 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
23060 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
23061 until a user explicitly requires it.
23062
23063 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23064 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23065 in your session.")
23066
23067 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
23068
23069 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23070 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23071 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23072 It is called with no argument.")
23073
23074 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23075 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23076 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23077 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23078 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23079 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23080 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23081
23082 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23083 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23084 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23085 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23086 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23087 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23088
23089 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23090 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23091 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23092 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23093 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23094
23095 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23096 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23097 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23098 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23099 MSG is the message number,
23100 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23101 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23102
23103 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23104 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23105 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23106 this feature is required with `require'.
23107
23108 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23109 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23110
23111 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23112 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23113 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23114 the message is decoded as normal way.
23115
23116 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23117 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23118 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23119
23120 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23121 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23122 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23123
23124 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23125 Read and edit incoming mail.
23126 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23127 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23128 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23129
23130 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23131 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23132 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23133 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23134
23135 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23136
23137 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23138
23139 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23140 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23141 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23142 Instead, these commands are available:
23143
23144 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23145 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23146 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23147 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23148 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23149 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23150 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23151 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23152 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23153 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23154 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23155 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23156 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23157 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23158 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23159 till a deleted message is found.
23160 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23161 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23162 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23163 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23164 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23165 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23166 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23167 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23168 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23169 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23170 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23171 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23172 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23173 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23174 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23175 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23176 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23177 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23178 (label defaults to last one specified).
23179 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23180 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23181 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23182 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23183 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23184 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23185 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23186 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23187 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23188
23189 \(fn)" t nil)
23190
23191 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23192 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23193
23194 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23195
23196 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23197 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23198
23199 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23200
23201 ;;;***
23202 \f
23203 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23204 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
23205 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23206
23207 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23208 Edit the contents of this message.
23209
23210 \(fn)" t nil)
23211
23212 ;;;***
23213 \f
23214 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23215 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23216 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18430 56742))
23217 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23218
23219 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23220 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23221 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23222
23223 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23224
23225 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23226 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23227 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23228
23229 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23230
23231 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23232 Not documented
23233
23234 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23235
23236 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23237 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23238 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23239 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23240 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23241
23242 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23243
23244 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23245 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23246 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23247 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23248 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23249
23250 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23251
23252 ;;;***
23253 \f
23254 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23255 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
23256 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23257
23258 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23259 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23260 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23261 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23262
23263 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23264
23265 ;;;***
23266 \f
23267 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23268 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23269 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18430 56742))
23270 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23271
23272 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23273 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23274 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23275 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23276 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23277 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23278 a file name as a string.")
23279
23280 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23281
23282 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23283 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23284 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23285 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23286 buffer visiting that file.
23287 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23288 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23289
23290 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23291 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23292
23293 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23294 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23295
23296 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23297 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23298
23299 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23300
23301 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23302 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23303
23304 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23305
23306 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23307 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23308 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23309 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23310 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23311
23312 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23313 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23314 will be appended with their original headers.
23315
23316 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23317 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23318
23319 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23320 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23321
23322 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23323
23324 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23325
23326 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23327 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23328 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23329
23330 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23331
23332 ;;;***
23333 \f
23334 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23335 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23336 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18430
23337 ;;;;;; 56742))
23338 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23339
23340 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23341 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23342 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23343
23344 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23345
23346 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23347 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23348 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23349
23350 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23351
23352 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23353 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23354 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23355
23356 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23357
23358 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23359 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23360 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23361
23362 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23363
23364 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23365 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23366 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23367
23368 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23369
23370 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23371 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23372 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23373
23374 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23375
23376 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23377 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23378 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23379 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23380
23381 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23382
23383 ;;;***
23384 \f
23385 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23386 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23387 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23388 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23389 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18430 56742))
23390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23391
23392 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23393 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23394
23395 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23396
23397 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23398 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23399
23400 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23401
23402 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23403 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23404
23405 \(fn)" t nil)
23406
23407 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23408 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23409 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23410
23411 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23412
23413 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23414 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23415 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23416 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23417 only look in the To and From fields.
23418 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23419
23420 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23421
23422 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23423 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23424 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23425 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23426 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23427
23428 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23429
23430 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23431 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23432 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23433 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23434 look in the whole message.
23435 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23436
23437 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23438
23439 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23440 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23441 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23442
23443 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23444
23445 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23446 *Function to decode summary-line.
23447
23448 By default, `identity' is set.")
23449
23450 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23451
23452 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23453 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23454 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23455 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23456 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23457 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23458 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23459
23460 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23461 sent by you under different user names.
23462 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23463
23464 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23465
23466 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23467
23468 ;;;***
23469 \f
23470 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23471 ;;;;;; (18308 12226))
23472 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23473
23474 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23475 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23476 Return a pattern.
23477
23478 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23479
23480 ;;;***
23481 \f
23482 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23483 ;;;;;; (18382 6320))
23484 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23485
23486 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23487 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23488 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23489 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23490
23491 \(fn)" t nil)
23492
23493 ;;;***
23494 \f
23495 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23496 ;;;;;; (18308 12226))
23497 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23498
23499 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23500 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23501
23502 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23503 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23504 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23505 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23506 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23507 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23508 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23509 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23510 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23511 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending..
23512
23513 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23514 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23515 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23516 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23517 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23518 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23519 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23520 to use for finding the schema.
23521
23522 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23523
23524 ;;;***
23525 \f
23526 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18308
23527 ;;;;;; 12226))
23528 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23529
23530 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23531
23532 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23533 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library. NAME is a
23534 symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a list of
23535 pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol giving
23536 the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving its
23537 value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error passing
23538 it arguments in the same style as format; the value from rng-dt-error
23539 will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The first member of
23540 the list is t if any string is a legal value for the datatype and nil
23541 otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this symbol will be
23542 called as a function passing it a string followed by the remaining
23543 members of the list. The function must return an object representing
23544 the value of the datatype that was represented by the string, or nil
23545 if the string is not a representation of any value. The object
23546 returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided that, if two
23547 strings represent the same value, the returned objects must be equal.
23548
23549 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23550
23551 ;;;***
23552 \f
23553 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23554 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18339 46187))
23555 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23556
23557 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23558 Define a robin package.
23559
23560 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23561 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23562 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23563 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23564
23565 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23566 one replaces the old one.
23567
23568 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23569
23570 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23571 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23572
23573 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23574 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23575 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23576
23577 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23578
23579 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23580 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23581
23582 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23583
23584 ;;;***
23585 \f
23586 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23587 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18430 56717))
23588 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23589
23590 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23591 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23592
23593 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23594
23595 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23596 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23597
23598 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23599
23600 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23601 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23602
23603 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23604
23605 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23606 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23607 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23608
23609 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23610 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23611 in ROT13.
23612
23613 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23614
23615 \(fn)" t nil)
23616
23617 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23618 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23619
23620 \(fn)" t nil)
23621
23622 ;;;***
23623 \f
23624 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18430
23625 ;;;;;; 56717))
23626 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23627
23628 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23629 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23630
23631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23632
23633 ;;;***
23634 \f
23635 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18308
23636 ;;;;;; 18238))
23637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23638
23639 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23640 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23641 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23642 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23643
23644 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23645
23646 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23647 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23648 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23649 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23650
23651 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23652 notation.
23653
23654 STRING
23655 matches string STRING literally.
23656
23657 CHAR
23658 matches character CHAR literally.
23659
23660 `not-newline', `nonl'
23661 matches any character except a newline.
23662
23663 `anything'
23664 matches any character
23665
23666 `(any SET ...)'
23667 `(in SET ...)'
23668 `(char SET ...)'
23669 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23670 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23671 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23672
23673 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23674 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23675 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23676 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23677
23678 `(not (any SET ...))'
23679 matches any character not in SET ...
23680
23681 `line-start', `bol'
23682 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23683 in the text being matched
23684
23685 `line-end', `eol'
23686 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23687
23688 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23689 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23690 string being matched against.
23691
23692 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23693 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23694 string being matched against.
23695
23696 `buffer-start'
23697 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23698 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23699
23700 `buffer-end'
23701 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23702 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23703
23704 `point'
23705 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23706
23707 `word-start', `bow'
23708 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23709
23710 `word-end', `eow'
23711 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23712
23713 `word-boundary'
23714 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23715 word.
23716
23717 `(not word-boundary)'
23718 `not-word-boundary'
23719 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23720 word.
23721
23722 `symbol-start'
23723 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23724
23725 `symbol-end'
23726 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23727
23728 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23729 matches 0 through 9.
23730
23731 `control', `cntrl'
23732 matches ASCII control characters.
23733
23734 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23735 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23736
23737 `blank'
23738 matches space and tab only.
23739
23740 `graphic', `graph'
23741 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23742 space, and DEL.
23743
23744 `printing', `print'
23745 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23746 and DEL.
23747
23748 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23749 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23750 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23751
23752 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23753 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23754 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23755
23756 `ascii'
23757 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23758
23759 `nonascii'
23760 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23761
23762 `lower', `lower-case'
23763 matches anything lower-case.
23764
23765 `upper', `upper-case'
23766 matches anything upper-case.
23767
23768 `punctuation', `punct'
23769 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23770 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23771
23772 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23773 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23774
23775 `word', `wordchar'
23776 matches anything that has word syntax.
23777
23778 `not-wordchar'
23779 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23780
23781 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23782 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23783 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23784 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23785
23786 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23787 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23788 `word' (\\sw)
23789 `symbol' (\\s_)
23790 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23791 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23792 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23793 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23794 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23795 `escape' (\\s\\)
23796 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23797 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23798 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23799 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23800 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23801
23802 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23803 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23804
23805 `(category CATEGORY)'
23806 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23807 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23808
23809 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23810 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23811 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23812 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23813 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23814 `symbol' (\\c5)
23815 `digit' (\\c6)
23816 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23817 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23818 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23819 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23820 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23821 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23822 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23823 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23824 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23825 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23826 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23827 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23828 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23829 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23830 `ascii' (\\ca)
23831 `arabic' (\\cb)
23832 `chinese' (\\cc)
23833 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23834 `greek' (\\cg)
23835 `korean' (\\ch)
23836 `indian' (\\ci)
23837 `japanese' (\\cj)
23838 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23839 `latin' (\\cl)
23840 `lao' (\\co)
23841 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23842 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23843 `thai' (\\ct)
23844 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23845 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23846 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23847 `can-break' (\\c|)
23848
23849 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23850 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23851
23852 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23853 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23854 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23855 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23856 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23857
23858 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23859 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23860 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23861 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23862
23863 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23864 another name for `submatch'.
23865
23866 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23867 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23868 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23869 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23870 regular expression.
23871
23872 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23873 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23874 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23875 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23876 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23877
23878 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23879 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23880
23881 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23882 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23883
23884 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23885 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23886 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23887
23888 `(* SEXP ...)'
23889 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23890 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23891
23892 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23893 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23894 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23895
23896 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23897 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23898 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23899
23900 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23901 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23902
23903 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23904 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23905
23906 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23907 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23908 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23909 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23910
23911 `(? SEXP ...)'
23912 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23913
23914 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23915 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23916
23917 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23918 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23919 matches N occurrences.
23920
23921 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23922 matches N or more occurrences.
23923
23924 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23925 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23926 matches N to M occurrences.
23927
23928 `(backref N)'
23929 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23930
23931 `(backref N)'
23932 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23933
23934 `(backref N)'
23935 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23936
23937 `(eval FORM)'
23938 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23939 `regexp-quote' it.
23940
23941 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23942 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23943
23944 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23945
23946 ;;;***
23947 \f
23948 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23949 ;;;;;; (18446 18113))
23950 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23951
23952 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23953 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23954 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23955 interface.")
23956
23957 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23958
23959 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23960 Toggle savehist-mode.
23961 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23962 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23963 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23964 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23965
23966 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23967 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23968 which is probably undesirable.
23969
23970 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23971
23972 ;;;***
23973 \f
23974 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23975 ;;;;;; (18445 21166))
23976 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23977
23978 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23979 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23980 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23981
23982 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23983 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23984 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23985 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23986 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23987 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23988 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23989 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23990
23991 Commands:
23992 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23993 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23994 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23995 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23996 if that value is non-nil.
23997
23998 \(fn)" t nil)
23999
24000 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24001 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24002 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24003
24004 Commands:
24005 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24006 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24007 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24008 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24009 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24010 that variable's value is a string.
24011
24012 \(fn)" t nil)
24013
24014 ;;;***
24015 \f
24016 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24017 ;;;;;; (18430 56739))
24018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24019
24020 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24021 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24022 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24023
24024 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24025
24026 \(fn)" t nil)
24027
24028 ;;;***
24029 \f
24030 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24031 ;;;;;; (18430 56717))
24032 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24033
24034 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24035 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24036 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24038 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24039 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24040
24041 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24042
24043 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24044 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24045 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24046 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24047 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24048
24049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24050
24051 ;;;***
24052 \f
24053 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24054 ;;;;;; (18308 18232))
24055 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24056
24057 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24058 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24059 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24060 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24061 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24062 during scrolling.
24063
24064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24065
24066 ;;;***
24067 \f
24068 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24069 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24070 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24071 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24072 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24073 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24074 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24075 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24076 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18339 58501))
24077 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24078
24079 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24080 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24081
24082 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24083 king@grassland.com
24084 If `parens', they look like:
24085 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24086 If `angles', they look like:
24087 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24088 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24089 derived from the envelope-from address.
24090
24091 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24092 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24093 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24094 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24095
24096 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24097
24098 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24099 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24100 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24101 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24102
24103 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24104 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24105 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24106 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24107
24108 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24109
24110 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24111 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24112 This is done when the message is initialized,
24113 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24114
24115 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24116
24117 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
24118 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24119 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24120
24121 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24122
24123 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24124
24125 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24126 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24127 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24128 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24129 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24130 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24131 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24132
24133 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24134
24135 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24136 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24137
24138 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24139
24140 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24141 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24142 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24143
24144 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24145
24146 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24147 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24148 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24149 when you first send mail.")
24150
24151 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24152
24153 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24154 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24155 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24156 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24157 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24158
24159 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24160
24161 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24162 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24163 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24164 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24165 This file need not actually exist.")
24166
24167 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24168
24169 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24170 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24171 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24172
24173 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24174
24175 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24176 Alist of mail address aliases,
24177 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24178 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24179 can specify a different file name.)
24180 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24181 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24182
24183 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24184 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24185 nil means use indentation.")
24186
24187 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24188
24189 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24190 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24191 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24192
24193 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24194
24195 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24196 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24197 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24198 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24199 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24200 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24201 in the cited portion of the message.
24202
24203 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24204 instead of no action.")
24205
24206 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24207
24208 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24209 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24210 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24211 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24212 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24213
24214 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24215
24216 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24217 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24218 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24219 If a string, that string is inserted.
24220 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24221 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24222 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24223 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24224
24225 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24226
24227 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24228 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24229
24230 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24231
24232 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24233 Directory for mail buffers.
24234 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24235 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24236
24237 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24238
24239 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24240 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24241 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24242 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24243
24244 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24245
24246 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24247 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24248 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24249 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24250 is non-nil.")
24251
24252 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24253
24254 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24255 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24256 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24257 `query' means ask the user each time.
24258 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24259 The default is `mime'.
24260 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24261 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24262
24263 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24264
24265 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24266 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24267 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24268
24269 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24270 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24271
24272 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24273 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24274 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24275 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24276 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24277 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24278 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24279 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24280 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24281 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24282 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24283 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24284 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24285
24286 \(fn)" t nil)
24287
24288 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24289 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24290
24291 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24292 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24293
24294 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24295
24296 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24297 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24298 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24299 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24300 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24301 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24302
24303 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24304 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24305 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24306
24307 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24308 User should not set this variable manually,
24309 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24310 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24311 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24312 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24313
24314 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24315 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24316 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24317 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24318
24319 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24320 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24321
24322 \\<mail-mode-map>
24323 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24324
24325 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24326 to move to message header fields:
24327 \\{mail-mode-map}
24328
24329 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24330 when the message is initialized.
24331
24332 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24333 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24334
24335 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24336 is inserted.
24337
24338 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24339 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24340
24341 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24342 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24343 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24344 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24345 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24346 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24347 buffer without erasing the contents.
24348
24349 The second through fifth arguments,
24350 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24351 the initial contents of those header fields.
24352 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24353 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24354 original message being replied to, or else an action
24355 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24356 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24357 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24358 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24359 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24360 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24361
24362 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24363
24364 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24365 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24366
24367 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24368
24369 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24370 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24371
24372 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24373
24374 ;;;***
24375 \f
24376 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24377 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18448 7269))
24378 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24379
24380 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24381 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24382 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24383 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24384 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24385 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24386
24387 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24388 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24389
24390 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24391
24392 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24393 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24394 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24396 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24397 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24398
24399 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24400
24401 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24402 Toggle Server mode.
24403 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24404 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24405 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24406
24407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24408
24409 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24410 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24411
24412 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24413
24414 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24415 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24416
24417 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24418
24419 ;;;***
24420 \f
24421 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18308 18232))
24422 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24423
24424 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24425 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24426 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24427
24428 Key definitions:
24429 \\{ses-mode-map}
24430 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24431 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24432 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24433 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24434
24435 \(fn)" t nil)
24436
24437 ;;;***
24438 \f
24439 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24440 ;;;;;; (18391 19842))
24441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24442
24443 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24444 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24445 Makes > match <.
24446 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24447 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24448
24449 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24450 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24451 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24452
24453 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24454 in your `.emacs' file.
24455
24456 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24457
24458 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24459 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24460 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24461
24462 \(fn)" t nil)
24463
24464 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24465
24466 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24467 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24468 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24469 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24470 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24471 which this is based.
24472
24473 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24474
24475 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24476 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24477 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24478 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24479
24480 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24481 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24482 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24483
24484 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24485 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24486 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24487 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24488
24489 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24490 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24491 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24492 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24493
24494 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24495
24496 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24497 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24498 To work around that, do:
24499 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24500
24501 \\{html-mode-map}
24502
24503 \(fn)" t nil)
24504
24505 ;;;***
24506 \f
24507 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24508 ;;;;;; (18433 2425))
24509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24510 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24511
24512 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24513 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24514 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24515 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24516 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24517 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24518
24519 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24520 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24521 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24522 shell-specific features.
24523
24524 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24525 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24526 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24527 \\<sh-mode-map>
24528 \\[sh-case] case statement
24529 \\[sh-for] for loop
24530 \\[sh-function] function definition
24531 \\[sh-if] if statement
24532 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24533 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24534 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24535 \\[sh-select] select loop
24536 \\[sh-until] until loop
24537 \\[sh-while] while loop
24538
24539 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24540 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24541 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24542 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24543 would indent to the way it currently is.
24544 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24545 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24546
24547
24548 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24549 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24550 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24551 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24552 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24553 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24554
24555 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24556 {, (, [, ', \", `
24557 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24558
24559 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24560 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24561 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24562
24563 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24564 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24565
24566 \(fn)" t nil)
24567
24568 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24569
24570 ;;;***
24571 \f
24572 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18392 38985))
24573 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24574
24575 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24576 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24577 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24578 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24579 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24580 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24581
24582 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24583
24584 ;;;***
24585 \f
24586 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24587 ;;;;;; (18430 56727))
24588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24589
24590 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24591 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24592
24593 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24594 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24595 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24596 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24597 the earlier.
24598
24599 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24600
24601 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24602
24603 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24604 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24605 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24606
24607 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24608 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24609
24610 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24611 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24612 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24613 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24614 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24615 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24616 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24617 Emacs version).
24618
24619 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24620 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24621 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24622 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24623 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24624
24625 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24626 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24627 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24628
24629 \(fn)" t nil)
24630
24631 ;;;***
24632 \f
24633 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24634 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18430
24635 ;;;;;; 56717))
24636 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24637
24638 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24639 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24640 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24641 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24642 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24643 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24644 sites in the cluster.
24645
24646 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24647
24648 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24649 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24650 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24651 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24652 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24653
24654 \(fn)" t nil)
24655
24656 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24657 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24658 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24659 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24660 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24661 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24662 `shadow-define-cluster').
24663
24664 \(fn)" t nil)
24665
24666 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24667 Set up file shadowing.
24668
24669 \(fn)" t nil)
24670
24671 ;;;***
24672 \f
24673 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24674 ;;;;;; (18421 44878))
24675 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24676
24677 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24678 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24679 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24680 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24681 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24682 arguments.")
24683
24684 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24685
24686 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24687 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24688 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24689 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24690 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24691
24692 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24693 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24694 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24695 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24696 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24697 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24698 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24699 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24700 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24701 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24702 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24703
24704 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24705 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24706 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24707 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24708 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24709 `default-process-coding-system'.
24710
24711 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24712 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24713 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24714 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24715
24716 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24717
24718 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24719 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24720
24721 ;;;***
24722 \f
24723 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24724 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18430 56739))
24725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24726
24727 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24728 Not documented
24729
24730 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24731
24732 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24733 Not documented
24734
24735 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24736
24737 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24738 Not documented
24739
24740 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24741
24742 ;;;***
24743 \f
24744 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24745 ;;;;;; (18430 56739))
24746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24747
24748 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24749 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24750 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24751 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24752 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24753
24754 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24755
24756 \(fn)" t nil)
24757
24758 ;;;***
24759 \f
24760 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18438
24761 ;;;;;; 62505))
24762 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24763
24764 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24765 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24766 \\{simula-mode-map}
24767 Variables controlling indentation style:
24768 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24769 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24770 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24771 `simula-indent-level'
24772 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24773 `simula-substatement-offset'
24774 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24775 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24776 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24777 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24778 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24779 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24780 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24781 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24782 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24783 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24784 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24785 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24786 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24787 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24788 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24789 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24790 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24791 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24792 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24793 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24794 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24795 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24796 or nil if they should not be changed.
24797 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24798 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24799 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24800 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24801
24802 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24803 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24804
24805 \(fn)" t nil)
24806
24807 ;;;***
24808 \f
24809 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24810 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18440 60470))
24811 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24812
24813 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24814 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24815
24816 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24817 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24818 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24819 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24820
24821 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24822
24823 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24824 Insert SKELETON.
24825 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24826 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24827 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24828 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24829 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24830
24831 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24832 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24833
24834 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24835
24836 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24837 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24838
24839 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24840 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24841 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24842 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24843
24844 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24845 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24846 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24847 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24848
24849 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24850 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24851 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24852
24853 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24854 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24855
24856 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24857 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24858
24859 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24860 _ interesting point, interregion here
24861 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24862 interesting point set by _
24863 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24864 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24865 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24866 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24867 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24868 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24869 nil skipped
24870
24871 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24872 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24873
24874 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24875 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24876 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24877 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24878 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24879 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24880 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24881 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24882
24883 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24884 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24885 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24886 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24887 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24888 available:
24889
24890 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24891 then: insert previously read string once more
24892 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24893 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24894 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24895
24896 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24897 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24898
24899 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24900
24901 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24902 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24903
24904 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24905 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24906 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24907 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24908 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24909 such as backslash.
24910
24911 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24912 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24913 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24914
24915 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24916
24917 ;;;***
24918 \f
24919 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24920 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18430 56717))
24921 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24922
24923 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24924 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24925 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24926 buffer names.
24927
24928 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24929
24930 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24931 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24932 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24933
24934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24935
24936 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24937 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24938 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24939
24940 \(fn)" nil nil)
24941
24942 ;;;***
24943 \f
24944 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24945 ;;;;;; (18430 56739))
24946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24947
24948 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24949 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24950 A list of images is returned.
24951
24952 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24953
24954 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24955 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24956 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24957
24958 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24959
24960 ;;;***
24961 \f
24962 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24963 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18430 56742))
24964 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24965
24966 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24967 Not documented
24968
24969 \(fn)" nil nil)
24970
24971 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24972 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24973
24974 \(fn)" t nil)
24975
24976 ;;;***
24977 \f
24978 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18430 56743))
24979 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24980
24981 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24982 Play the Snake game.
24983 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24984
24985 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24986
24987 Snake mode keybindings:
24988 \\<snake-mode-map>
24989 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24990 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24991 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24992 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24993 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24994 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24995 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24996
24997 \(fn)" t nil)
24998
24999 ;;;***
25000 \f
25001 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25002 ;;;;;; (18308 18245))
25003 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25004
25005 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25006 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25007 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25008 Tab indents for C code.
25009 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25010 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25011 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25012 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25013 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25014
25015 \(fn)" t nil)
25016
25017 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25018 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25019 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25020 Tab indents for C code.
25021 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25022 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25023 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25024 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25025 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25026
25027 \(fn)" t nil)
25028
25029 ;;;***
25030 \f
25031 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18426
25032 ;;;;;; 29950))
25033 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25034
25035 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25036 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25037 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25038 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25039 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25040
25041 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25042
25043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25044
25045 ;;;***
25046 \f
25047 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18430
25048 ;;;;;; 56743))
25049 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25050
25051 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25052 Play Solitaire.
25053
25054 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25055 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25056 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25057 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25058 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25059 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25060 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25061 check after each move or undo)
25062
25063 What is Solitaire?
25064
25065 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25066 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25067 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25068
25069 Le Solitaire
25070 ============
25071
25072 o o o
25073
25074 o o o
25075
25076 o o o o o o o
25077
25078 o o o . o o o
25079
25080 o o o o o o o
25081
25082 o o o
25083
25084 o o o
25085
25086 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25087 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25088 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25089 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25090
25091 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25092 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25093 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25094 this: o o .
25095
25096 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25097 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25098
25099 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25100
25101 o o o
25102
25103 . o o
25104
25105 o o . o o o o
25106
25107 o . o o o o o
25108
25109 o o o o o o o
25110
25111 o o o
25112
25113 o o o
25114
25115 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25116
25117 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25118
25119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25120
25121 ;;;***
25122 \f
25123 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25124 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25125 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18430 56717))
25126 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25127 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25128
25129 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25130 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25131
25132 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25133 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25134 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25135 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25136 contiguous.
25137
25138 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25139 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25140 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25141 the sort order.
25142
25143 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25144 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25145
25146 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25147 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25148 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25149 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25150 is called.
25151
25152 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25153 It should move point to the end of the record.
25154
25155 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25156 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25157 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25158 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25159 starts at the beginning of the record.
25160
25161 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25162 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25163 same as ENDRECFUN.
25164
25165 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25166 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25167
25168 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25169
25170 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25171 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25172 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25173 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25174 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25175 the sort order.
25176
25177 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25178
25179 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25180 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25181 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25182 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25183 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25184 the sort order.
25185
25186 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25187
25188 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25189 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25190 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25191 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25192 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25193 the sort order.
25194
25195 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25196 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25197
25198 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25199 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25200 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25201 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25202 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25203 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25204 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25205 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25206 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25207
25208 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25209
25210 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25211 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25212 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25213 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25214 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25215 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25216 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25217 the sort order.
25218
25219 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25220
25221 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25222 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25223 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25224 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25225 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25226 is to be used for sorting.
25227 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25228 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25229 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25230 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25231 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25232
25233 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25234
25235 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25236 the sort order.
25237
25238 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25239 starting with the letter \"f\",
25240 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25241
25242 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25243
25244 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25245 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25246 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25247 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25248 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25249 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25250 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25251 the sort order.
25252
25253 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25254 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25255 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25256 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25257 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25258
25259 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25260
25261 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25262 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25263 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25264
25265 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25266
25267 ;;;***
25268 \f
25269 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18430
25270 ;;;;;; 56739))
25271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25272
25273 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25274 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25275 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25276 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25277 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25278 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25279
25280 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25281
25282 ;;;***
25283 \f
25284 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25285 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25286 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18430 56739))
25287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25288
25289 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25290 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25291
25292 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25293 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25294 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25295
25296 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25297
25298 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25299 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25300 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25301 server.
25302
25303 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25304
25305 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25306 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25307 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25308
25309 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25310
25311 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25312 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25313 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25314 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25315 Agent is plugged.
25316
25317 \(fn)" t nil)
25318
25319 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25320 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25321 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25322 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25323
25324 \(fn)" t nil)
25325
25326 ;;;***
25327 \f
25328 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25329 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18447 41236))
25330 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25331
25332 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25333
25334 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25335 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25336 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25337 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25338 supported at a time.
25339 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25340 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25341
25342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25343
25344 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25345 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25346 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25347 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25348
25349 \(fn)" t nil)
25350
25351 ;;;***
25352 \f
25353 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25354 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18430 56744))
25355 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25356
25357 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25358
25359 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25360 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25361 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25362 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25363 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25364 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25365
25366 \(fn)" t nil)
25367
25368 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25369
25370 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25371 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25372 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25373 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25374
25375 \(fn)" t nil)
25376
25377 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25378
25379 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25380 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25381 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25382 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25383 for example, \"word\".
25384
25385 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25386
25387 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25388
25389 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25390 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25391
25392 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25393
25394 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25395
25396 ;;;***
25397 \f
25398 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18430
25399 ;;;;;; 56743))
25400 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25401
25402 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25403 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25404
25405 \(fn)" t nil)
25406
25407 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25408 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25409
25410 \(fn)" nil nil)
25411
25412 ;;;***
25413 \f
25414 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25415 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25416 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25417 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18430
25418 ;;;;;; 56744))
25419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25420
25421 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25422 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25423
25424 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25425 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25426 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25427 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25428 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25429 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25430 of the current highlighting list.
25431
25432 For example:
25433
25434 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25435 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25436
25437 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25438 `_t' as data types.
25439
25440 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25441
25442 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25443 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25444
25445 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25446 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25447
25448 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25449
25450 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25451 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25452 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25453
25454 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25455
25456 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25457 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25458 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25459 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25460 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25461 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25462 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25463 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25464 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25465
25466 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25467
25468 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25469 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25470 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25471 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25472
25473 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25474 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25475 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25476 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25477
25478 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25479 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25480 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25481
25482 \(fn)" t nil)
25483
25484 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25485 Major mode to edit SQL.
25486
25487 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25488 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25489 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25490
25491 \\{sql-mode-map}
25492 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25493
25494 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25495 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25496 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25497 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25498 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25499 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25500
25501 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25502 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25503
25504 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25505 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25506 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25507
25508 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25509 (lambda ()
25510 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25511
25512 \(fn)" t nil)
25513
25514 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25515 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25516
25517 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25518 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25519 `*SQL*'.
25520
25521 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25522
25523 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25524
25525 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25526 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25527
25528 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25529 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25530 `*SQL*'.
25531
25532 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25533 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25534 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25535 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25536
25537 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25538 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25539
25540 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25541 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25542 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25543 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25544 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25545 `default-process-coding-system'.
25546
25547 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25548
25549 \(fn)" t nil)
25550
25551 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25552 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25553
25554 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25555 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25556 `*SQL*'.
25557
25558 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25559 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25560 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25561 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25562
25563 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25564 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25565
25566 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25567 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25568 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25569 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25570 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25571 `default-process-coding-system'.
25572
25573 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25574
25575 \(fn)" t nil)
25576
25577 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25578 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25579
25580 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25581 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25582 `*SQL*'.
25583
25584 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25585 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25586
25587 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25588 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25589
25590 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25591 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25592 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25593 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25594 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25595 `default-process-coding-system'.
25596
25597 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25598
25599 \(fn)" t nil)
25600
25601 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25602 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25603
25604 SQLite is free software.
25605
25606 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25607 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25608 `*SQL*'.
25609
25610 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25611 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25612 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25613 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25614
25615 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25616 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25617
25618 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25619 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25620 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25621 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25622 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25623 `default-process-coding-system'.
25624
25625 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25626
25627 \(fn)" t nil)
25628
25629 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25630 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25631
25632 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25633
25634 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25635 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25636 `*SQL*'.
25637
25638 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25639 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25640 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25641 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25642
25643 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25644 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25645
25646 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25647 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25648 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25649 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25650 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25651 `default-process-coding-system'.
25652
25653 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25654
25655 \(fn)" t nil)
25656
25657 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25658 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25659
25660 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25661 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25662 `*SQL*'.
25663
25664 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25665 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25666 defaults, if set.
25667
25668 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25669 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25670
25671 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25672 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25673 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25674 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25675 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25676 `default-process-coding-system'.
25677
25678 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25679
25680 \(fn)" t nil)
25681
25682 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25683 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25684
25685 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25686 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25687 `*SQL*'.
25688
25689 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25690 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25691
25692 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25693 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25694
25695 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25696 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25697 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25698 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25699 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25700 `default-process-coding-system'.
25701
25702 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25703
25704 \(fn)" t nil)
25705
25706 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25707 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25708
25709 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25710 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25711 `*SQL*'.
25712
25713 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25714 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25715 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25716 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25717
25718 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25719 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25720
25721 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25722 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25723 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25724 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25725 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25726 `default-process-coding-system'.
25727
25728 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25729
25730 \(fn)" t nil)
25731
25732 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25733 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25734
25735 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25736 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25737 `*SQL*'.
25738
25739 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25740 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25741 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25742 `sql-postgres-options'.
25743
25744 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25745 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25746
25747 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25748 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25749 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25750 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25751 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25752 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25753 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25754 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25755
25756 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25757 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25758
25759 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25760
25761 \(fn)" t nil)
25762
25763 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25764 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25765
25766 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25767 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25768 `*SQL*'.
25769
25770 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25771 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25772 defaults, if set.
25773
25774 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25775 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25776
25777 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25778 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25779 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25780 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25781 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25782 `default-process-coding-system'.
25783
25784 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25785
25786 \(fn)" t nil)
25787
25788 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25789 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25790
25791 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25792 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25793 `*SQL*'.
25794
25795 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25796 automatic login.
25797
25798 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25799 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25800
25801 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25802 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25803 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25804 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25805
25806 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25807 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25808 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25809 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25810 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25811 `default-process-coding-system'.
25812
25813 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25814
25815 \(fn)" t nil)
25816
25817 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25818 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25819
25820 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25821 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25822 `*SQL*'.
25823
25824 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25825 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25826 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25827 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25828 parameters.
25829
25830 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25831 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25832 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25833 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25834 an empty password.
25835
25836 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25837 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25838
25839 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25840
25841 \(fn)" t nil)
25842
25843 ;;;***
25844 \f
25845 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25846 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25847 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25848 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25849 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18430
25850 ;;;;;; 56717))
25851 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25852
25853 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25854 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25855 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25856 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25857 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25858 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25859
25860 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25861
25862 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25863
25864 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25865 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25866 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25867 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25868 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25869 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25870 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25871
25872 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25873
25874 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25875 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25876 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25877 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25878 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25879 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25880 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25881
25882 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25883
25884 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25885 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25886 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25887
25888 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25889
25890 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25891 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25892 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25893
25894 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25895
25896 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25897 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25898
25899 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25900
25901 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25902 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25903
25904 \(fn)" t nil)
25905
25906 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25907 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25908
25909 \(fn)" t nil)
25910
25911 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25912 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25913 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25914 chronologically by command name.
25915 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25916
25917 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25918
25919 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25920 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25921 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25924 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25925
25926 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25927
25928 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25929 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25930 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25931 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25932 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25933 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25934 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25935
25936 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25937 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25938 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25939 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25940
25941 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25942
25943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25944
25945 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25946 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25947 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25948 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25949
25950 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25951
25952 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25953 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25954
25955 \(fn)" t nil)
25956
25957 ;;;***
25958 \f
25959 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25960 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (18430 56743))
25961 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25962
25963 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25964 Studlify-case the region.
25965
25966 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25967
25968 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25969 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25970
25971 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25972
25973 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25974 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25975
25976 \(fn)" t nil)
25977
25978 ;;;***
25979 \f
25980 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25981 ;;;;;; (18391 2104))
25982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25983
25984 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25985 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25986 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25987 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25988 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25989 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25990 original message but it does require a few things:
25991
25992 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25993
25994 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25995 reply buffer.
25996
25997 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25998 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25999 original message.
26000
26001 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26002
26003 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26004
26005 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26006 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26007 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26008
26009 \(fn)" nil nil)
26010
26011 ;;;***
26012 \f
26013 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26014 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18373 9602))
26015 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26016
26017 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26018 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26019 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26020 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26021 `complete-symbol'.
26022 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26023 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26024
26025 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26026 determining which symbols are considered.
26027
26028 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26029 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26030 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26031 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26032
26033 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26034
26035 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26036 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26037 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26038 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26039 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26040 completion:
26041
26042 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26043 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26044 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26045 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26046
26047 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26048
26049 ;;;***
26050 \f
26051 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18327
26052 ;;;;;; 53885))
26053 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26054
26055 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26056
26057 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode nil "\
26058 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26059 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26061 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26062 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26063
26064 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26065
26066 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26067 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26068 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26069 otherwise turn it off.
26070
26071 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26072 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26073 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26074
26075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26076
26077 ;;;***
26078 \f
26079 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18308 18232))
26080 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26081
26082 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26083 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26084 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26085 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26086 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26087
26088 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26089
26090 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26091 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26092 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26093 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26094 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26095 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26096 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26097
26098 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26099
26100 ;;;***
26101 \f
26102 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26103 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26104 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26105 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26106 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26107 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26108 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26109 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26110 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26111 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26112 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26113 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26114 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18448 7274))
26115 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26116
26117 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26118 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26119 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26120
26121 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26122
26123 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26124 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26125
26126 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26127
26128 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26129 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26130
26131 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26132
26133 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26134 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26135
26136 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26137
26138 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26139 Insert an editable text table.
26140 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26141 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26142 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26143 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26144 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26145 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26146 delimiting them.
26147
26148 Examples:
26149
26150 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26151
26152 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26153 location of point.
26154
26155 -!-
26156
26157 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26158 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26159 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26160 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26161 first cell.
26162
26163 +-----+-----+-----+
26164 |-!- | | |
26165 +-----+-----+-----+
26166
26167 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26168
26169 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26170 width, which results as
26171
26172 +--------------+-----+-----+
26173 |-!- | | |
26174 +--------------+-----+-----+
26175
26176 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26177 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26178
26179 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26180 | | |-!- |
26181 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26182
26183 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26184 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26185 width information to `table-insert'.
26186
26187 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26188
26189 instead of
26190
26191 Cell width(s): 5
26192
26193 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26194 work all together.
26195
26196 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26197 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26198
26199 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26200 |-!- | | |
26201 | | | |
26202 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26203
26204 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26205
26206 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26207 |-!- | | |
26208 | | | |
26209 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26210 | | | |
26211 | | | |
26212 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26213
26214 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26215
26216 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26217 | | | |
26218 | | | |
26219 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26220 | | | |
26221 | | | |
26222 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26223 -!-
26224
26225 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26226 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26227 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26228
26229 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26230 | | | |
26231 | | | |
26232 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26233 | | | |
26234 | | | |
26235 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26236 |-!- | | |
26237 | | | |
26238 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26239
26240 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26241 results.
26242
26243 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26244 | | | |
26245 | | | |
26246 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26247 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26248 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26249 | | |expected results.-!- |
26250 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26251 | | | |
26252 | | | |
26253 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26254
26255 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26256
26257 \\{table-cell-map}
26258
26259 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26260
26261 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26262 Insert N table row(s).
26263 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26264 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26265 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26266 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26267
26268 \(fn N)" t nil)
26269
26270 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26271 Insert N table column(s).
26272 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26273 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26274 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26275 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26276
26277 \(fn N)" t nil)
26278
26279 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26280 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26281 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26282
26283 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26284
26285 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26286 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26287 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26288 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26289 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26290 all the table specific features.
26291
26292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26293
26294 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26295 Not documented
26296
26297 \(fn)" t nil)
26298
26299 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26300 Recognize all tables within region.
26301 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26302 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26303 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26304 specific features.
26305
26306 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26307
26308 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26309 Not documented
26310
26311 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26312
26313 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26314 Recognize a table at point.
26315 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26316 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26317 the table specific features.
26318
26319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26320
26321 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26322 Not documented
26323
26324 \(fn)" t nil)
26325
26326 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26327 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26328 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26329 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26330 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26331 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26332 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26333
26334 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26335
26336 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26337 Not documented
26338
26339 \(fn)" t nil)
26340
26341 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26342 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26343 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26344 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26345 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26346 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26347 specified.
26348
26349 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26350
26351 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26352 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26353 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26354 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26355 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26356 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26357 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26358 table structure.
26359
26360 \(fn N)" t nil)
26361
26362 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26363 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26364 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26365 table's rectangle structure.
26366
26367 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26368
26369 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26370 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26371 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26372 table's rectangle structure.
26373
26374 \(fn N)" t nil)
26375
26376 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26377 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26378 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26379 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26380 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26381
26382 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26383
26384 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26385 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26386 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26387
26388 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26389 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26390 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26391 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26392 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26393 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26394 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26395
26396 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26397 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26398 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26399 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26400 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26401 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26402 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26403
26404 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26405 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26406 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26407 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26408 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26409 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26410 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26411 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26412
26413 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26414
26415 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26416 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26417 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26418 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26419
26420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26421
26422 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26423 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26424 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26425
26426 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26427
26428 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26429 Split current cell vertically.
26430 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26431
26432 \(fn)" t nil)
26433
26434 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26435 Split current cell horizontally.
26436 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26437
26438 \(fn)" t nil)
26439
26440 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26441 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26442 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26443
26444 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26445
26446 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26447 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26448 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26449 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26450
26451 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26452
26453 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26454 Justify cell contents.
26455 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26456 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26457 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26458 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26459
26460 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26461
26462 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26463 Justify cells of a row.
26464 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26465 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26466
26467 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26468
26469 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26470 Justify cells of a column.
26471 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26472 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26473
26474 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26475
26476 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26477 Toggle fixing width mode.
26478 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26479 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26480 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26481
26482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26483
26484 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26485 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26486 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26487 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26488 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26489 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26490 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26491 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26492 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26493 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26494 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26495
26496 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26497
26498 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26499 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26500 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26501 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26502 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26503 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26504 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26505 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26506 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26507 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26508 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26509 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26510 untouched.
26511
26512 References used for this implementation:
26513
26514 HTML:
26515 http://www.w3.org
26516
26517 LaTeX:
26518 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26519
26520 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26521 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26522 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26523
26524 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26525
26526 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26527 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26528 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26529 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26530 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26531 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26532 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26533 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26534 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26535 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26536 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26537 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26538 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26539 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26540 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26541 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26542 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26543
26544 Example:
26545
26546 (progn
26547 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26548 (table-forward-cell 15)
26549 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26550 (table-forward-cell 16)
26551 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26552 (table-forward-cell 1)
26553 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26554
26555 (progn
26556 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26557 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26558 (table-forward-cell 1)
26559 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26560
26561 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26562
26563 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26564 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26565 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26566 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26567 consists from cells of same height.
26568
26569 \(fn N)" t nil)
26570
26571 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26572 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26573 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26574 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26575 column must consists from cells of same width.
26576
26577 \(fn N)" t nil)
26578
26579 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26580 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26581 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26582 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26583 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26584 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26585 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26586 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26587 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26588 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26589 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26590 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26591 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26592 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26593 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26594
26595
26596 Example 1:
26597
26598 1, 2, 3, 4
26599 5, 6, 7, 8
26600 , 9, 10
26601
26602 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26603 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26604 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26605 specified as 5.
26606
26607 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26608 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26609 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26610 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26611 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26612 | | 9 | 10 | |
26613 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26614
26615 Note:
26616
26617 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26618 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26619 of each row is optional.
26620
26621
26622 Example 2:
26623
26624 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26625 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26626 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26627 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26628 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26629
26630 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26631 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26632
26633 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26634 expression and raw delimiter regular
26635 expression, it parses the specified text
26636 area and extracts cell items from
26637 non-table text and then forms a table out
26638 of them.
26639
26640 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26641 creates a single cell table. The text in
26642 the specified region is placed in that
26643 cell.-*-
26644
26645 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26646 like this.
26647
26648 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26649 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26650 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26651 | |
26652 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26653 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26654 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26655 | area and extracts cell items from |
26656 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26657 | of them. |
26658 | |
26659 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26660 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26661 | the specified region is placed in that |
26662 | cell. |
26663 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26664
26665 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26666 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26667 independently.
26668
26669 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26670 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26671 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26672 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26673 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26674 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26675 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26676 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26677 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26678 | |of them. |
26679 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26680 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26681 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26682 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26683 | |cell. |
26684 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26685
26686 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26687 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26688 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26689
26690 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26691
26692 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26693 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26694 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26695 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26696 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26697
26698 \(fn)" t nil)
26699
26700 ;;;***
26701 \f
26702 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18430 56717))
26703 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26704
26705 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26706 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26707
26708 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26709
26710 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26711 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26712
26713 \(fn)" t nil)
26714
26715 ;;;***
26716 \f
26717 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18448 7269))
26718 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26719
26720 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26721 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26722 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26723 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26724 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26725 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26726 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26727
26728 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26729 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26730 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26731 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26732
26733 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26734 \\{tar-mode-map}
26735
26736 \(fn)" t nil)
26737
26738 ;;;***
26739 \f
26740 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26741 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18308 18253))
26742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26743
26744 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26745 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26746 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26747 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26748 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26749 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26750
26751 Variables controlling indentation style:
26752 `tcl-indent-level'
26753 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26754 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26755 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26756
26757 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26758 documentation for details):
26759 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26760 Controls action of TAB key.
26761 `tcl-auto-newline'
26762 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26763 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26764 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26765 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26766 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26767
26768 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26769 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26770 already exist.
26771
26772 Commands:
26773 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26774
26775 \(fn)" t nil)
26776
26777 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26778 Run inferior Tcl process.
26779 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26780 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26781
26782 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26783
26784 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26785 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26786 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26787
26788 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26789
26790 ;;;***
26791 \f
26792 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18430 56742))
26793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26794 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26795
26796 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26797 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26798 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26799 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26800
26801 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26802 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26803 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26804 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26805 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26806
26807 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26808 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26809
26810 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26811 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26812 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26813 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26814
26815 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26816
26817 ;;;***
26818 \f
26819 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18445
26820 ;;;;;; 21163))
26821 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26822
26823 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26824 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26825 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26826 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26827 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26828 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26829
26830 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26831
26832 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26833 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26834 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26835 commands to use in that buffer.
26836
26837 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26838
26839 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26840
26841 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26842 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26843
26844 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26845
26846 ;;;***
26847 \f
26848 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18430
26849 ;;;;;; 56717))
26850 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26851
26852 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26853 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26854 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26855 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26856 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26857 program as keyboard input.
26858
26859 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26860 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26861 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26862 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26863
26864 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26865 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26866 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26867 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26868 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26869
26870 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26871
26872 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26873 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26874 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26875 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26876
26877 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26878 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26879 subprocess started.
26880
26881 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26882
26883 ;;;***
26884 \f
26885 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26886 ;;;;;; (18430 56728))
26887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26888
26889 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26890 Start coverage on function under point.
26891
26892 \(fn)" t nil)
26893
26894 ;;;***
26895 \f
26896 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18430 56743))
26897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26898
26899 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26900 Play the Tetris game.
26901 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26902 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26903 as to form complete rows.
26904
26905 tetris-mode keybindings:
26906 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26907 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26908 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26909 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26910 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26911 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26912 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26913 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26914 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26915
26916 \(fn)" t nil)
26917
26918 ;;;***
26919 \f
26920 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26921 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26922 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26923 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26924 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26925 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26926 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26927 ;;;;;; (18381 60905))
26928 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26929
26930 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26931 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26932
26933 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26934
26935 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26936 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26937 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26938 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26939 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26940
26941 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26942
26943 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26944 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26945 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26946 if it matches the first line of the file,
26947 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26948
26949 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26950
26951 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26952 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26953 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26954 if the variable is non-nil.")
26955
26956 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26957
26958 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26959 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26960
26961 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26962
26963 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26964 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26965 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26966 See the documentation of that variable.")
26967
26968 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26969
26970 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26971 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26972 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26973 See the documentation of that variable.")
26974
26975 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26976
26977 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26978 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26979 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26980 See the documentation of that variable.")
26981
26982 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26983
26984 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26985 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26986 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26987 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26988 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26989
26990 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26991
26992 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26993 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26994 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26995 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26996
26997 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26998
26999 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27000 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27001 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27002
27003 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27004
27005 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27006 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27007 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27008 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27009
27010 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27011
27012 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27013 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27014 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27015 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27016
27017 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27018
27019 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27020 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27021 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27022 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27023
27024 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27025 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27026 for example,
27027
27028 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27029 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27030
27031 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27032 use.")
27033
27034 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27035
27036 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27037 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27038 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27039 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27040 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27041
27042 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27043
27044 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27045
27046 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27047 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27048 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27049
27050 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27051
27052 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27053 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27054 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27055 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27056 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27057
27058 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27059
27060 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27061 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27062
27063 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27064
27065 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27066 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27067
27068 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27069
27070 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27071 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27072 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27073 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27074 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27075 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27076 says which mode to use.
27077
27078 \(fn)" t nil)
27079
27080 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27081
27082 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27083
27084 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27085
27086 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27087 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27088 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27089 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27090 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27091
27092 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27093 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27094 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27095 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27096 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27097 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27098 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27099
27100 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27101 mismatched $'s or braces.
27102
27103 Special commands:
27104 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27105
27106 Mode variables:
27107 tex-run-command
27108 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27109 tex-directory
27110 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27111 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27112 tex-dvi-print-command
27113 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27114 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27115 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27116 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27117 tex-dvi-view-command
27118 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27119 tex-show-queue-command
27120 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27121 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27122
27123 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27124 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27125 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27126
27127 \(fn)" t nil)
27128
27129 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27130 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27131 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27132 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27133 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27134
27135 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27136 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27137 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27138 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27139 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27140 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27141 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27142
27143 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27144 mismatched $'s or braces.
27145
27146 Special commands:
27147 \\{latex-mode-map}
27148
27149 Mode variables:
27150 latex-run-command
27151 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27152 tex-directory
27153 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27154 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27155 tex-dvi-print-command
27156 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27157 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27158 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27159 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27160 tex-dvi-view-command
27161 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27162 tex-show-queue-command
27163 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27164 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27165
27166 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27167 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27168 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27169
27170 \(fn)" t nil)
27171
27172 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27173 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27174 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27175 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27176 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27177
27178 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27179 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27180 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27181 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27182 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27183 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27184 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27185
27186 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27187 mismatched $'s or braces.
27188
27189 Special commands:
27190 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27191
27192 Mode variables:
27193 slitex-run-command
27194 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27195 tex-directory
27196 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27197 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27198 tex-dvi-print-command
27199 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27200 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27201 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27202 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27203 tex-dvi-view-command
27204 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27205 tex-show-queue-command
27206 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27207 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27208
27209 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27210 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27211 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27212 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27213
27214 \(fn)" t nil)
27215
27216 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27217 Not documented
27218
27219 \(fn)" nil nil)
27220
27221 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27222 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27223
27224 \(fn)" t nil)
27225
27226 ;;;***
27227 \f
27228 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27229 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18308 18254))
27230 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27231
27232 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27233 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27234 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27235 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27236
27237 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27238 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27239 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27240
27241 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27242
27243 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27244 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27245 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27246 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27247 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27248
27249 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27250
27251 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27252 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27253 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27254 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27255
27256 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27257 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27258 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27259 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27260
27261 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27262 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27263
27264 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27265
27266 ;;;***
27267 \f
27268 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27269 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18308 18254))
27270 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27271
27272 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27273 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27274
27275 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27276
27277 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27278 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27279
27280 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27281
27282 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27283 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27284
27285 It has these extra commands:
27286 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27287
27288 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27289 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27290 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27291 modified version of TeX input format.
27292
27293 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27294 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27295 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27296 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27297
27298 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27299 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27300 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27301 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27302 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27303 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27304 in the Texinfo file.
27305
27306 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27307 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27308 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27309 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27310 move forward past the closing brace.
27311
27312 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27313 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27314
27315 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27316 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27317 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27318
27319 Here are the functions:
27320
27321 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27322 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27323 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27324
27325 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27326 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27327 texinfo-master-menu
27328
27329 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27330
27331 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27332 which menu descriptions are indented.
27333
27334 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27335 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27336 in the region.
27337
27338 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27339 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27340 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27341 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27342
27343 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27344 be the first node in the file.
27345
27346 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27347 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27348
27349 \(fn)" t nil)
27350
27351 ;;;***
27352 \f
27353 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27354 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27355 ;;;;;; (18430 56741))
27356 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27357
27358 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27359 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27360 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27361 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27362
27363 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27364
27365 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27366 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27367
27368 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27369
27370 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27371 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27372
27373 \(fn)" t nil)
27374
27375 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27376 Not documented
27377
27378 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27379
27380 ;;;***
27381 \f
27382 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27383 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27384 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18308 18232))
27385 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27386
27387 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27388 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27389
27390 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27391
27392 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27393 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27394 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27395 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27396 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27397
27398 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27399 a symbol as a valid THING.
27400
27401 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27402 of the textual entity that was found.
27403
27404 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27405
27406 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27407 Return the THING at point.
27408 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27409 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27410 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27411
27412 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27413 a symbol as a valid THING.
27414
27415 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27416
27417 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27418 Not documented
27419
27420 \(fn)" nil nil)
27421
27422 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27423 Not documented
27424
27425 \(fn)" nil nil)
27426
27427 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27428 Not documented
27429
27430 \(fn)" nil nil)
27431
27432 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27433 Not documented
27434
27435 \(fn)" nil nil)
27436
27437 ;;;***
27438 \f
27439 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27440 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27441 ;;;;;; (18308 18232))
27442 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27443
27444 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27445 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27446
27447 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27448
27449 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27450 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27451 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27452 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27453
27454 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27455
27456 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27457 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27458
27459 \(fn)" t nil)
27460
27461 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27462 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27463
27464 \(fn)" t nil)
27465
27466 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27467
27468 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27469 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27470
27471 \(fn)" t nil)
27472
27473 ;;;***
27474 \f
27475 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27476 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27477 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27478 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27479 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27480 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18430 56741))
27481 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27482
27483 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27484 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27485 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27486
27487 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27488
27489 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27490 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27491
27492 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27493
27494 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27495 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27496 The returned string has no composition information.
27497
27498 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27499
27500 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27501 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27502
27503 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27504
27505 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27506 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27507
27508 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27509
27510 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27511 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27512 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27513 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27514
27515 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27516
27517 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27518 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27519 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27520 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27521
27522 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27523
27524 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27525 Not documented
27526
27527 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27528
27529 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27530 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27531 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27532
27533 \(fn)" t nil)
27534
27535 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27536 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27537 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27538
27539 \(fn)" t nil)
27540
27541 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27542 Not documented
27543
27544 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27545
27546 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27547 Not documented
27548
27549 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27550
27551 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27552 Not documented
27553
27554 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27555
27556 ;;;***
27557 \f
27558 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27559 ;;;;;; (18430 56744))
27560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27561
27562 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27563 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27564 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27565 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27566 parameters.
27567 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27568
27569 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27570
27571 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27572 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27573 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27574 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27575 parameters.
27576 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27577
27578 \(fn)" t nil)
27579
27580 ;;;***
27581 \f
27582 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27583 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27584 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18430 56717))
27585 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27586
27587 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27588 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27589
27590 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27591
27592 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27593 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27594 This display updates automatically every minute.
27595 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27596 are displayed as well.
27597 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27598
27599 \(fn)" t nil)
27600
27601 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27602 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27603 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27605 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27606 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27607
27608 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27609
27610 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27611 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27612 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27613
27614 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27615 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27616 are displayed as well.
27617 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27618
27619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27620
27621 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27622 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27623 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27624 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27625
27626 \(fn)" t nil)
27627
27628 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27629 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27630 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27631 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27632
27633 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27634
27635 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27636 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27637
27638 \(fn)" t nil)
27639
27640 ;;;***
27641 \f
27642 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27643 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27644 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27645 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
27646 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18430 56726))
27647 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27648
27649 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27650 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27651
27652 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27653
27654 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
27655 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27656 You can use `float-time' instead.
27657
27658 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27659
27660 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27661 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27662
27663 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27664
27665 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27666 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27667
27668 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27669
27670 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27671 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27672
27673 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27674
27675 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27676 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27677 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27678
27679 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27680
27681 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27682
27683 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27684 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27685 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27686
27687 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27688
27689 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27690 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27691
27692 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27693
27694 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27695 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27696 DATE should be a date-time string.
27697
27698 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27699
27700 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27701 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27702 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27703
27704 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27705
27706 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27707 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27708
27709 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27710
27711 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27712 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27713
27714 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27715
27716 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27717 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27718 TIME should be a time value.
27719 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27720
27721 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27722
27723 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27724 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27725 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27726
27727 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27728
27729 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27730 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27731 The valid format specifiers are:
27732 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27733 %d is the number of days.
27734 %h is the number of hours.
27735 %m is the number of minutes.
27736 %s is the number of seconds.
27737 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27738 %% is a literal \"%\".
27739
27740 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27741 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27742
27743 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27744 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27745 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27746
27747 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27748 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27749 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27750
27751 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27752
27753 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27754
27755 ;;;***
27756 \f
27757 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27758 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18430 56717))
27759 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27760 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27761 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27762 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27763 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27764 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27765 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27766 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27767 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27768
27769 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27770 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27771 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27772 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27773 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27774 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27775 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27776 look like one of the following:
27777 Time-stamp: <>
27778 Time-stamp: \" \"
27779 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27780 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27781 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27782 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27783 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27784 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27785 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27786 the template.
27787
27788 \(fn)" t nil)
27789
27790 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27791 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27792 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27793
27794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27795
27796 ;;;***
27797 \f
27798 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27799 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27800 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27801 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27802 ;;;;;; (18426 29950))
27803 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27804
27805 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27806 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27807 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27808 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27809 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27810 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27811 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27812 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27813 display (non-nil means on).
27814
27815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27816
27817 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27818 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27819 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27820 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27821 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27822 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27823 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27824 this function is called within a day.
27825
27826 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27827 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27828 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27829 discover the name of the project.
27830
27831 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27832
27833 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27834 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27835 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27836 begun during the last time segment.
27837
27838 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27839 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27840 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27841 discover the reason.
27842
27843 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27844
27845 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27846 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27847 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27848 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27849 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27850
27851 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27852
27853 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27854 Change to working on a different project.
27855 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27856 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27857 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27858 working on.
27859
27860 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27861
27862 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27863 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27864 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27865
27866 \(fn)" nil nil)
27867
27868 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27869 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27870 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27871
27872 \(fn)" t nil)
27873
27874 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27875 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27876 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27877 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27878 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27879 \"relative to today\".
27880
27881 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27882
27883 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27884 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27885 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27886 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27887
27888 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27889
27890 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27891 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27892 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27893 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27894 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27895 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27896
27897 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27898
27899 ;;;***
27900 \f
27901 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27902 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18430 56741))
27903 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27904
27905 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27906 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27907 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27908 the generated Quail package is saved.
27909
27910 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27911
27912 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27913 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27914 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27915 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27916 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27917 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27918 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27919
27920 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27921
27922 ;;;***
27923 \f
27924 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27925 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18437 28849))
27926 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27927 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27928 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27929
27930 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27931 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27932 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27933 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27934 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27935
27936 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27937
27938 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27939 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27940 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27941 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27942 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27943
27944 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27945
27946 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27947 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27948 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27949 in the menu in two ways:
27950 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27951 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27952 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27953
27954 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27955 keymap or an alist of alists.
27956 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27957 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27958
27959 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27960
27961 ;;;***
27962 \f
27963 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27964 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27965 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18426 29950))
27966 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27967
27968 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27969 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27970
27971 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27972
27973 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27974 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27975
27976 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27977
27978 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27979 Insert new TODO list entry.
27980 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27981 category.
27982
27983 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27984
27985 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27986 List top priorities for each category.
27987
27988 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27989 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27990
27991 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27992 between each category.
27993
27994 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27995
27996 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27997 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27998 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27999 between each category.
28000
28001 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28002
28003 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28004
28005 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28006 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28007
28008 \\{todo-mode-map}
28009
28010 \(fn)" t nil)
28011
28012 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28013 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28014
28015 \(fn)" nil nil)
28016
28017 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28018 Show TODO list.
28019
28020 \(fn)" t nil)
28021
28022 ;;;***
28023 \f
28024 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28025 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28026 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18430 56718))
28027 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28028
28029 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28030 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28031 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28032
28033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28034
28035 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28036
28037 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28038 Add an item to the tool bar.
28039 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28040 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28041 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28042 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28043
28044 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28045 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28046 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28047 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28048
28049 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28050 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28051
28052 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28053
28054 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28055 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28056 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28057 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28058 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28059 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28060
28061 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28062 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28063 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28064 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28065
28066 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28067
28068 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28069 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28070 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28071 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28072 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28073 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28074 properties to add to the binding.
28075
28076 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28077
28078 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28079 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28080
28081 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28082
28083 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28084 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28085 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28086 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28087 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28088 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28089 properties to add to the binding.
28090
28091 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28092 holds a keymap.
28093
28094 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28095
28096 ;;;***
28097 \f
28098 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28099 ;;;;;; (18440 60470))
28100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28101
28102 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28103 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28104 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28106 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28107 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28108
28109 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28110
28111 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28112 TPU/edt emulation.
28113
28114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28115
28116 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28117
28118 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28119 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28120
28121 \(fn)" t nil)
28122
28123 ;;;***
28124 \f
28125 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28126 ;;;;;; (18302 24384))
28127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28128
28129 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28130 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28131
28132 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28133 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28134 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28135 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28136 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28137
28138 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28139 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28140 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28141 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28142 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28143
28144 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28145 (tpu-edt)
28146
28147 Known Problems:
28148
28149 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28150 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28151 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28152 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28153 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28154 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28155
28156 \(fn)" t nil)
28157
28158 ;;;***
28159 \f
28160 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18430 56728))
28161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28162
28163 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28164 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28165 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28166 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28167 to a tcp server on another machine.
28168
28169 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28170
28171 ;;;***
28172 \f
28173 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28174 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18445 21164))
28175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28176
28177 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28178 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28179
28180 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28181
28182 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28183 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28184 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28185 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28186 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28187 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28188 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28189 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28190
28191 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28192
28193 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28194 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28195 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28196 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28197 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28198 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28199 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28200 the window or buffer configuration.
28201
28202 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28203
28204 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28205
28206 ;;;***
28207 \f
28208 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28209 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28210 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28211 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (18454 38539))
28212 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28213
28214 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28215 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28216 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28217
28218 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28219
28220 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28221 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28222
28223 It can have the following values:
28224
28225 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28226 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28227 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28228
28229 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28230
28231 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28232 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28233 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28234 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28235
28236 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28237 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28238 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28239 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28240
28241 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28242 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28243 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28244
28245 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28246 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28247 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28248 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28249 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28250 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28251 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28252 files which are not really Tramp files.
28253
28254 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28255 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28256 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28257 updated after changing this variable.
28258
28259 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28260
28261 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
28262 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28263 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28264 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28265
28266 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
28267 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28268 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28269 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28270
28271 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28272 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28273 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28274 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28275
28276 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28277 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28278 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28279
28280 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28281 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28282 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28283
28284 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28285 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28286 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28287 updated after changing this variable.
28288
28289 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28290
28291 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28292 Alist of completion handler functions.
28293 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28294 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28295 normal Emacs functions.")
28296
28297 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28298 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28299 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28300 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28301
28302 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28303 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28304 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28305 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28306
28307 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28308 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28309 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28310
28311 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28312
28313 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28314 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28315 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28316
28317 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28318 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28319 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28320
28321 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28322 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28323 (add-hook
28324 'after-init-hook
28325 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
28326
28327 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28328 Not documented
28329
28330 \(fn)" nil nil)
28331
28332 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28333 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28334
28335 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28336
28337 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28338 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28339
28340 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28341
28342 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28343 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28344
28345 \(fn)" t nil)
28346
28347 ;;;***
28348 \f
28349 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28350 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
28351 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28352
28353 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28354 Not documented
28355
28356 \(fn)" nil nil)
28357
28358 ;;;***
28359 \f
28360 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18388
28361 ;;;;;; 12202))
28362 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28363
28364 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28365 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28366 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28367 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28368 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28369 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28370 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28371 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28372
28373 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28374 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28375 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28376
28377 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28378 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28379 resumed later.
28380
28381 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28382
28383 ;;;***
28384 \f
28385 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28386 ;;;;;; (18339 45944))
28387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28388
28389 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28390 Not documented
28391
28392 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28393
28394 ;;;***
28395 \f
28396 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28397 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18430 56744))
28398 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28399 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28400 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28401 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28402
28403 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28404 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28405 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28406 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28407 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28408 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28409 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28410
28411 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28412
28413 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28414 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28415 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28416 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28417
28418 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28419
28420 \(fn)" t nil)
28421
28422 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28423 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28424 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28425 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28426 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28427 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28428 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28429
28430 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28431 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28432
28433 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28434 \\___/\\
28435 / \\
28436 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28437
28438 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28439
28440 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28441
28442 ;;;***
28443 \f
28444 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28445 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28446 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28447 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28448 ;;;;;; (18430 56718))
28449 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28450
28451 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28452 Toggle typing break mode.
28453 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28454 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28455 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28456
28457 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28458
28459 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28460 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28461
28462 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28463
28464 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28465 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28466
28467 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28468 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28469 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28470
28471 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28472 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28473
28474 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28475
28476 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28477 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28478
28479 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28480 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28481 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28482 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28483
28484 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28485
28486 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28487 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28488 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28489
28490 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28491 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28492 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28493 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28494 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28495 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28496
28497 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28498 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28499 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28500 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28501
28502 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28503 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28504
28505 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28506 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28507
28508 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28509
28510 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28511 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28512 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28513
28514 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28515 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28516 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28517 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28518 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28519 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28520 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28521
28522 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28523 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28524
28525 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28526 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28527 reset the keystroke counter.
28528
28529 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28530 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28531 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28532 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28533
28534 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28535 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28536 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28537 `type-break-schedule' command.
28538
28539 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28540 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28541 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28542 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28543 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28544 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28545 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28546 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28547 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28548
28549 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28550 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28551 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28552 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28553 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28554
28555 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28556 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28557 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28558 approximate good values for this.
28559
28560 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28561 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28562
28563 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28564 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28565 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28566 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28567 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28568 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28569
28570 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28571 a typing break occur. They include:
28572
28573 `type-break-query-mode'
28574 `type-break-query-function'
28575 `type-break-query-interval'
28576
28577 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28578
28579 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28580 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28581 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28582 problems.
28583
28584 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28585
28586 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28587 Take a typing break.
28588
28589 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28590 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28591
28592 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28593 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28594
28595 \(fn)" t nil)
28596
28597 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28598 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28599 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28600 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28601
28602 \(fn)" t nil)
28603
28604 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28605 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28606
28607 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28608 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28609 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28610 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28611 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28612 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28613 average typing speed.)
28614
28615 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28616 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28617 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28618 the computed maximum threshold.
28619
28620 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28621 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28622 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28623 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28624 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28625
28626 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28627
28628 ;;;***
28629 \f
28630 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28631 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18430 56744))
28632 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28633
28634 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28635 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28636 Works by overstriking underscores.
28637 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28638 which specify the range to operate on.
28639
28640 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28641
28642 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28643 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28644 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28645 which specify the range to operate on.
28646
28647 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28648
28649 ;;;***
28650 \f
28651 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28652 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18430 56742))
28653 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28654
28655 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28656 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28657 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28658
28659 \(fn)" t nil)
28660
28661 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28662 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28663 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28664 following the containing message.
28665
28666 \(fn)" t nil)
28667
28668 ;;;***
28669 \f
28670 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28671 ;;;;;; (18430 56742))
28672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28673
28674 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28675 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28676 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28677 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28678 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28679 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28680
28681 \(fn)" nil nil)
28682
28683 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28684 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28685
28686 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28687
28688 ;;;***
28689 \f
28690 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18308
28691 ;;;;;; 18238))
28692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28693
28694 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28695 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28696 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28697 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28698
28699 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28700
28701 ;;;***
28702 \f
28703 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28704 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18308 18255))
28705 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28706
28707 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28708 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28709 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28710
28711 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28712 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28713 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28714 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28715 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28716 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28717
28718 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28719 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28720 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28721
28722 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28723 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28724 the callback is not called).
28725
28726 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28727 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28728 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28729 take effect.
28730
28731 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28732
28733 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28734 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28735 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28736 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28737 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28738
28739 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28740
28741 ;;;***
28742 \f
28743 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28744 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18334 56780))
28745 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28746
28747 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28748 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28749 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28750
28751 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28752 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28753 `url-generic-parse-url'
28754 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28755 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28756 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28757 realm
28758 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28759 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28760 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28761 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28762 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28763 what type of auth to use
28764 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28765 if one cannot be found in the cache
28766
28767 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28768
28769 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28770 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28771
28772 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28773 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28774 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28775 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28776 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28777 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28778 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28779 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28780
28781 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28782
28783 ;;;***
28784 \f
28785 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28786 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18308
28787 ;;;;;; 18254))
28788 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28789
28790 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28791 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28792
28793 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28794
28795 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28796 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28797
28798 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28799
28800 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28801 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28802
28803 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28804
28805 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28806 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28807
28808 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28809
28810 ;;;***
28811 \f
28812 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18430 56744))
28813 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28814
28815 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28816 Not documented
28817
28818 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28819
28820 ;;;***
28821 \f
28822 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28823 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18308 18254))
28824 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28825
28826 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28827 Not documented
28828
28829 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28830
28831 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28832 Not documented
28833
28834 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28835
28836 ;;;***
28837 \f
28838 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18308
28839 ;;;;;; 18254))
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28841
28842 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28843 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28844
28845 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28846
28847 ;;;***
28848 \f
28849 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28850 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18308 18255))
28851 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28852
28853 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28854 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28855
28856 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28857
28858 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28859 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28860 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28861 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28862 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28863
28864 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28865
28866 ;;;***
28867 \f
28868 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28869 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28870 ;;;;;; (18346 41074))
28871 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28872
28873 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28874 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28875 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28877 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28878 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28879
28880 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28881
28882 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28883 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28884
28885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28886
28887 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28888 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28889 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28890 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28891
28892 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28893
28894 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28895 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28896 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28897 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28898 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28899 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28900 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28901 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28902 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28903
28904 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28905
28906 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28907 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28908 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28909 accessible.
28910
28911 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28912
28913 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28914 Not documented
28915
28916 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28917
28918 ;;;***
28919 \f
28920 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28921 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18388 41009))
28922 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28923
28924 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28925 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28926 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28927 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28928 CBARGS as the arguments.
28929
28930 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28931
28932 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28933 Not documented
28934
28935 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28936
28937 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28938
28939 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28940 Not documented
28941
28942 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28943
28944 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28945 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28946 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28947
28948 Property list members:
28949
28950 methods
28951 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28952 supports.
28953
28954 dav
28955 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28956 supported.
28957
28958 dasl
28959 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28960
28961 ranges
28962 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28963
28964 p3p
28965 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28966 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28967 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28968 Emacs/W3.
28969
28970 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28971
28972 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28973 Default HTTPS port.")
28974
28975 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28976 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28977
28978 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
28979 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28980 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28981 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28982 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28983
28984 ;;;***
28985 \f
28986 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18430 56744))
28987 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28988
28989 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28990 Not documented
28991
28992 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28993
28994 ;;;***
28995 \f
28996 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18308
28997 ;;;;;; 18255))
28998 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28999
29000 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29001 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29002 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29003 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29004 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29005
29006 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29007
29008 ;;;***
29009 \f
29010 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29011 ;;;;;; (18308 18255))
29012 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29013
29014 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29015 Not documented
29016
29017 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29018
29019 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29020 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29021
29022 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29023
29024 ;;;***
29025 \f
29026 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29027 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18430 56744))
29028 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29029
29030 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29031 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29032
29033 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29034
29035 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29036 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29037
29038 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29039
29040 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29041 Not documented
29042
29043 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29044
29045 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29046
29047 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29048
29049 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29050
29051 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29052 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29053
29054 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29055
29056 ;;;***
29057 \f
29058 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29059 ;;;;;; (18308 18255))
29060 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29061
29062 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29063 Not documented
29064
29065 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29066
29067 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29068 Not documented
29069
29070 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29071
29072 ;;;***
29073 \f
29074 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29075 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29076 ;;;;;; (18430 56744))
29077 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29078
29079 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29080 Not documented
29081
29082 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29083
29084 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29085 Not documented
29086
29087 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29088
29089 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29090 Not documented
29091
29092 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29093
29094 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29095 Not documented
29096
29097 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29098
29099 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29100 Not documented
29101
29102 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29103
29104 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29105 Not documented
29106
29107 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29108
29109 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29110 Not documented
29111
29112 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29113
29114 ;;;***
29115 \f
29116 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29117 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18331 38420))
29118 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29119
29120 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29121 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29122
29123 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29124
29125 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29126 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29127 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29128 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29129
29130 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29131
29132 ;;;***
29133 \f
29134 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29135 ;;;;;; (18308 18255))
29136 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29137
29138 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29139 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29140
29141 \(fn)" t nil)
29142
29143 ;;;***
29144 \f
29145 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29146 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29147 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29148 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29149 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29150 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29151 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18379 23978))
29152 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29153
29154 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29155 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29156 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29157
29158 If t, all messages will be logged.
29159 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29160 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29161
29162 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29163
29164 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29165 Not documented
29166
29167 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29168
29169 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29170 Not documented
29171
29172 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29173
29174 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29175 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29176 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29177 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29178 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29179 & ==> &amp;
29180 < ==> &lt;
29181 > ==> &gt;
29182 \" ==> &quot;
29183
29184 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29185
29186 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29187 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29188 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29189
29190 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29191
29192 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29193 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29194 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29195
29196 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29197
29198 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29199 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29200
29201 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29202
29203 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29204 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29205
29206 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29207
29208 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29209 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29210
29211 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29212
29213 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29214 Not documented
29215
29216 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29217
29218 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29219 Not documented
29220
29221 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29222
29223 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29224 Not documented
29225
29226 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29227
29228 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29229 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29230
29231 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29232
29233 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29234 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29235
29236 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29237
29238 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29239 Not documented
29240
29241 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29242
29243 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29244 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29245 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29246 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29247 forbidden in URL encoding.
29248
29249 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29250
29251 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29252 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29253 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29254 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29255 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29256 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29257
29258 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29259
29260 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29261 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29262 If optional variable X is t,
29263 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29264
29265 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29266
29267 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29268 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29269 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29270
29271 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29272
29273 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29274 View the current document's URL.
29275 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29276 the minibuffer.
29277
29278 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29279
29280 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29281
29282 ;;;***
29283 \f
29284 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29285 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18430 56718))
29286 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29287
29288 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29289 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29290 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29291 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29292 to refrain from editing the file
29293 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29294 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29295 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29296 in any way you like.
29297
29298 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29299
29300 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29301 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29302 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29303 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29304 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29305
29306 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29307 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29308
29309 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29310
29311 ;;;***
29312 \f
29313 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29314 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29315 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18430 56741))
29316 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29317
29318 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29319 Not documented
29320
29321 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29322
29323 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29324 Not documented
29325
29326 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29327
29328 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29329 Not documented
29330
29331 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29332
29333 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29334 Not documented
29335
29336 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29337
29338 ;;;***
29339 \f
29340 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29341 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29342 ;;;;;; (18392 38994))
29343 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29344
29345 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29346 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29347 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29348 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29349
29350 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29351
29352 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29353 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29354 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29355
29356 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29357
29358 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29359 Uudecode region between START and END.
29360 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29361
29362 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29363
29364 ;;;***
29365 \f
29366 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29367 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29368 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29369 ;;;;;; vc-dir vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29370 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action edit-vc-file
29371 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
29372 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (18460 45360))
29373 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29374
29375 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29376 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29377 See `run-hooks'.")
29378
29379 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29380
29381 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29382 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29383 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29384
29385 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29386
29387 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29388 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29389 See `run-hooks'.")
29390
29391 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29392
29393 (autoload 'with-vc-file "vc" "\
29394 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29395 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29396 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29397 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or you are
29398 using a locking version-control system and the file is locked by
29399 somebody else, signal error.
29400
29401 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29402
29403 (autoload 'edit-vc-file "vc" "\
29404 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29405 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29406 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29407 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29408
29409 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29410
29411 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29412 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29413 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29414
29415 For locking systems:
29416 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29417 control.
29418 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29419 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29420 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29421 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29422 it performs a revert on that file.
29423 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29424 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29425 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29426 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29427 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29428 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29429 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29430
29431 For merging systems:
29432 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29433 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29434 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29435 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29436 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29437 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29438 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29439 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29440 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29441
29442 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29443
29444 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29445 Register into a version control system.
29446 If FNAME is given register that file, otherwise register the current file.
29447 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29448 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29449
29450 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29451 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29452 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29453 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29454 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29455 first backend that could register the file is used.
29456
29457 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION FNAME COMMENT)" t nil)
29458
29459 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29460 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29461
29462 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29463
29464 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29465 Display diffs between file revisions.
29466 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29467 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29468 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29469
29470 If no current fileset is available (that is, we are not in
29471 VC-Dired mode and the visited file of the current buffer is not
29472 under version control) and we're in a Dired buffer, use
29473 the current directory.
29474 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29475 saving the buffer.
29476
29477 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29478
29479 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29480 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29481 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29482 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29483
29484 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29485
29486 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29487 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29488 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29489 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29490
29491 \(fn)" t nil)
29492
29493 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29494 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29495 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29496 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29497 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29498 from the current branch.
29499
29500 See Info node `Merging'.
29501
29502 \(fn)" t nil)
29503
29504 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29505
29506 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc" "\
29507 Show the VC status for DIR.
29508
29509 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
29510
29511 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
29512 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29513 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29514 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29515 given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files are
29516 checked out in that new branch.
29517
29518 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29519
29520 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
29521 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29522 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29523 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29524 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29525 allowed and simply skipped).
29526
29527 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29528
29529 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29530 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29531 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29532
29533 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29534
29535 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29536 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29537 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29538 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29539
29540 \(fn)" t nil)
29541
29542 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29543 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29544 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29545 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29546
29547 \(fn)" t nil)
29548
29549 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29550
29551 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29552 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29553 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29554 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29555 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29556 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29557
29558 \(fn)" t nil)
29559
29560 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29561 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29562 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29563 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29564 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29565 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29566 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29567
29568 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29569
29570 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29571 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29572 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29573 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29574 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29575 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29576 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29577 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29578 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29579
29580 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29581
29582 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29583 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29584
29585 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29586
29587 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29588 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29589 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29590 directory.
29591
29592 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29593
29594 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29595 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29596 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29597
29598 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29599 log entries should be gathered.
29600
29601 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29602
29603 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
29604 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29605
29606 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29607
29608 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29609 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29610
29611 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29612
29613 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
29614 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29615
29616 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29617 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29618 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29619 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29620 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29621 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29622
29623 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29624 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29625 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29626 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29627 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29628 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29629 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29630 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29631
29632 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29633
29634 Customization variables:
29635
29636 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29637 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29638 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29639 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29640
29641 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29642
29643 ;;;***
29644 \f
29645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18460 45359))
29646 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29647 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29648 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29649 (progn
29650 (load "vc-arch")
29651 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29652
29653 ;;;***
29654 \f
29655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18460 45359))
29656 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29657
29658 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29659 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29660
29661 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29662 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29663 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29664 (progn
29665 (load "vc-bzr")
29666 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29667
29668 ;;;***
29669 \f
29670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18460 45359))
29671 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29672 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29673 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29674 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29675 (load "vc-cvs")
29676 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29677
29678 ;;;***
29679 \f
29680 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-directory vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29681 ;;;;;; (18460 21842))
29682 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29683
29684 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29685 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29686 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29687 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29688 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29689 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29690 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29691 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29692 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
29693 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
29694 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29695 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29696
29697 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29698
29699 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc-dispatcher" "\
29700 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29701
29702 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29703
29704 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29705 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29706
29707 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29708
29709 ;;;***
29710 \f
29711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18460 45359))
29712 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29713 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29714 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29715 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29716 (progn
29717 (load "vc-git")
29718 (vc-git-registered file))))
29719
29720 ;;;***
29721 \f
29722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18460 45359))
29723 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29724 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29725 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29726 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29727 (progn
29728 (load "vc-hg")
29729 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29730
29731 ;;;***
29732 \f
29733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18460 45360))
29734 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29735 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29736 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29737 (progn
29738 (load "vc-mcvs")
29739 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29740
29741 ;;;***
29742 \f
29743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18460 45360))
29744 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29745
29746 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29747
29748 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29749 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29750 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29751 (progn
29752 (load "vc-mtn")
29753 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29754
29755 ;;;***
29756 \f
29757 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29758 ;;;;;; (18460 45360))
29759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29760
29761 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29762 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29763 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29764
29765 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29766
29767 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29768
29769 ;;;***
29770 \f
29771 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29772 ;;;;;; (18460 45360))
29773 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29774
29775 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29776 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29777 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29778
29779 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29780 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29781
29782 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29783 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29784 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29785 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29786
29787 ;;;***
29788 \f
29789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18460 45360))
29790 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29791 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29792 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29793 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29794 "_svn")
29795 (t ".svn"))))
29796 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29797 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29798 (file-name-directory f)))
29799 (load "vc-svn")
29800 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29801
29802 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
29803
29804 ;;;***
29805 \f
29806 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29807 ;;;;;; (18438 62505))
29808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29809 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29810
29811 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29812 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29813
29814 Usage:
29815 ------
29816
29817 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29818 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29819 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29820 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29821
29822 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29823 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29824 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29825 completions.
29826
29827 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29828 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29829
29830 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29831 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29832
29833 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29834 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29835 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29836
29837 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29838
29839
29840 Maintenance:
29841 ------------
29842
29843 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29844 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29845
29846 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29847
29848 Official distribution is at
29849 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29850
29851
29852 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29853 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29854
29855 Key bindings:
29856 -------------
29857
29858 \\{vera-mode-map}
29859
29860 \(fn)" t nil)
29861
29862 ;;;***
29863 \f
29864 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29865 ;;;;;; (18438 62505))
29866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29867
29868 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29869 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29870 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29871 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29872 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29873
29874 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29875
29876 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29877 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29878
29879 Supports highlighting.
29880
29881 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29882 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29883
29884 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29885
29886 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29887 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29888 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29889 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29890 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29891 on the left side of your screen.
29892 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29893 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29894 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29895 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29896 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29897 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29898 function keyword.
29899 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29900 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29901 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29902 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29903 if (a)
29904 begin
29905 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29906 Indentation for case statements.
29907 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29908 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29909 mark after an end.
29910 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29911 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29912 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29913 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29914 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29915 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29916 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29917 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29918 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29919 if (a)
29920 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29921 otherwise you get:
29922 if (a)
29923 begin
29924 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29925 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29926 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29927 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29928 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29929 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29930 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29931 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29932 comments in tight quarters.
29933 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
29934 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29935
29936 Variables controlling other actions:
29937
29938 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29939 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29940 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29941
29942 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29943
29944 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29945
29946 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29947 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29948 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29949
29950 Some other functions are:
29951
29952 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29953 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29954 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29955 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29956 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29957
29958 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29959 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29960 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29961 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29962
29963 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29964 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29965 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29966 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29967 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29968 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29969 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29970 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29971 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29972 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29973 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29974 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29975 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29976 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29977 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29978 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29979 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29980 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29981 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29985 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29986 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29987 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29988 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29989 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29990 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29991
29992 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29993 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29994
29995 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29996
29997 \(fn)" t nil)
29998
29999 ;;;***
30000 \f
30001 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30002 ;;;;;; (18447 41272))
30003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30004
30005 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30006 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30007
30008 Usage:
30009 ------
30010
30011 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30012 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30013 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30014 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30015 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30016 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30017 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30018 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30019 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30020
30021 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30022 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30023 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30024 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30025
30026 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30027 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30028 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30029 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30030 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30031
30032 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30033 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30034
30035
30036 HEADER INSERTION:
30037 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30038 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30039 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30040
30041
30042 STUTTERING:
30043 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30044 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30045 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30046 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30047
30048 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30049 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30050 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30051 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30052 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30053
30054
30055 WORD COMPLETION:
30056 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30057 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30058 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30059 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30060
30061 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30062 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30063 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30064 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30065 beginning with \"std\").
30066
30067 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30068 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30069 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30070 stop.
30071
30072
30073 COMMENTS:
30074 `--' puts a single comment.
30075 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30076 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30077 with a comment in between.
30078 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30079 out following lines.
30080 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30081 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30082
30083 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30084 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30085 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30086 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30087 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30088 non-nil.
30089
30090 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30091 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30092 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30093 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30094 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30095 multi-line comments.
30096
30097
30098 INDENTATION:
30099 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30100 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30101 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30102 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30103
30104 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30105 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30106 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30107 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30108
30109 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30110 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30111 and vice versa.
30112
30113 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30114 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30115
30116
30117 ALIGNMENT:
30118 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30119 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30120 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30121 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30122 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30123 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30124 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30125 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30126
30127 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30128 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30129 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30130 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30131 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30132 is non-nil.
30133
30134 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30135 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30136 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30137
30138 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30139 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30140
30141
30142 CODE FILLING:
30143 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30144 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30145 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30146 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30147 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30148 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30149
30150
30151 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30152 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30153 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30154 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30155 command:
30156
30157 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30158
30159
30160 PORT TRANSLATION:
30161 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30162 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30163 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30164 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30165 internal signal initializations (menu).
30166
30167 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30168 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30169 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30170
30171 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30172 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30173 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30174 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30175 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30176 in subsequent paste operations.)
30177
30178 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30179 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30180 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30181
30182
30183 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30184 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30185 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30186 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30187 association list with formals).
30188
30189
30190 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30191 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30192 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30193 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30194 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30195 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30196 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30197 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30198 `vhdl-testbench'.
30199
30200
30201 KEY BINDINGS:
30202 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30203
30204
30205 VHDL MENU:
30206 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30207
30208
30209 FILE BROWSER:
30210 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30211 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30212 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30213
30214 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30215 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30216
30217
30218 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30219 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30220 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30221 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30222
30223 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30224 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30225 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30226
30227 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30228 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30229 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30230 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30231
30232 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30233 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30234 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30235 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30236 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30237
30238 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30239 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30240 required by secondary units.
30241
30242
30243 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30244 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30245 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30246 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30247 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30248 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30249 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30250 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30251 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30252 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30253 inputs to this component -> input port created
30254 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30255 outputs from this component -> output port created
30256 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30257 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30258
30259 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30260 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30261 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30262 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30263 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30264
30265 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30266 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30267
30268 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30269 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30270 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30271 component instantiation is also supported (option
30272 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30273
30274 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30275 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30276 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30277 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30278 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30279 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30280 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30281 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30282 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30283 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30284 | generating the configuration.
30285 |
30286 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30287 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30288 | configurations in speedbar.
30289
30290 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30291
30292
30293 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30294 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30295 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30296 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30297 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30298 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30299 information. New compilers can be added.
30300
30301 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30302 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30303
30304
30305 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30306 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30307 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30308 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30309 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30310
30311 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30312 command:
30313
30314 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30315 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30316 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30317
30318 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30319 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30320 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30321 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30322 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30323 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30324 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30325
30326 Limitations:
30327 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30328 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30329 not (yet) supported.
30330 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30331 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30332 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30333
30334
30335 PROJECTS:
30336 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30337 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30338 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30339 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30340 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30341 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30342 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30343 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30344
30345 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30346 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30347 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30348 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30349 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30350 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30351 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30352 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30353 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30354 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30355 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30356
30357
30358 SPECIAL MENUES:
30359 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30360 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30361 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30362 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30363 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30364 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30365 current directory for VHDL source files.
30366
30367
30368 VHDL STANDARDS:
30369 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30370 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30371
30372
30373 KEYWORD CASE:
30374 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30375 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30376 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30377 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30378 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30379 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30380 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30381 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30382
30383
30384 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30385 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30386 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30387 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30388 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30389 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30390 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30391
30392 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30393 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30394 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30395 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30396 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30397 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30398
30399 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30400 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30401 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30402 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30403 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30404 visually.
30405
30406 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30407 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30408 highlighted if written in lower case.
30409
30410 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30411 highlighted using a different background color if option
30412 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30413
30414 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30415 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30416 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30417 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30418 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30419
30420
30421 USER MODELS:
30422 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30423 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30424 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30425
30426
30427 HIDE/SHOW:
30428 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30429 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30430 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30431 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30432 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30433
30434
30435 CODE UPDATING:
30436 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30437 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30438 Limitations:
30439 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30440 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30441 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30442 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30443 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30444 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30445 (used to obtain the port names).
30446
30447
30448 CODE FIXING:
30449 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30450 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30451
30452
30453 PRINTING:
30454 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30455 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30456 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30457 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30458 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30459 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30460 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30461 printers.
30462
30463
30464 OPTIONS:
30465 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30466 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30467 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30468 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30469 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30470
30471 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30472 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30473 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30474 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30475 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30476 INSTALL file).
30477
30478 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30479 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30480
30481
30482 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30483 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30484 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30485 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30486
30487 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30488
30489
30490 HINTS:
30491 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30492 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30493
30494 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30495
30496 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30497
30498 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30499
30500
30501 RELEASE NOTES:
30502 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30503
30504
30505 Maintenance:
30506 ------------
30507
30508 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30509 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30510
30511 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30512
30513 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30514 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30515 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30516 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30517
30518 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30519 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30520 where the latest version can be found.
30521
30522
30523 Known problems:
30524 ---------------
30525
30526 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30527 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30528 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30529
30530
30531 The VHDL Mode Authors
30532 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30533
30534 Key bindings:
30535 -------------
30536
30537 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30538
30539 \(fn)" t nil)
30540
30541 ;;;***
30542 \f
30543 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18263 25035))
30544 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30545
30546 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30547 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30548 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30549 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30550
30551 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30552 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30553 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30554 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30555 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30556
30557 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30558 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30559
30560 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30561
30562 * Limitations and unsupported features
30563 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30564 not supported.
30565 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30566 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30567
30568 * Modifications
30569 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30570 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30571 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30572 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30573 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30574 for undoing a repeated change command.
30575 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30576 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30577 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30578
30579 * Extensions
30580 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30581 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30582 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30583 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30584 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30585 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30586 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30587 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30588
30589 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30590
30591 \(fn)" t nil)
30592
30593 ;;;***
30594 \f
30595 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30596 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30597 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30598 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18430 56741))
30599 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30600
30601 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30602 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30603
30604 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30605
30606 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30607 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30608 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30609 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30610
30611 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30612
30613 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30614 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30615
30616 \(fn)" t nil)
30617
30618 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30619 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30620 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30621 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30622
30623 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30624
30625 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30626 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30627
30628 \(fn)" t nil)
30629
30630 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30631 Not documented
30632
30633 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30634
30635 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30636 Not documented
30637
30638 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30639
30640 ;;;***
30641 \f
30642 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30643 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30644 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30645 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30646 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18430 56719))
30647 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30648
30649 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30650 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30651 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30652
30653 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30654
30655 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30656 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30657 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30658 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30659
30660 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30661
30662 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30663 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30664
30665 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30666
30667 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30668 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30669 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30670 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30671 moving around in the buffer.
30672 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30673 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30674
30675 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30676
30677 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30678
30679 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30680 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30681 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30682 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30683
30684 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30685 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30686 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30687 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30688 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30689
30690 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30691
30692 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30693
30694 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30695 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30696 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30697 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30698 buffer.
30699
30700 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30701 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30702 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30703 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30704 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30705
30706 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30707
30708 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30709
30710 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30711 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30712 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30713 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30714 moving around in the buffer.
30715 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30716 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30717
30718 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30719
30720 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30721 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30722 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30723
30724 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30725 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30726 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30727 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30728
30729 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30730
30731 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30732 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30733 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30734 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30735 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30736 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30737 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30738 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30739
30740 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30741
30742 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30743 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30744 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30745
30746 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30747
30748 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30749 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30750 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30751 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30752 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30753 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30754 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30755 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30756
30757 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30758
30759 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30760 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30761 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30762
30763 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30764
30765 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30766 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30767 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30768 turn it off.
30769
30770 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30771 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30772 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30773 read-only.
30774 \\<view-mode-map>
30775 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30776 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30777 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30778 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30779 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30780
30781 H, h, ? This message.
30782 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30783 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30784 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30785 > move to the end of buffer.
30786 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30787 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30788 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30789 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30790 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30791 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30792 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30793 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30794 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30795 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30796 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30797 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30798 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30799 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30800 Use this to view a changing file.
30801 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30802 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30803 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30804 . set the mark.
30805 x exchanges point and mark.
30806 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30807 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30808 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30809 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30810 ' go to position saved in character register.
30811 s do forward incremental search.
30812 r do reverse incremental search.
30813 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30814 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30815 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30816 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30817 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30818 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30819 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30820 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30821 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30822 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30823 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30824 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30825 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30826 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30827 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30828 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30829 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30830
30831 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30832 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30833 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30834 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30835 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30836 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30837 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30838 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30839 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30840
30841 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30842
30843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30844
30845 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30846 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30847 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30848 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30849 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30850 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30851 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30852 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30853 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30854
30855 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30856
30857 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30858 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30859 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30860 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30861 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30862 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30863 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30864
30865 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30866 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30867 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30868 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30869 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30870 1) nil Do nothing.
30871 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30872 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30873 frame.
30874 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30875 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30876 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30877 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30878
30879 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30880
30881 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30882
30883 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30884
30885 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30886 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30887
30888 \(fn)" t nil)
30889
30890 ;;;***
30891 \f
30892 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18430
30893 ;;;;;; 56731))
30894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30895
30896 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30897 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30898
30899 \(fn)" nil nil)
30900
30901 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30902 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30903
30904 \(fn)" t nil)
30905
30906 ;;;***
30907 \f
30908 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30909 ;;;;;; (18438 62505))
30910 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30911
30912 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30913 Toggle Viper on/off.
30914 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30915
30916 \(fn)" t nil)
30917
30918 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30919 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30920
30921 \(fn)" t nil)
30922
30923 ;;;***
30924 \f
30925 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30926 ;;;;;; (18430 56728))
30927 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30928
30929 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30930 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30931 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30932 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30933 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30934 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30935 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30936 the beginning of the warning.")
30937
30938 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30939 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30940 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30941 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30942 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30943 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30944 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30945 also call that function before the next warning.")
30946
30947 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30948 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30949
30950 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30951 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30952 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30953 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30954
30955 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30956 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30957 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30958 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30959 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30960 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30961
30962 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30963 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30964 Default is :warning.
30965
30966 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30967 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30968 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30969 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30970 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30971 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30972
30973 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30974 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30975 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30976
30977 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30978
30979 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30980 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30981
30982 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30983
30984 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30985 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30986 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30987 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30988
30989 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30990 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30991 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30992 can be whatever you like.)
30993
30994 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30995 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30996
30997 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30998 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30999 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31000 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31001 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31002
31003 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31004
31005 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31006 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31007 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31008 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31009 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31010
31011 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31012
31013 ;;;***
31014 \f
31015 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31016 ;;;;;; (18360 47922))
31017 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31018
31019 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31020 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31021 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31022 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31023 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31024 in disk.
31025
31026 See `wdired-mode'.
31027
31028 \(fn)" t nil)
31029
31030 ;;;***
31031 \f
31032 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18430 56742))
31033 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31034
31035 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31036 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31037
31038 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31039 hotlist.
31040
31041 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31042 <nwv@acm.org>.
31043
31044 \(fn)" t nil)
31045
31046 ;;;***
31047 \f
31048 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31049 ;;;;;; (18308 18253))
31050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31051 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31052 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31053
31054 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31055
31056 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31057 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31058 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31060 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31061 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31062
31063 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31064
31065 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31066 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31067 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31068 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31069
31070 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31071 and off otherwise.
31072
31073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31074
31075 ;;;***
31076 \f
31077 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31078 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31079 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-mode whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
31080 ;;;;;; (18454 38539))
31081 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31082
31083 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31084 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31085
31086 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31087 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31088 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31089 Only useful with a windowing system.
31090
31091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31092
31093 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31094 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31095 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31096 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31097 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31098 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31099
31100 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31101
31102 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31103 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31104
31105 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31106 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31107 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31108 Only useful with a windowing system.
31109
31110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31111
31112 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31113 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31114
31115 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31116 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31117
31118 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31119 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31120
31121 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31122
31123 CHAR MEANING
31124 (VIA FACES)
31125 t toggle TAB visualization
31126 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31127 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31128 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31129 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31130 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31131 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31132 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31133 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31134 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31135 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31136 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31137 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31138 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31139 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31140 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31141
31142 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31143 T toggle TAB visualization
31144 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31145 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31146
31147 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31148 ? display brief help
31149
31150 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31151 The valid symbols are:
31152
31153 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31154 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31155 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31156 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31157 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31158 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31159 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31160 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31161 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31162 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31163 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31164 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31165 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31166 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31167 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31168 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31169
31170 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31171 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31172 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31173
31174 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31175
31176 Only useful with a windowing system.
31177
31178 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31179
31180 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31181
31182 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31183 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31184
31185 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31186 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31187
31188 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31189 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31190
31191 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31192
31193 CHAR MEANING
31194 (VIA FACES)
31195 t toggle TAB visualization
31196 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31197 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31198 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31199 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31200 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31201 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31202 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31203 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31204 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31205 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31206 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31207 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31208 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31209 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31210 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31211
31212 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31213 T toggle TAB visualization
31214 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31215 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31216
31217 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31218 ? display brief help
31219
31220 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31221 The valid symbols are:
31222
31223 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31224 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31225 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31226 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31227 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31228 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31229 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31230 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31231 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31232 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31233 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31234 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31235 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31236 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31237 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31238 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31239
31240 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31241 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31242 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31243
31244 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31245
31246 Only useful with a windowing system.
31247
31248 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31249
31250 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31251
31252 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31253 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31254
31255 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31256 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31257 applies to the region when it is not in transiente mark mode, the
31258 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31259 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31260
31261 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31262
31263 The problems cleaned up are:
31264
31265 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31266 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31267 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31268 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31269
31270 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31271 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31272 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31273 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31274 SPACEs.
31275 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31276 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31277 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31278 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31279
31280 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31281 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31282 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31283 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31284 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31285 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31286 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31287 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31288
31289 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31290 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31291 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31292
31293 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31294 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31295 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31296 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31297 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31298 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31299 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31300 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31301
31302 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31303 documentation.
31304
31305 \(fn)" t nil)
31306
31307 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31308 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31309
31310 The problems cleaned up are:
31311
31312 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31313 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31314 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31315 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31316 SPACEs.
31317 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31318 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31319 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31320 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31321
31322 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31323 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31324 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31325 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31326 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31327 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31328 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31329 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31330
31331 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31332 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31333 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31334
31335 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31336 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31337 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31338 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31339 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31340 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31341 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31342 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31343
31344 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31345 documentation.
31346
31347 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31348
31349 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31350 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31351
31352 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31353 non-nil.
31354
31355 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31356 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31357 `whitespace-style' to have:
31358
31359 empty
31360 trailing
31361 indentation
31362 space-before-tab
31363 space-after-tab
31364
31365 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31366 whitespace problems in buffer.
31367
31368 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31369
31370 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31371 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31372 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31373 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31374 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31375 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31376 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31377
31378 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31379 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31380 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31381 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31382 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31383 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31384 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31385
31386 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31387 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31388 cleaning up these problems.
31389
31390 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31391
31392 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31393 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31394
31395 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31396 non-nil.
31397
31398 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31399 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31400 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31401
31402 empty
31403 indentation
31404 space-before-tab
31405 trailing
31406 space-after-tab
31407
31408 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31409 whitespace problems in buffer.
31410
31411 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31412
31413 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31414 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31415 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31416 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31417 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31418 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31419 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31420
31421 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31422 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31423 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31424 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31425 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31426 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31427 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31428
31429 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31430 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31431 cleaning up these problems.
31432
31433 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31434
31435 ;;;***
31436 \f
31437 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31438 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18308 18233))
31439 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31440
31441 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31442 Browse the widget under point.
31443
31444 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31445
31446 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31447 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31448
31449 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31450
31451 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31452 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31453
31454 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31455
31456 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31457 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31458 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31459
31460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31461
31462 ;;;***
31463 \f
31464 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31465 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18430
31466 ;;;;;; 56720))
31467 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31468
31469 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31470 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31471
31472 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31473
31474 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31475 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31476 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31477
31478 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31479
31480 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31481 Create widget of TYPE.
31482 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31483
31484 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31485
31486 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31487 Delete WIDGET.
31488
31489 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31490
31491 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31492 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31493
31494 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31495
31496 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
31497
31498 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31499 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31500 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31501
31502 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31503 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31504
31505 \(fn)" nil nil)
31506
31507 ;;;***
31508 \f
31509 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31510 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18430
31511 ;;;;;; 56720))
31512 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31513
31514 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31515 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31516 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31517 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31518 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31519 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31520 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31521
31522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31523
31524 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31525 Select the window above the current one.
31526 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31527 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31528 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31529 negative ARG) of the current window.
31530 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31531
31532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31533
31534 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31535 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31536 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31537 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31538 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31539 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31540 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31541
31542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31543
31544 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31545 Select the window below the current one.
31546 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31547 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31548 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31549 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31550 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31551
31552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31553
31554 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31555 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31556 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31557 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31558
31559 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31560
31561 ;;;***
31562 \f
31563 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31564 ;;;;;; (18329 25986))
31565 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31566
31567 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31568 Toggle Winner mode.
31569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31570 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31571
31572 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31573
31574 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31575 Toggle Winner mode.
31576 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31577
31578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31579
31580 ;;;***
31581 \f
31582 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31583 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18430 56720))
31584 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31585
31586 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31587 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31588 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31589 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31590 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31591
31592 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31593
31594 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31595 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31596 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31597 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31598 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31599 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31600 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31601 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31602
31603 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31604 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31605
31606 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31607
31608 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31609 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31610
31611 \(fn)" t nil)
31612
31613 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31614 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31615 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31616 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31617 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31618 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31619 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31620 `woman' command for further details.
31621
31622 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31623
31624 ;;;***
31625 \f
31626 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31627 ;;;;;; (18430 56732))
31628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31629
31630 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31631 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31632
31633 BUGS:
31634 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31635 are not implemented
31636 - Options for search and replace
31637 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31638 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31639
31640 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31641 Emacs-like.
31642
31643 The key bindings are:
31644
31645 C-a backward-word
31646 C-b fill-paragraph
31647 C-c scroll-up-line
31648 C-d forward-char
31649 C-e previous-line
31650 C-f forward-word
31651 C-g delete-char
31652 C-h backward-char
31653 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31654 C-j help-for-help
31655 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31656 C-l ws-repeat-search
31657 C-n open-line
31658 C-p quoted-insert
31659 C-r scroll-down-line
31660 C-s backward-char
31661 C-t kill-word
31662 C-u keyboard-quit
31663 C-v overwrite-mode
31664 C-w scroll-down
31665 C-x next-line
31666 C-y kill-complete-line
31667 C-z scroll-up
31668
31669 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31670 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31671 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31672 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31673 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31674 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31675 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31676 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31677 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31678 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31679 C-k b ws-begin-block
31680 C-k c ws-copy-block
31681 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31682 C-k f find-file
31683 C-k h ws-show-markers
31684 C-k i ws-indent-block
31685 C-k k ws-end-block
31686 C-k p ws-print-block
31687 C-k q kill-emacs
31688 C-k r insert-file
31689 C-k s save-some-buffers
31690 C-k t ws-mark-word
31691 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31692 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31693 C-k v ws-move-block
31694 C-k w ws-write-block
31695 C-k x kill-emacs
31696 C-k y ws-delete-block
31697
31698 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31699 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31700 C-o j justify-current-line
31701 C-o k kill-buffer
31702 C-o l list-buffers
31703 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31704 C-o r set-fill-column
31705 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31706 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31707 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31708 C-o wo other-window
31709 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31710
31711 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31712 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31713 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31714 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31715 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31716 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31717 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31718 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31719 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31720 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31721 C-q a ws-query-replace
31722 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31723 C-q c end-of-buffer
31724 C-q d end-of-line
31725 C-q f ws-search
31726 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31727 C-q l ws-undo
31728 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31729 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31730 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31731 C-q w ws-last-error
31732 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31733 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31734
31735 \(fn)" t nil)
31736
31737 ;;;***
31738 \f
31739 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31740 ;;;;;; (18339 58481))
31741 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31742
31743 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31744 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31745 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31746 Returns the top node with all its children.
31747 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31748 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31749
31750 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31751
31752 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31753 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31754 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31755 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31756 is not well-formed XML.
31757 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31758 and returned as the first element of the list.
31759 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31760
31761 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31762
31763 ;;;***
31764 \f
31765 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31766 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18308 12226))
31767 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31768
31769 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31770 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31771 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31772 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31773 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31774 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31775 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31776 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML declaration,
31777 return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31778 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31779
31780 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31781
31782 ;;;***
31783 \f
31784 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18413
31785 ;;;;;; 44030))
31786 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31787
31788 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31789 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31790 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31793 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31794
31795 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31796
31797 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31798 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31799 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31800 it off.
31801
31802 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31803 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31804 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31805 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31806 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31807 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31808
31809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31810
31811 ;;;***
31812 \f
31813 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31814 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18430 56739))
31815 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31816
31817 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31818 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31819
31820 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31821
31822 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31823 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31824
31825 \(fn)" nil nil)
31826
31827 ;;;***
31828 \f
31829 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31830 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18430 56743))
31831 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31832
31833 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31834 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31835
31836 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31837
31838 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31839 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31840
31841 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31842
31843 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31844 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31845 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31846
31847 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31848
31849 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31850 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31851
31852 \(fn)" t nil)
31853
31854 ;;;***
31855 \f
31856 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18430 56743))
31857 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31858
31859 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31860 Zone out, completely.
31861
31862 \(fn)" t nil)
31863
31864 ;;;***
31865 \f
31866 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-loaddefs.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-file-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el" "format.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "misc.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/ntlm.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-faces.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-infojs.el" "org/org-mac-message.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18460 56400 607299))
32018
32019 ;;;***
32020 \f
32021 (provide 'loaddefs)
32022 ;; Local Variables:
32023 ;; version-control: never
32024 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32025 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32026 ;; End:
32027 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here